# Delete Your Account
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/account/delete
We're sad to see you go.
If you need to delete your Flowforth account, we understand. You can do so from the [Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings) page. Please read carefully, especially if you are the owner of an organization.
This action cannot be undone.
***
## How to Delete Your Account
1. Click [Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings) from the sidebar.
2. Scroll to the **bottom** of the page.
3. Click the **Delete Account** button.
4. You’ll be asked to **type in your email** to confirm the deletion.
***
## Important Notes
* If **you connected your organization to Planning Center**, the connection will be deleted.\
Someone else in your organization will need to reconnect it.
* If **you are the only owner** of your organization:
* You will also be asked to **type in the organization name** to confirm.
* Your organization will be **permanently deleted** along with your account. If you have a paid plan, your subscription will be canceled immediately. If you have any emails scheduled, they will be canaled and will not send.
* **This cannot be undone.**
### Want to keep your organization?
Before deleting your account, make sure to assign **at least one other person** as an **owner** of the organization.\
That way, only your personal account is deleted, and the organization remains active.
If you need help adding someone else as an owner, [learn how here](/organization/manage-and-invite-members).
***
If you need help or aren’t sure, contact us at **[support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co)** before proceeding.
# Updating Your Account Details and Preferences
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/account/details-and-preferences
Change your name, theme, and communication preferences.
You can easily update your personal info and preferences in the [Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings) section of Flowforth.
***
## How to Update Your Name
1. Click [Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings) from the sidebar.
2. In the **Profile** section, you’ll see input fields for **First Name** and **Last Name**.
3. Edit either field as needed — changes will **auto-save**.
***
## Email Preferences
Below your email, you’ll see a toggle to **receive infrequent product update emails**.\
Click the switch to turn it **on or off** anytime.
***
## Theme Preferences
You can also change how Flowforth looks on your device by selecting a **Theme**:
* **Light** – Light background with dark text.
* **Dark** – Dark background with light text.
* **System** – Follows your device’s system theme setting.
This preference is saved **only on your current device** at this time.
***
## Profile Picture
You can update your profile picture from the **Account** page. Click on your current avatar to upload a new image.
***
If you have any questions, feel free to contact **[support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co)**.
# Logging In to Flowforth
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/account/sign-in-methods
Sign In with Google or with email.
Flowforth offers two secure and simple ways to log in:
* **Sign in with Google**
* **Sign in with Email (Magic Link)**
***
## Sign in with Google
Signing in with your Google account is the fastest and most seamless option.
Just click the **“Sign in with Google”** button and follow the prompts.
***
## Sign in with Email
If you prefer not to use Google, you can sign in with your email. Flowforth uses a **magic link** instead of a password.
### What to Expect
1. Enter your email address.
2. We’ll send you a login email with a link and a 6-digit code. The **6-digit code inputs appear right away** on the "check your email" screen, so you can type the code the moment it arrives.
3. You can either:
* Click the **button** in the email — the link **verifies automatically** when it opens and signs you in. There's no **Continue** button to click.
* Or copy and paste the **6-digit code** into the login screen.
If you open a link that was **already used**, you'll see a recovery screen
instead of an error. This can happen when an email security scanner opens the
link before you do — it points you to the **6-digit code** or lets you request
a fresh link, so you can still sign in.
### Didn’t Get the Email?
Here are a few things to check:
* Look in your **spam** or **junk** folder.
* Make sure you entered the **correct email address**.
* If you’re not sure, you can **resend** the email from the login screen.
* Still stuck? Contact us at **[support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co)**.
***
## Switching Between Login Methods
Which methods work for your account depends on **how the account was first created**.
### If You Signed Up with Email
If your account was created with **Sign in with Email** and you later use **Sign in with Google** with the **same email address**, your Google account is **automatically linked**. From then on, either method signs you in to the same account.
### If You Signed Up with Google
If your account was created with **Sign in with Google**, email sign-in isn’t available for that account. Entering the address on the login screen shows this message:
> This account was created with Google. Use "Sign in with Google" instead.
Use the **“Sign in with Google”** button instead — it signs you in to the same account, with everything right where you left it.
This doesn’t mean you have two accounts. A Google account simply doesn’t have
an email login attached to it, so Google stays the way in.
***
## Why We Don’t Use Passwords
Flowforth uses **passwordless login** for your security and convenience.
* Magic links are **time-limited** and **single-use**, making them harder to exploit.
* No passwords means no password reuse or phishing risks.
* You stay secure without needing to remember or manage another login credential.
# Update Your Email Address
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/account/update-email
Change the email address you use to login to Flowforth.
You can update your login email address at any time by following these steps — including if you originally signed up with Google.
***
## Steps to Update Your Email
1. Click [Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings) on the sidebar.
2. Find the **Email** row in your profile settings.
3. Click your **current email address**.
4. In the dialog that appears, enter the **new email address** you’d like to use.
5. You’ll need to **confirm the change** from **both** your old and new email inboxes.
* Check your inboxes and click **Confirm** on both emails.
* Only after both confirmations will your email be officially updated.
***
## Why Two Confirmations?
For your security, we require confirmation from both email addresses. This prevents unauthorized changes and ensures you still have access to both accounts.
***
## Signed in with Google?
You can still update your email address if you originally signed up using **Sign in with Google**.
After you confirm the change:
* Your new email becomes the address that receives your Flowforth account emails.
* Your Google account stays linked to the same Flowforth account, so you can continue using **Sign in with Google** as before.
Changing your email doesn’t add an email login to a Google account. Keep using
**“Sign in with Google”** — see [Logging In to
Flowforth](/account/sign-in-methods) for details.
If you run into any issues updating your email, contact us at **[support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co)**.
***
# Send Church Center Notification Step
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/builder/church-center-notification
Send a push notification to the Church Center app as part of an automation.
The **Send Church Center Notification** step sends a push notification to people who have the **Church Center app**. It's a great way to reach people who may not check email regularly but are active in Church Center — right inside an automation flow.
In Planning Center, this is called a **Church Center Message** (previously
**Church Center Announcements**). Flowforth calls it a Church Center
Notification — it's the same thing.
***
## Setting It Up
Fill in:
* **Title** — the headline of the notification (up to 100 characters)
* **Body** — what you'd like to notify people about
* **Auto-dismiss after** — how long the notification stays before it's automatically marked as read: **1 day**, **3 days**, **1 week**, **2 weeks**, or **1 month**
* **Link** *(optional)* — a link to open from the notification. When someone views the notification in Church Center, this appears as a **button** they can tap.
* **Link text** *(optional)* — the label shown on the button. This is only available once you've added a link.
Adding this step requires the **Church Center Notifications** permission, or you must be an **organization owner**.
Your organization needs a connected Planning Center account to send Church Center notifications. You can also send a Church Center notification when sending an individual email — see [Church Center Notifications](/emails/church-center-announcements).
# End Automation Step
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/builder/end-automation
Stop an automation at a specific point for anyone who reaches it.
The **End Automation** step stops the run for anyone who reaches it. The person is marked as **Completed** and receives no further steps.
***
## When to Use It
End Automation is most powerful alongside an [If / Else](/automations/builder/if-else) condition, where you want one group to stop early while everyone else continues. For example:
* Skip the rest of a welcome series for people who are **already in your "Members" list**.
* Stop a follow-up sequence for people who've already registered for an event.
***
## Rules
* An **End Automation** step is always the **last step of its path** — nothing can come after it.
* It isn't available on weekly and monthly ([scheduled](/automations/triggers/scheduled)) triggers, which send once to the whole list.
Ending an automation simply stops the flow for that person — it doesn't unsubscribe them or change anything in Planning Center.
# If / Else Conditions
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/builder/if-else
Branch your automation into two paths based on whether a person is in a Planning Center list.
An **If / Else** step lets a single automation **branch**. Pick a Planning Center list, and people in the list go down one path while everyone else goes down the other. Each path has its own steps, so you can tailor the experience to where someone is.
***
## Setting It Up
Add an **If / Else** step and choose the **list to check**. The canvas splits below the step into two paths:
* **In list** — for people who are in the list
* **Not in list** — for people who aren't
Each path can hold its own steps — emails, waits, notifications, even more If / Else conditions nested inside.
***
## How Branching Works
* **Membership is checked live.** We check Planning Center at the moment a person *reaches* the If / Else step — not when they entered the automation. If someone joins or leaves the list during an earlier wait, they're routed based on where they are *right now*.
* **Paths run independently.** A wait on one path never delays people on the other. If the "In list" path waits 5 days and the "Not in list" path waits 6, each group keeps its own timing.
* **Paths rejoin afterwards.** Steps placed *after* the If / Else run for everyone, once their own path finishes. People rejoin whenever their path is done — they aren't held for the other path to catch up. A person whose path has no steps skips straight to the shared steps (or finishes, if there aren't any). This means a condition can sit in the **middle** of an automation, not just at the end.
* **Once routed, people stay on their path.** Joining or leaving the list afterward doesn't move them.
***
## Combine with End Automation
Pair If / Else with an [End Automation](/automations/builder/end-automation) step to end the run early for one group — for example, skipping the rest of a welcome series for people who are already in your "Members" list.
If / Else steps aren't available on weekly and monthly ([scheduled](/automations/triggers/scheduled)) triggers, which send once to the whole list rather than running per person.
# The Automation Builder
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/builder/overview
Build your automation by dragging steps from the sidebar onto a visual canvas — add, edit, reorder, duplicate, and remove steps.
The automation builder is where you decide what happens once someone enters your automation. A **sidebar** on the left holds your **trigger** and a palette of **steps** you can drag onto the canvas. On the canvas, the trigger sits at the top and your steps follow in order. If you add an [If / Else](/automations/builder/if-else) condition, the canvas splits into two paths you can build independently.
***
## Working with Steps
* **Add a step** — drag it from the **Steps** palette in the sidebar and drop it on the canvas where it should run. Every spot that can accept the step lights up while you drag. You can also click **Add step** at the bottom of a path, or the **+** button on the line between two steps. You can add up to **100 steps**.
* **Edit a step** — click a step and its settings slide over the sidebar. Click **Back** to return to the palette.
* **Reorder a step** — open the step and use the **up/down arrows** at the top of its settings. Steps move within their own path.
* **Duplicate a step** — click the **duplicate** button at the top of the step's settings; the copy is inserted right after the original on the same path.
* **Remove a step** — open the step and click the **trash icon** at the top of its settings.
***
## Step Types
| Step | What it does |
| - | - |
| [**Wait**](/automations/builder/wait) | Pause before the next step runs |
| [**Wait Until on List**](/automations/builder/wait-until) | Hold a person until they're on a Planning Center list |
| [**Send Email**](/automations/builder/send-email) | Send an email from a template |
| [**Send Church Center Notification**](/automations/builder/church-center-notification) | Push a notification to the Church Center app |
| [**If / Else**](/automations/builder/if-else) | Branch into two paths based on list membership |
| [**End Automation**](/automations/builder/end-automation) | Stop the run for anyone who reaches it |
***
## Step Rules
A few rules keep automations valid:
* You **cannot end** an automation (or a path) with a **wait** — though a path may end with one when it rejoins into more steps afterwards.
* You **cannot place two waits** back-to-back.
* A duration wait can be **at most 31 days** (*until a day of the week* waits are at most a week by definition).
* You **cannot place two [Wait Until on List](/automations/builder/wait-until) steps** back-to-back (a regular wait next to a Wait Until on List is fine).
* **End Automation** steps are always the **last step of their path** — nothing can come after them.
* Weekly and monthly ([scheduled](/automations/triggers/scheduled)) triggers are limited to a **single email step** and a **single Church Center notification step** — no wait, Wait Until on List, If / Else, or End Automation steps.
An automation must have at least **one email step** or **one Church Center notification step** to be enabled.
# Send Email Step
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/builder/send-email
Send an email from one of your templates as part of an automation.
The **Send Email** step sends an email to the people moving through your automation. The content comes from an [email template](/emails/email-templates), so you design the email once and reuse it across your automations.
***
## Setting It Up
When you add a Send Email step, choose:
* An **email template** — the content source for the email
* A **subject line**
* A **from name** and **from email**
The body of the email is pulled from your selected template.
***
## Previewing and Editing the Email
Once a template is selected, the step's settings show two buttons:
* **Preview** — see the rendered email right inside the builder, without leaving the flow. This works for every template type, including HTML and plain-text templates.
* **Edit** — jump straight into the template editor in a new tab to tweak the content.
Use **Preview** to double-check what recipients will get before enabling the automation — it's the fastest way to catch a stale template.
***
## Merge Tags and Personalization
Automation emails support merge tags just like regular emails, so you can personalize them with the recipient's details. This includes **Planning Center custom field** merge tags and `@first-name` / `@last-name` in the **subject line**.
***
## Content Is Fetched at Send Time
The template's content is pulled when the email actually sends, not when you build the automation. That means if you edit a template that an active automation uses, people who reach the step afterward receive the **updated** content. See [Editing & Activation](/automations/managing/editing-and-activation) for more.
Emails sent through automations count toward your send limit, the same as regular emails.
# Wait Step
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/builder/wait
Pause an automation before the next step runs — for a set duration or until a specific day of the week.
A **Wait** step pauses an automation before the next step runs. Use it to space out emails in a series, hold a message until a specific day, or give an auto-refreshing list time to settle before sending.
Waits come in two modes.
A Wait pauses for a set amount of time. To hold someone until they're on a Planning Center list instead, use a [Wait Until on List](/automations/builder/wait-until) step.
***
## Wait for a Duration
Delay the next step by a number of **hours** or **days**. For example, wait 3 days after the welcome email before sending a follow-up.
* A duration wait can be **at most 31 days**.
***
## Wait Until a Day of the Week
Pause until the next time it's a chosen **weekday and hour**, like *Friday at 8:00 PM*, in a timezone you pick.
* If that moment has already passed when a person reaches the step, they wait until the **following week** — so this wait is always somewhere between an instant and seven days.
* The step's settings show when the next occurrence would be.
For example, you could wait until the next Saturday to remind new people about church the following morning.
***
## Rules
* You **cannot end** an automation (or a path) with a wait — though a path may end with one when it rejoins into more steps afterwards.
* You **cannot place two waits** back-to-back.
Because auto-refreshing Planning Center lists refresh at 2:00 AM, we recommend adding a wait before sending your first email when using a list trigger — or setting a [start offset](/automations/triggers/list-triggers#auto-refreshing-lists-and-the-start-offset).
# Wait Until on List Step
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/builder/wait-until
Hold a person at a step until they join a Planning Center list, checked once a day.
A **Wait Until on List** step parks a person at the step until they're on a Planning Center list you choose. Use it to hold someone until they've joined a group, completed a form's list, or landed in any list that reflects the action you're waiting on — then continue the automation automatically once they're there.
Unlike a [Wait](/automations/builder/wait), which pauses for a set amount of time, a Wait Until on List pauses for a **condition**: it waits for the person, not the clock.
***
## Setting It Up
Add a **Wait Until on List** step and configure:
* **List to check** — the Planning Center list the person needs to be on to continue.
* **Check daily at** — the hour of day the daily membership check runs.
* **Timezone** — the timezone that hour is measured in.
The step's settings show a live **Next check** preview so you can see when the next daily check would happen.
In the builder, Wait Until on List appears as an **orange** step with a **clipboard-check** icon.
***
## How Checking Works
* **Checked immediately on arrival.** The moment a person reaches the step, we check the list. If they're **already on it**, they continue right away with **no wait**.
* **Otherwise, checked once a day.** If they aren't on the list yet, we re-check once per day at the **hour** and **timezone** you picked.
* **Membership is checked live.** Each check looks at Planning Center as it is *right now* — the same way an [If / Else](/automations/builder/if-else) step does — so someone joining the list during the wait is respected on the next check.
* **People advance individually.** Each person continues on their own, as soon as a daily check finds them on the list. There are no branches — everyone eventually moves on to the next step (or exits, below).
***
## When Someone Joins the List
As soon as a daily check finds the person on the list, they're released from the step and continue to the **next step** in the automation. Because checks happen once a day, someone who joins the list will continue at the next daily check, not the instant they join.
***
## If the Condition Is Never Met
If a person still isn't on the list after **400 daily checks** — a bit over **13 months** — they **exit the automation**. This is recorded on their [step timeline](/automations/managing/monitoring#step-timeline) so you can see they left because the condition was never met.
***
## If the List Access Is Lost
If the chosen list is **deleted** in Planning Center, or Flowforth **loses access** to it while people are waiting, the automation's owners are **notified by email** and the affected people's runs are marked **failed** — the same behavior as an [If / Else](/automations/builder/if-else) step that can no longer read its list.
***
## Rules
* You **cannot place two Wait Until on List steps** back-to-back. (A regular [Wait](/automations/builder/wait) next to a Wait Until on List is fine.)
* The [Wait](/automations/builder/wait) step's rules — like the 31-day maximum — **do not apply** to Wait Until on List.
Wait Until on List steps aren't available on weekly and monthly ([scheduled](/automations/triggers/scheduled)) triggers, which send once to the whole list rather than running per person.
# Creating an Automation
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/creating-an-automation
Create a new automation, give it a name, and get familiar with the builder.
## Create a New Automation
1. Go to **Emails → Automations**, or visit [flowforth.co/emails/automations](https://flowforth.co/emails/automations).
2. Click **New Automation**.
3. Give your automation a **name** and **description**. These are for internal use only — your recipients never see them.
If you start the automation from inside a [folder](/automations/managing/folders), it's created in that folder.
From there you'll land in the **automation builder**, where you choose a [trigger](/automations/triggers/overview) and add [steps](/automations/builder/overview).
***
## The Builder at a Glance
The builder is a visual canvas with a **sidebar** on the left. The sidebar holds your **trigger** and a palette of **steps** you can drag onto the canvas; on the canvas, the trigger sits at the top followed by your steps in order. Clicking the trigger or any step opens its settings in the sidebar — click **Back** to return to the palette.
* Set up your [**trigger**](/automations/triggers/overview) first — it determines who enters the automation and which other options are available.
* Then add [**steps**](/automations/builder/overview) to decide what happens once someone enters.
Click **Save** when you're done to apply your changes — your edits in the builder aren't saved until you do.
***
## Automation Settings
Click the **Settings** tab on any automation to manage its configuration. Changes save automatically.
* **Name** — rename the automation
* **Description** — update the internal description
* **Allow Repeat** — control whether people can go through the automation more than once (see [Allow Repeat](/automations/managing/allow-repeat))
***
## Duplicating an Automation
From the **automations table**, you can duplicate an existing email automation to use it as a starting point for a new one. The copy includes the original's trigger and steps, so you can tweak it instead of rebuilding from scratch. The copy goes in the same [folder](/automations/managing/folders) as the original.
***
## Deleting an Automation
* Open the automation and go to the **Settings** tab.
* Click **Delete**, then confirm.
If people are currently moving through the automation, their progress will be canceled when you delete it.
# Allow Repeat
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/managing/allow-repeat
Control whether people can go through an automation more than once.
The **Allow Repeat** setting controls whether a person can go through an automation more than once. You'll find it in the automation's **Settings** tab.
***
## Defaults
The default depends on the trigger type:
* **List-based triggers** (added to / removed from a list) default to **not** allowing repeats — each person goes through the automation once.
* **[Form submission](/automations/triggers/form-submission) triggers** default to **allowing** repeats — since a person can submit a form more than once, each submission re-enrolls them.
* **Weekly and monthly ([scheduled](/automations/triggers/scheduled)) triggers** default to **allowing** repeats — the list is re-enrolled each time the automation runs.
* **[Manual](/automations/triggers/manual) triggers** default to **allowing** repeats — so you can re-run them for the same people whenever you like.
You can override this default per-automation in the **Settings** tab.
***
## How It Affects Manual Runs
When you [run an automation manually](/automations/managing/running-manually), Allow Repeat is respected:
* **Off** — people who've already completed the automation are skipped.
* **On** — they're re-enrolled.
When repeat is enabled for recurring automations, people whose most recent run was **canceled** or **failed** are still re-enrolled the next time the automation runs. Only people currently **in progress** are skipped.
# Activating & Editing Automations
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/managing/editing-and-activation
Turn automations on, and edit them safely even while people are moving through.
## Activation
* An automation must have at least **one email step** or **one Church Center notification step** to be enabled.
* Its [trigger](/automations/triggers/overview) must be fully set up (the required list/form and category).
* Once active, Flowforth monitors your chosen trigger and enrolls people automatically.
People are only enrolled when they meet the trigger **while the automation is active**. If it was inactive when they joined a list or submitted a form, they aren't added retroactively.
[Manual](/automations/triggers/manual) automations are the exception — they have no enable/disable state and are always run on demand with **Run now**.
***
## Editing an Active Automation
You can edit an automation at any time, even while people are moving through it:
* Anyone currently in progress **continues running** using the **previous steps**. When saving your changes, you also have the option to cancel in-progress runs.
* New people who enter after you save use your **updated** steps.
* Email template content is fetched at **send time**, so if you edit a [template](/emails/email-templates) used in an active automation, people receive the **updated content** when they reach that step.
***
## Pausing and Canceling
* **Disable** an automation to stop it from enrolling new people. In-progress runs are unaffected unless you cancel them.
* You can **cancel all active runs** for an automation without disabling it, or cancel an individual person's run. See [Monitoring Progress](/automations/managing/monitoring) for how.
# Organizing Automations with Folders
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/managing/folders
Group your automations into folders by ministry, season, or any system that works for your team.
Folders keep the **Automations** page tidy as you build more automations. Group them by ministry, campus, event, or however your team thinks about them.
Automation folders work like [template folders](/emails/email-folders#template-folders): they're a flat list, so folders can't be nested inside other folders.
***
## Creating a Folder
1. Go to **Emails → Automations**.
2. Click **New Folder** next to the New Automation button.
3. Enter a **folder name** (up to 60 characters).
4. Optionally choose a **color** to make the folder easy to spot.
5. Click **Create Folder**.
Your folders appear at the top of the automations table. Click one to open it, and click **Automations** in the breadcrumb to go back.
Folders are hidden while you search. Search always looks across all of your automations, whatever folder they're in.
If you click **New Automation** while you're inside a folder, the new automation is created in that folder. Duplicating an automation keeps the copy in the same folder as the original.
***
## Moving Automations to a Folder
To move one automation, open its **⋯** menu and choose **Move to Folder**, then pick a folder.
To move several at once:
1. Select the automations using the checkboxes.
2. Click **Move** in the action bar at the bottom of the screen.
3. Pick a destination folder, or click **New Folder** to create one right there.
4. Click **Move** to confirm.
To take automations out of a folder, move them to **All Automations**.
Moving an automation doesn't change how it runs. Active automations keep running as normal.
***
## Editing or Deleting a Folder
Right-click a folder in the table and choose **Edit**, or open the folder and click its name at the top of the page. From there you can rename it, change its color, or delete it.
Deleting a folder doesn't delete the automations inside it. They move back to the main Automations list.
***
## Who Can See Folders
Automation folders are shared across your organization. Anyone who can work with automations sees every folder. Unlike email folders, automation folders can't be assigned to a team.
Need help? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Monitoring Automation Progress
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/managing/monitoring
See who's in an automation, where they are, and cancel runs when you need to.
## The People Tab
Click the **People** tab of an automation to view everyone who has entered it. Each time someone runs through the automation, a new row is added. You'll see:
* The **person** (click their name to open their person detail page)
* Their **last completed step** — the step number with the step type shown right beneath it (like `Send Email`)
* Their **status**: `Queued`, `In Progress`, `Completed`, `Canceled`, or `Failed`. Click the status badge (or the info icon next to it) to open their [step timeline](#step-timeline)
**Search** the table by name to jump straight to a person's runs — searching is multi-word aware, so a first and last name works. Use the **Status** filter to show only the runs you want: pick any combination of `Queued`, `In Progress`, `Completed`, `Failed`, and `Canceled`. Both work server-side across every run, not just the ones scrolled into view. Filtering to just **Failed** runs before selecting them pairs well with [retrying runs in bulk](/automations/managing/retrying-runs).
Select runs with the checkboxes to act on them in bulk from the action bar — **Retry** the failed or canceled ones (see [Retrying & Resuming Runs](/automations/managing/retrying-runs)) or **Cancel** the in-progress ones. With runs selected, press **R** to retry or **C** to cancel. When there are failed runs, a **Retry all failed** button appears at the top of the tab to [retry every failed person at once](/automations/managing/retrying-runs#retry-all-failed) — no selecting needed.
***
## Step Timeline
In the **last completed step** column, the step number appears with the step type shown right beneath it. To open the person's **Automation Timeline**, click their **status badge** — or the info icon beside it. The timeline is a step-by-step history of their journey through the automation. Each entry shows what happened and when:
* **Waiting** — they entered a wait, along with what they're waiting for
* **Completed** — they finished a step (like a sent email or notification)
* **Branch: Yes / Branch: No** — an [If / Else](/automations/builder/if-else) step routed them down a path
* **Ended** — an [End Automation](/automations/builder/end-automation) step stopped their run
If the person is still in progress, a banner at the top shows the step they're **currently waiting on**. If their run **failed**, the reason is shown too.
Each entry is recorded as it happens and keeps its own copy of what to display, so the timeline stays accurate even if you later **edit or delete** a step.
Step timelines are recorded for runs that started after this feature was
released. Older runs open the timeline but show that no step history was
recorded for them.
***
## Canceling a Run
* **Cancel one person** — click the **Cancel** button next to a person who is currently in progress. They'll stop receiving any remaining steps. Cancel by mistake? Click **Undo** to restart their run — it picks up from the step right after the last one they finished (if they were in a **Wait** step, that wait starts over). If nothing was left after the cancel point, Undo marks their run **Completed** instead. Runs that Flowforth canceled on its own — because the person isn't subscribed, has no email address, unsubscribed from the email's category, or shared a duplicate address — can't be restored this way; they'd need to enter the automation again normally.
* **Cancel a selection** — tick the checkboxes next to the runs you want, then click **Cancel** in the action bar (or press **C**) and confirm in the dialog. Only **in-progress** runs are canceled — if your selection includes other statuses, the dialog tells you how many will be canceled and skips the rest.
* **Cancel everyone** — you can cancel all active runs for an automation at once, without disabling the automation, so it still fires for new people going forward.
If a person didn't receive an email because of a **duplicate email address** (another person in the automation shares the same address), their run is marked **Completed** and the People table will show the duplicate address as the reason.
After refreshing your list, allow a few minutes for Flowforth to sync and
begin processing people into the automation.
***
## Automations on the Person Detail Page
You can also view a person's automation history from their **detail page**, under the **Automations** tab. This shows:
* Every automation they've been enrolled in
* Their last completed step — the step number with the step type shown beneath it
* Their current status (click the status badge, or the info icon next to it, to open that run's [step timeline](#step-timeline))
* When they were enrolled
The **Emails Received** tab on the person detail page also includes emails sent through automations. You can filter the table to show only regular emails, only automation emails, or both.
***
Need help setting up or troubleshooting an automation? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Retrying & Resuming Runs
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/managing/retrying-runs
Re-run a failed or canceled automation from where someone left off — or from a step you pick.
Sometimes a run doesn't finish the way you wanted: an email failed partway through, or you canceled a run you actually meant to keep. **Retry** lets you re-run an automation for those people — without rebuilding anything.
Retries always run against the automation **as it exists now**. Because they resolve against your live steps rather than a saved snapshot, even runs from before step history existed can be retried, and any steps you've since deleted simply aren't offered as starting points.
Retrying a run sends email, so it needs **Manager** email access (or owner or
admin). Members with **Designer** access can't retry runs, use **Retry all
failed**, or undo a cancellation. See [Roles and
Permissions](/organization/roles-and-permissions#email-permission-levels).
***
## Which Runs Can Be Retried
Retry is available for runs that **failed** or were **canceled** — the ones that stopped without finishing. A run that's still **In Progress** shows **Cancel Run** instead, and a run that already **Completed** doesn't offer Retry, since it finished as intended.
You'll find Retry on an automation's [**People** tab](/automations/managing/monitoring):
* **One person** — click **Retry** on their row.
* **Several at once** — select runs with the checkboxes, then click **Retry** in the action bar (or press **R**).
If your selection includes runs that can't be retried — anything that isn't failed or canceled — the tooltip and retry dialog say so, and only the eligible runs are retried while the rest are skipped. If none of the selected runs qualify, the **Retry** button is disabled and hovering it explains why.
***
## Choosing Where to Pick Up
When you retry, a dialog asks how each run should resume. There are two modes.
### Resume where each left off
Every selected run continues from its **own next step** — the one right after the step it last completed, in the automation **as it exists now**. In most cases nothing that already happened runs again. But if you've **reordered or inserted steps** since their original run, an email they already received can fall on or after their pick-up point and be sent again — the retry dialog warns you when that's a possibility.
If a run has no next step to resume from — for example, its last completed step was deleted, or it already reached the end of the flow — it's skipped. When none of your selected runs can resume this way, the option is unavailable and you'll pick a step instead.
### Start everyone from a specific step
Pick a single step, and **every** selected person runs the flow from there. The step picker mirrors your builder: top-level steps, plus each [**If / Else**](/automations/builder/if-else) condition's **Yes** and **No** paths.
* **Starting at a condition** re-evaluates it, routing each person down the Yes or No path based on their list membership at that moment.
* **Starting inside a branch** forces everyone onto that path, skipping the condition check above it. Flowforth warns you when the step you picked is inside a branch.
Before you confirm, a preview tells you how many emails will send from that point. Keep in mind that **any email a person already received will be sent again** if it falls after the step you start from.
***
## What Happens to the Run
When you retry, the failed or canceled run **becomes active again** and picks up at the step you choose — it turns back into an **In Progress** run on the People tab rather than spinning off a separate run beside the old one. You'll see the status flip as soon as you confirm.
Because it resumes at the step you choose, steps **before** that point are never re-executed. Since a resumed run continues through the automation **as it exists now**, an email someone already received can be sent again if you've reordered or inserted steps since their original run — the retry dialog flags this before you confirm. Per-step send limits work exactly as they do on a normal run.
Retrying is always something you start yourself — Flowforth never
automatically retries a failed run. If a person still has a separate
**in-progress** run for the automation, retrying one of their stopped runs is
skipped until that run finishes.
***
## Retry All Failed
When a lot of runs fail at once — most often because an automation hit your plan's **send limit** — you don't have to select them row by row. A **Retry all failed** button appears at the top of the automation's [**People** tab](/automations/managing/monitoring) whenever there are failed runs, and retries every failed person in a single pass.
Runs that fail because you hit your send limit do **not** resume on their own.
Once your limit resets or you raise it, use **Retry all failed** to send the
rest.
Retry all failed works just like a bulk retry, with a few conveniences for doing it at scale:
* **Everyone failed is included** — no selecting rows. Each person is retried **once**, even if they have several failed runs; their latest run is the one that resumes.
* **Choose where to pick up** — the same two modes as a bulk retry: **Resume where each left off**, or **Start everyone from a specific step**. See [Choosing Where to Pick Up](#choosing-where-to-pick-up) above.
* **Optional date range** — narrow the retry to failures within a date range if you only want to re-run a specific window.
* **Live count** — the dialog shows how many failed people match your current filter, so you know exactly how many runs you're about to retry before you confirm.
***
Want to see exactly where each person got before you retry? Open their [step timeline](/automations/managing/monitoring#step-timeline) from the People tab.
# Running an Automation Manually
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/managing/running-manually
Start any automation on demand with Run now, for a whole list or for specific people.
Sometimes you want to start an automation right away instead of waiting for its trigger. From an automation, click **Run now** to open the run dialog. This works on **any** automation — list-based, scheduled, or [manual](/automations/triggers/manual).
Running an automation manually sends email, so it needs **Manager** email
access (or owner or admin). Members with **Designer** access can't run an
automation manually. See [Roles and
Permissions](/organization/roles-and-permissions#email-permission-levels).
***
## Ways to Run
The first option depends on whether the automation is tied to a list:
* **Run for a list** *(manual triggers)* — a [manual](/automations/triggers/manual) automation isn't tied to a list, so you **pick a Planning Center list** in the dialog. We'll fetch everyone currently in it and run the automation for them. Click **Run for this list** to start.
* **Run for current list members** *(list-based and scheduled triggers)* — fetches everyone currently on the automation's own Planning Center list and runs the automation for them. Because this can affect everyone on the list, you'll be asked to **confirm** first.
And, for any automation:
* **Run for specific people** — search for and select one or more people, then run the automation just for them.
Anyone you run manually goes through all of the automation's steps, exactly as they would on a normal trigger.
Manual runs start **immediately**. If the automation's [list
trigger](/automations/triggers/list-triggers) has an **Offset start by**
value, **Run now** skips it — the offset is there to protect people who
enroll automatically overnight, and a manual run means now. [Wait
steps](/automations/builder/wait) inside the automation still apply as
usual.
***
## Respecting Allow Repeat
Manual runs still respect the automation's [**Allow Repeat**](/automations/managing/allow-repeat) setting:
* If repeats are **off**, anyone who has already completed the automation **won't be started again** — only people who haven't been through it (and aren't currently in progress) will run.
* If repeats are **on**, people are re-enrolled.
This means running manually is safe even if some people have already been through the flow.
You can run an automation manually even while it's **disabled**. We'll let you know it won't fire on its trigger until you enable it, but you can still run it for the people you choose.
# Automations Overview
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/overview
Send the right email at the right time, automatically, based on activity in Planning Center or on a schedule you choose.
Automations let Flowforth send emails for you — automatically — based on what's happening in your **Planning Center lists**, when someone submits a **form**, on a recurring **schedule**, or whenever you decide to run them. Set an automation up once and it keeps working in the background, so the right message reaches the right person at the right time without anyone hitting send.
***
## What You Can Build
Automations are flexible enough to cover almost any follow-up or recurring email you'd otherwise send by hand:
* **Welcome series** — when someone joins your "New People" list, send a warm welcome now, then a follow-up a few days later.
* **Signup follow-ups** — when someone submits a Planning Center form, kick off an email sequence.
* **Service attendance** — email a list every week or month, like a Sunday note asking volunteers or members to confirm they attended a service.
* **Email devotionals** — drip a multi-day or multi-week devotional series, sending one reading at a time with a wait between each.
* **Branching journeys** — send different content to people based on whether they're already in another list, using [If / Else conditions](/automations/builder/if-else).
* **One-off campaigns** — build a flow and [run it manually](/automations/managing/running-manually) for exactly the people you choose.
***
## How Automations Work
Every automation is made of two parts:
1. **A trigger** — what starts the automation. This can be a person joining or leaving a list, submitting a form, a weekly or monthly schedule, or a manual run. Learn more in [Triggers](/automations/triggers/overview).
2. **Steps** — what happens once someone enters. You build these on a visual canvas in the [automation builder](/automations/builder/overview): send emails, wait, send Church Center notifications, branch with conditions, and more.
When someone meets the trigger, they enter the automation and move through your steps in order — each on their own timeline.
Automations are available to email **Managers** and **account owners**. Members with the email designer role don't have access to automations.
***
## Getting Started
Ready to build your first one? Head to [Creating an Automation](/automations/creating-an-automation), then explore [Triggers](/automations/triggers/overview) and the [Automation Builder](/automations/builder/overview).
Need a hand? Reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Form Submission Trigger
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/triggers/form-submission
Start an automation the moment someone submits a Planning Center form.
The **When a person submits a form** trigger enrolls people into an automation as soon as they submit a **Planning Center form**. It's the perfect way to follow up right after someone submits a form.
***
## Setting It Up
1. Choose **When a person submits a form** as your trigger.
2. Select the **Planning Center form** to watch.
3. Select the **email category** the automation's emails will be sent under.
When someone submits that form, they enter the automation and begin moving through your steps.
***
## What Counts as a Submission
This trigger responds to submissions from anywhere the form can be filled out, including:
* The form's own **Church Center** page
* Your Flowforth [**signup forms**](/people/signup-forms) and website embeds
So whether someone signs up through your hosted signup page, an embed on your website, or directly in Church Center, they'll enter the automation just the same.
Watching a form requires a connected Planning Center account with access to the form. If a form is later deleted or can no longer be found in Planning Center, the automation will flag the trigger so you can pick a different form.
***
## A Great Pairing with Signup Forms
Combine this trigger with a [signup form](/people/signup-forms) to create a complete sign-up-to-welcome flow: someone fills out your newsletter signup, Planning Center records the submission, and your automation immediately sends a welcome email — no manual steps in between.
# List Triggers
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/triggers/list-triggers
Start an automation when a person is added to or removed from a Planning Center list.
List triggers run an automation based on changes to a **Planning Center list**. They're the most common way to build welcome series, onboarding flows, and follow-ups.
There are two list triggers:
* **When a person is added to a list** — enrolls someone the moment they join the list
* **When a person is removed from a list** — enrolls someone when they leave the list
***
## Setting It Up
1. Choose **When a person is added to a list** or **When a person is removed from a list** as your trigger.
2. Select the **Planning Center list** to monitor.
3. Select the **email category** the automation's emails will be sent under.
Once the automation is active, Flowforth watches that list and enrolls people automatically as they're added or removed.
People are only enrolled when they meet the trigger **while the automation is active**. Anyone who joined or left the list before you turned it on is not added retroactively.
***
## Auto-Refreshing Lists and the Start Offset
Planning Center lists that auto-refresh do so at **2:00 AM**. If your first step sends an email right away, people could receive it in the middle of the night.
For list triggers, the builder asks **"Is this list automatically refreshed?"** and lets you set an **Offset start by** value in **hours**. Setting an offset delays the start of the automation for each newly enrolled person by that many hours.
* We recommend an offset of **at least 6 hours** so an automation that would otherwise begin at 2:00 AM starts at a friendlier 8:00 AM instead.
* Alternatively (or in addition), you can begin your automation with a [Wait step](/automations/builder/wait) before the first email.
* The offset applies **only to automatic enrollment**. People you add with [**Run now**](/automations/managing/running-manually) — or who are resumed or retried — start immediately.
Not sure whether your list auto-refreshes? You can check and manage a list's refresh schedule from its list details page.
# Manual Trigger
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/triggers/manual
Build an automation with no automatic trigger and run it on demand for exactly the people you choose.
A **manual** automation has no trigger event — it never starts on its own. Instead, you build the steps and run it whenever you need to, choosing who to run it for. This gives you full control, which makes it perfect for one-off campaigns.
***
## Setting It Up
1. Choose **Run manually on demand** as your trigger.
2. Select the **email category** the automation's emails will be sent under.
That's it — there's no list or schedule to set, because you pick who to run it for each time.
***
## How It Behaves
* A manual automation **can't be enabled or disabled** — it simply exists, ready to run.
* It won't fire on any schedule or list change. Nothing happens until you start it.
* You run it with **Run now**, choosing either everyone on a Planning Center list or specific people you search for and select. See [Running an Automation Manually](/automations/managing/running-manually) for the full walkthrough.
Manual runs respect the automation's [Allow Repeat](/automations/managing/allow-repeat) setting, so it's safe to run even if some people have already been through the flow.
***
## Manual Trigger vs. Run Now
It's worth knowing the difference between two similar-sounding things:
* The **manual trigger** is a *type of automation* that only ever runs on demand.
* **Run now** is an *action* available on **any** automation, letting you start it immediately regardless of its trigger.
So you can run a list-based or scheduled automation manually whenever you like — but a **manual** automation is one whose *only* way to start is Run now.
# Triggers
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/triggers/overview
The trigger decides who enters an automation and when. Choose from list activity, form submissions, a schedule, or manual runs.
Every automation starts with a **trigger** — the event that enrolls people into the flow. Click the **Trigger** at the top of the canvas (or in the builder sidebar) to open its settings, and pick one of the following:
| Trigger | When it runs | Best for |
| - | - | - |
| [**When a person is added to a list**](/automations/triggers/list-triggers) | Someone is added to a Planning Center list | Welcome series, onboarding |
| [**When a person is removed from a list**](/automations/triggers/list-triggers) | Someone is removed from a Planning Center list | Win-back or off-boarding emails |
| [**When a person submits a form**](/automations/triggers/form-submission) | Someone submits a Planning Center form | Signup follow-ups |
| [**At a specific time each week**](/automations/triggers/scheduled) | Once per week, on a day and time you choose | Weekly newsletters and reminders |
| [**At a specific time each month**](/automations/triggers/scheduled) | Once per month, on a schedule you choose | Monthly recaps and giving updates |
| [**Run manually on demand**](/automations/triggers/manual) | Only when you start it yourself | One-off campaigns |
***
## What Each Trigger Needs
Before an automation can be enabled, its trigger must be fully set up. What's required depends on the trigger you pick:
* **List-based and scheduled triggers** need a **Planning Center list** and an **email category**.
* **Form submission** needs a **Planning Center form** and an **email category**.
* **Manual** needs only an **email category** — you choose who to run it for at run time.
The **email category** you select is the category the automation's emails are sent under. It controls which of your recipients' subscription preferences apply, so choose the category that matches the kind of email you're sending.
Pick the trigger that matches your goal, then dive into its dedicated guide for the details.
# Scheduled Triggers (Weekly & Monthly)
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/automations/triggers/scheduled
Send an automation to a whole list on a recurring weekly or monthly schedule.
Scheduled triggers send to everyone on a **Planning Center list** on a recurring basis, rather than reacting to an individual person's activity. There are two options:
* **At a specific time each week** — runs once per week on a day and time you choose
* **At a specific time each month** — runs once per month on a schedule you choose
These are ideal for reminder emails like letting people know your online service is going live, asking group leaders to send in their attendance, and other emails that go out on a regular cadence.
***
## Setting It Up
1. Choose **At a specific time each week** or **At a specific time each month**.
2. Pick the schedule (see below).
3. Select the **Planning Center list** to send to and the **email category**.
***
## Weekly Schedule
Choose a **day of the week** and a **time**. For example, "Every Friday at 8:00 AM."
***
## Monthly Schedule
Monthly triggers offer two scheduling patterns:
**Specific date** (e.g., the 15th)
* Choose a day from 1–31, or select **Last day of the month**.
* Example: "On the 12th at 9:00 AM every month."
* Example: "On the last day of the month at 5:00 PM."
* If the selected day doesn't exist in a given month (e.g., the 31st in April), the automation triggers on the **last day** of that month instead.
**Relative date** (e.g., 2nd Thursday)
* Choose an occurrence (First, Second, Third, Fourth, or Last) and a day of the week.
* Example: "Every 2nd Thursday at 10:00 AM."
* Example: "Last Friday of the month at 3:00 PM."
For weekly and monthly triggers, the time is based on the timezone detected from your browser when you save the automation.
***
## What's Different About Scheduled Automations
Because scheduled automations send once to the **whole list** rather than running per person, their steps are simpler:
* They're limited to a **single email step** and a **single [Church Center notification](/automations/builder/church-center-notification) step**.
* They **cannot** use [Wait](/automations/builder/wait), [Wait Until on List](/automations/builder/wait-until), [If / Else](/automations/builder/if-else), or [End Automation](/automations/builder/end-automation) steps.
* By default they **allow repeats**, so the list is re-enrolled each time the schedule fires. You can change this in [Allow Repeat](/automations/managing/allow-repeat).
# Bonus Sends
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/billing/bonus-sends
Purchase extra email sends for busier seasons without upgrading your plan.
Sometimes you need more sends than your plan allows. Whether it's a busy season, a special campaign, or just an unusually active month, bonus sends let you purchase extra email credits without changing your plan.
***
## How Bonus Sends Work
* Bonus sends are additional email credits on top of your existing plan.
* They **never expire while your subscription is active**. Once purchased, they stay in your account until you use them.
* Bonus sends are only used **after your monthly plan sends have been used up**. Your regular plan sends are always consumed first.
* Bonus sends **require an active subscription**. If you cancel your subscription, any unused bonus sends are removed when the subscription ends at the close of your billing period, and they cannot be restored if you resubscribe later.
***
## Purchasing Bonus Sends
1. Go to **Settings > Billing**.
2. In the **Purchase Extra Sends** section, select the number of additional sends you'd like to buy from the dropdown.
3. Click **Purchase** to complete the checkout.
You must be on an **active paid subscription** to purchase bonus sends. They are not available on the free plan.
***
## When to Use Bonus Sends
Bonus sends are a great fit when you need a temporary increase in capacity without committing to a higher plan. Common use cases include:
* **Holiday seasons** when your church is sending more frequent updates.
* **Special events** like a sermon series launch, fundraiser, or outreach campaign.
* **Months where you simply send more than usual** and don't want to upgrade your plan permanently.
***
If you're consistently hitting your send limit, it may be worth considering a [plan upgrade](/billing/changing-your-plan) instead. Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) for help.
# Cancel Your Paid Subscription
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/billing/cancelling-your-subscription
Cancel your paid plan.
You can cancel your Flowforth subscription at any time.
Only **organization owners** can cancel a subscription.
***
## How to Cancel Your Subscription
1. Click **Settings** from the sidebar.
2. Go to the [Billing](https://flowforth.co/settings/billing) page.
3. Click **Change Plan**.
4. Click **Cancel Subscription**.
5. Select a reason for canceling and optionally provide feedback.
6. Confirm the cancellation.
Your plan will remain active until the end of your current **billing period**, and you'll retain access to any **remaining email sends** during that time. Your next billing date is shown on the billing page.
***
## Resuming Your Subscription
If you cancel but change your mind before your billing period ends, you can click **Resume Subscription** on the billing page to reactivate your plan.
***
If you need help or are unsure about canceling, reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Changing Your Plan
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/billing/changing-your-plan
Upgrade or downgrade your plan as needed.
You can adjust your Flowforth plan anytime to match your organization's needs.
Only **organization owners** can change plans.
## How to Change Your Plan
1. Click **Settings** from the sidebar.
2. Go to the [Billing](https://flowforth.co/settings/billing) page.
3. Click **Change Plan**.
4. Select the new plan that fits your organization's email sending needs.
5. Review the pricing details and confirm.
***
## How Billing Works
* **Upgrading** your plan:
* You're charged the full price of the new plan today, minus a credit for the sends you haven't used on your current plan.
* The credit is your current plan's price times the share of its sends you have left. For example, with 2,500 of 10,000 sends left on a $28 plan, you get a $7 credit.
* Your billing date moves to today, and you start a fresh allowance at the new plan's sending limit.
* You'll see the amount due today before confirming.
* If the payment doesn't go through, your plan stays as it is — update your payment method and try again.
* **Downgrading** your plan:
* Your new plan and sending limit take effect at the start of your next billing cycle.
* You'll continue on your current plan until then.
Extra sends you've purchased aren't part of the credit. They stay on your account when you change plans.
***
Need help or have questions? Reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Viewing and Downloading Invoices
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/billing/get-an-invoice
Get a recent invoice or receipt.
You can access and download your Flowforth invoices directly from the [Billing](https://flowforth.co/settings/billing) page.
Only **organization owners** can view or download invoices.
***
## How to Download an Invoice
1. Click **Settings** from the sidebar.
2. Go to the [Billing](https://flowforth.co/settings/billing) page.
3. Scroll down to the **Recent Invoices** section.
4. Click the **Download** button next to the invoice you need.
***
If you're having trouble finding an invoice or need help with billing, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# A Fair Refund Policy
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/billing/refunds
Flowforth Refund Policy.
Only **organization owners** can subscribe to or manage paid plans.
Bad refund policies are infuriating. You feel like the company is just trying to rip you off. We never want our customers to feel that way, so our refund policy is simple: If you’re ever unhappy with our products for any reason, just contact [our support team](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll take care of you.
## Examples of full refunds we’d grant.
* If you were just charged for your next month of service but you meant to cancel, we’re happy to refund that extra charge.
* If you forgot to cancel your account a couple months ago and you haven’t used it since then, we’ll give you a full refund for a few back months. No problem.
## Examples of partial refunds or credits we’d grant.
* If you tried one of our products for a couple months and you just weren’t happy with it, we can grant you a partial refund relative to the number of emails you sent.
* If you forgot to cancel your account a year ago, and there’s been activity on your account since then, we’ll review your account usage and figure out a partial refund based on how many months you used it.
* If you upgraded your account a few months ago to a higher plan and kept using it in general but you didn’t end up using the extra features, email sends, or storage space, we’d consider applying a prorated credit towards future months.
* If we had extended downtime (multiple hours in a day, or multiple days in a month) or you emailed customer service and it took multiple days to get back to you, we’d issue a partial credit to your account.
## Get in touch
At the end of the day, nearly everything on the edges comes down to a case-by-case basis. [Send us a note](mailto:support@flowforth.co), tell us what's up, and we'll work with you to make sure you’re happy.
***
*Adapted from the [Basecamp open-source policies](https://github.com/basecamp/policies) / [CC BY 4.0](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)*
# Subscribe to Flowforth
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/billing/subscribing-to-flowforth
Subscribe to a paid plan to increase your sending limit.
Flowforth offers flexible plans based on how many emails your organization sends each month. All plans include unlimited contacts, Planning Center sync, unlimited automations, unlimited link pages, unlimited QR codes, and unlimited team members.
Only **organization owners** can subscribe to or manage paid plans.
***
## How to Subscribe
1. Click **Settings** from the sidebar.
2. Go to the [Billing](https://flowforth.co/settings/billing) page.
3. Click **Subscribe**.
4. Select the plan that matches how many emails your organization needs to send per month.
5. Click **Subscribe** to proceed to checkout.
You'll be taken to a **secure checkout page** to enter your payment details. Once your payment is complete, you'll be redirected back to Flowforth and your sending limit will increase immediately.
***
## Free Plan
All organizations start on the **free plan**, which includes **500 emails per month**. You can use the free plan for as long as you'd like with access to all features.
***
If you have any questions or issues subscribing, contact us at [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Update Your Billing Information
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/billing/update-billing-information
Update your card details or billing information.
You can update your payment method directly from the Flowforth billing page.
Only **organization owners** can manage billing information.
## How to Update Your Payment Method
1. Click **Settings** from the sidebar.
2. Go to the [Billing](https://flowforth.co/settings/billing) page.
3. Click **Update Payment Method**.
4. You'll be taken to a secure page where you can enter your new card details.
Your current payment method is displayed on the billing page, showing the card type and last 4 digits.
***
Need help updating your billing info? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Changelog
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/changelog
Keep track of changes and updates.
## Link Checks Before You Send
* The pre-send page now checks every link in your email and warns you on the **Content** card, and again in the send or schedule confirmation, when a link is invalid, not secure, broken, or flagged as unsafe. Click **Review links** to see them.
* The **Links** tab in the email preview shows each link's status — **Works**, **Invalid**, **Not secure**, **Broken**, or **Unsafe** — with **Check again** to re-run the check. Links flagged as unsafe can't be opened from the list.
* In the email builder's preview, **Show** next to a link closes the preview and jumps to the block the link lives in, even before you've saved.
* If the check couldn't run, for example because you've checked many times in a short while, the page says so instead of looking all clear.
## A New Send Confirmation
* The **Confirm Send** and **Confirm Schedule** dialog has been redesigned. On wider screens, your email's details sit on the left and a full-height preview fills the right.
* An **In their inbox** row shows what recipients will see before they open the email: your sender name, the subject, and the preview text. When there's no preview text, it shows the opening text of your email, the way most inboxes do.
* A summary card lists when the email goes out, who it's going to, its category, the sending address, and where replies go when you've set a reply-to.
## Members Settings, Rebuilt
* **Settings › Members** is now a searchable table you can filter by role and email access and sort by name, join date, or emails sent in the last 30 days. Select several members to remove them at once, or right-click a row for its actions. Pending invites show at the top, and expired invites are marked so you know to send a new one.
* Click a member to open their own page, with their access and teams on one tab and the emails they've sent on another.
* Inviting people is now three short steps: who they are and their role, how they'll send email, and which other tools they can use. Invite addresses are checked more carefully, so typos like a missing domain ending are caught before the invite goes out.
* **Members** and **Teams** are grouped under **People & access** in the settings sidebar. Learn more in [Managing and Inviting Members](/organization/manage-and-invite-members).
## Faster Automations
* Automations triggered by someone being added to a list or submitting a form now start within seconds. They used to wait for a check that ran every 10 minutes, so they could take up to about 15 minutes to begin.
## Public Emails Are Readable by AI Assistants and Search Engines
* Emails on your public pages now include a text version of the email alongside the visual one, so search engines and AI assistants can read what they say. Before, they only saw the subject line.
* Every public email also has a Markdown version, and your public pages now have proper titles, descriptions, and link previews for sharing. Learn more in [Public Category Pages](/emails/public-category-pages).
### Improvements
* **AI Rewrite** and AI subject line suggestions are better. Rewrites stick closer to what you asked for and keep your facts, links, and merge tags intact. If a rewrite drops a merge tag, the editor tells you.
* Subject line suggestions now offer a few different ideas in a list under the subject. Picking one swaps it with your current subject, so the previous one is still a click away.
* Team leaders can now add and remove members of their own team and change their roles. Before, only owners and admins could, even though leaders were shown the controls.
### Fixes
* Typing in a link page, a block's sidebar settings, or a template's name no longer gets overwritten by an earlier save while you're still typing. Links typed into a button, image, or icon just before clicking another block are saved too.
* While dragging a block in the editor, the drop line no longer gets stuck at the end of the email, and other blocks no longer flicker with a hover outline.
* The email preview opens full screen on phones instead of running off the bottom of the screen, and long links in the preview no longer widen it past the edge.
* A long link pasted into an email no longer makes the email wider than a phone screen. It now wraps onto the next line.
### Fixes
* Typing in an email category's name, description, or URL slug no longer gets overwritten when the settings autosave.
## AI Model Update
* We changed the underlying AI model for **AI Rewrite** and subject line suggestions from gemini-3.1-flash-lite to Claude Haiku 5.5.
## Show an Email on a Different Public Page
* You can now put an email on another category's public page. Open the email's share menu and pick a page under **Public page**. The email keeps the category it was sent in, so unsubscribes and category stats aren't affected.
* Pick **Same as category** to put it back. Old links to the email redirect to its new page. Learn more in [Public Category Pages](/emails/public-category-pages).
### Improvements
* Press **Escape** to clear a table's selection.
### Fixes
* The **AI Rewrite** loading icon spins again.
## Upgrades Credit Your Unused Sends
* Upgrading your plan now credits the sends you haven't used on your current plan, instead of prorating by time. You pay the new plan's price minus that credit today, your billing date moves to today, and you start a fresh allowance at the new sending limit.
* The **Change Plan** dialog shows the charge as a receipt: the new plan, your credit and the unused sends it covers, and the amount due today.
* Downgrades now take effect at the end of your billing period, and your billing page shows the scheduled change until then, with a way to keep your current plan. Learn more in [Changing Your Plan](/billing/changing-your-plan).
### Improvements
* Adding an **Auto-Join Domain** now opens a dialog where you pick the domain and its default permissions together, with full or limited access spelled out. Learn more in [Auto-Join Domains](/organization/auto-join-domains).
* The action bar that appears when you select rows in a table now stands out against the page — dark in light mode and light in dark mode.
* Broken links and errors in the app now land on friendlier pages that point you back home.
### Fixes
* Social icons in the email footer now default to black when they use the **Outline** or **Icon Only** style. They used to default to white, which left them nearly invisible on the default light gray background. **Filled** icons keep white icons on a black circle. Icons you've already given a color are unchanged.
### Fixes
* Opening an **HTML** email in the code editor no longer crashes.
## Resubscribes Need the Person's Confirmation
* Resubscribing someone who unsubscribed themselves now asks them first. Clicking **Resubscribe** on their person page — or next to a category on their **Details** tab — sends them a confirmation email instead of adding them back right away. They're resubscribed only if they click **Confirm subscription**. If they ignore it, they stay unsubscribed.
* The email comes from your organization: your name, logo and mailing address, sent from your organization's primary email when it's on a verified domain. It says why the person is receiving it.
* While you wait, the person page shows **Confirmation Pending** with when the request was sent and when it expires. Links expire after 14 days and work once. You can resend after 3 days, which replaces the earlier link.
* Signup forms work the same way. When an address that unsubscribed fills out one of your signup forms — on your signup page, a website embed, or Church Center — we email it a confirmation instead of resubscribing it right away, since anyone can type any address into a form. New signups aren't affected. Learn more in [Signup Forms](/people/signup-forms#subscription-status).
* **Cleaned**, **Suppressed**, and **Blocked in Planning Center** contacts are still resubscribed directly. Learn more in [Resubscribing Someone Who Unsubscribed](/people/manage-subscription-status#resubscribing-someone-who-unsubscribed).
## Link to Sermons from Planning Center
* The **Planning Center** link type can now link to sermons. In the link picker's **Church Center** tab, under Publishing, choose **Sermon episode**, **Sermon series**, or **Sermon channel**.
* Search episodes by title and narrow them to a series or channel, the same way as when importing. Only sermons people can open on Church Center are listed: episodes already in the library, and published series and channels.
* Link to a **Sermon channel** for a button that stays useful over time, like "Watch past sermons" in a template or automation.
* Sermon links work everywhere the Planning Center link type does: buttons, images, cards, lists, text and footer links in emails, plus link pages and QR codes. Learn more in [Linking to Planning Center Content](/integrations/planning-center/linking-to-content).
### Improvements
* The **Recent Emails** card on the home dashboard now has a right-click menu with **View Metrics**, **Edit Design**, **Edit Details**, **Save as Template**, and **Replicate Email**. Learn more in [Dashboard Overview](/dashboard/overview).
* **View** on a sent email's menu is now **View Metrics**, and opens the email's results page.
* The automation builder's **Steps** tab now uses the full width of the page. On phones, a step's settings open in a sheet from the bottom that you can swipe down to close.
* The **Email to a CSV** explanation on the pre-send page can be collapsed, and stays the way you left it.
* **Import Content from Planning Center** fills the screen on phones instead of leaving an empty band at the bottom.
* New accounts are better protected from spam signups. Throwaway email addresses can't be used to sign up, and the sign-up page runs a bot check that most people never see.
### Fixes
* **Copy Share Link** only shows for emails that are actually on their public page. It used to show for emails hidden from the public page or archived, and the link didn't work.
* Confirming **Unsubscribe** on a person's page no longer flashes the resubscribe dialog as it closes.
* A single send now goes to at most **200,000** people. If an audience is larger, the email isn't sent, and the sender and your organization's owners get an email explaining why so you can split it into smaller sends.
## Import Sermon Episodes from Planning Center
* You can now import sermon episodes from Planning Center Publishing into your emails. Open **Import Content from Planning Center**, go to the **Publishing** tab, and choose **Episodes** in the dropdown under the search box. Announcements are still in the same tab.
* Each episode brings in its thumbnail, series, title, description, and a **Watch Now** button linking to the episode on Church Center. The thumbnail gets a play button so it reads as a video. Episodes without their own artwork use the thumbnail from their library video.
* Narrow the list to a single series, or to one channel if your church has more than one. Only episodes already published to the library on a public Church Center channel appear.
* Episodes work with both the **Blocks** and **Cards** layouts, and with **Import from Planning Center** on a cards block. Learn more in [Importing Content from Planning Center](/integrations/planning-center/importing-content#episodes).
### Improvements
* **Import Content from Planning Center** is now two steps instead of three. After picking your content, the new **Customize** step holds both the fields and the **Blocks** or **Cards** layout, with a preview of every item you selected drawn in your email's own colors, fonts, and button style. Switch the preview between **Desktop** and **Mobile**, and see it on your phone too. Learn more in [Importing Content from Planning Center](/integrations/planning-center/importing-content#step-2-customize).
* The content lists are easier to scan: one clean list per tab, search and filters on one row, and a bar at the bottom showing how many items you've picked.
* Each tab now explains why it's empty and offers a way out, like clearing your search, resetting a filter, or opening the Planning Center app.
* Sends to Planning Center lists, groups, and registrations retry when Planning Center has a brief outage, instead of failing right away. If a list still can't be loaded, the error explains what happened in plain language.
### Fixes
* Dragging an image around inside the asset picker or the **Assets** page no longer shows the "Drop file here to upload" overlay. It only appears for files dragged in from your computer.
* On phones, the bottom bar of **Import Content from Planning Center** no longer covers content, and the editor no longer shows an empty bar at the bottom.
## Folders for Automations
* Automations can now be organized into folders. On **Emails › Automations**, click **New Folder**, give it a name and an optional color, and your folders show at the top of the table.
* Move an automation from its **⋯** menu with **Move to Folder**, or select several and click **Move** in the action bar. You can create a folder right from the move dialog.
* New automations created inside a folder land in it, and duplicating an automation keeps the copy in the same folder. Deleting a folder moves its automations back to the main list, so nothing is deleted. Learn more in [Automation Folders](/automations/managing/folders).
### Improvements
* Typing a comma, period, or other punctuation right after a merge tag no longer leaves a space before it. Learn more in [Merge Tags](/emails/merge-tags#in-email-content).
## Leave People Out of a Send
* Emails can now leave people out. On the pre-send page, click **Exclude** next to **Recipients** in the **To** section to open a **Don't send to** field, and pick the lists, people, groups, or registrations to leave out. Anyone in them is skipped at send time, even if one of your recipients also includes them.
* Once anything is excluded, the field becomes a highlighted panel with a count so it can't be missed. The same list, person, group, or registration can't be both a recipient and excluded — each picker marks what the other already holds.
* The send confirmation lists exclusions under **To** as **Except anyone in**, and a sent email's **Audience** card shows them in an **Except** row.
* Duplicating an email carries its exclusions over, so the copy doesn't reach people the original left out.
* If Flowforth can't confirm who to leave out — for example, an excluded list was deleted in Planning Center — the email isn't sent, and the error tells you what to fix. An email with exclusions can't also post a Church Center announcement, since the announcement would reach the people you left out.
* Exclusions can be changed on drafts and failed sends. They don't apply to CSV uploads or follow-ups. Learn more in [Leaving People Out](/emails/creating-an-email#leaving-people-out).
### Fixes
* The **Web** tab in the email preview fills the whole preview window again, instead of only the top half.
## Connect Claude and ChatGPT
* Flowforth now connects to **Claude** and **ChatGPT**. Ask about your emails, results, and audience in plain language, preview emails, check their links, and set up drafts — the assistant acts as you and only sees what your Flowforth permissions allow. Flowforth is listed in Claude's connector directory; ChatGPT connects through its developer mode.
* See and disconnect the apps connected to your account under **Connected apps** in **Settings**.
* Organization owners control how Claude and ChatGPT can work with their organization. Open **Settings › Integrations** and click **AI tools**.
* **Allow AI tools** turns them on or off for everyone. **Allow edits** decides whether they can create and change drafts, templates, folders, and categories, or only read. **Show people's details** decides whether they see people's names, email addresses, and subscription status, or only counts — it's off by default.
* The page also has a **Connect** row for each of Claude and ChatGPT and shows which of your own accounts are connected. Every member can see the settings, but only owners can change them.
* The Flowforth approval screen tells you when an owner has turned AI tools off. AI tools never send or schedule email. Learn more in [AI Assistants](/integrations/ai-assistants), [Claude Connector](/integrations/claude), and [ChatGPT Connector](/integrations/chatgpt).
### Improvements
* Columns can now stack **right on top** on phones. The **Mobile** setting on a columns block is a dropdown with **Left on top**, **Right on top**, and **Keep Columns** — handy for keeping an image above its text when the image is on the right. Desktop layout is unchanged. Learn more in [Columns and Layouts](/emails/editor/columns-and-layouts#mobile-stacking).
* The **Publishing** and **Church Center** sections on the pre-send page let you pick an email category right there when none is set, instead of sending you back up to **To**. Picking one turns the section on straight away.
### Fixes
* Lists, groups, and registrations with more than 20,000 people can be sent to again. Sends to them were failing.
* Headings, lists, paragraphs, and links inside an **HTML block** now look the same in the sent email and preview as they do in the editor. An unstyled heading, for example, was showing up large and bold in the email.
* The **Links** tab in the email preview scrolls instead of running past the bottom of the window when an email has a lot of links.
* **Settings** no longer shows "No organization selected" when opened in a fresh tab on iPhone.
### Improvements
* Domains on **Wix** can now be verified. Wix added support for MX records on subdomains, so the `send` MX record Flowforth needs can be added there like any other provider. The "Wix nameservers aren't supported" warning is gone from the domain page, and **Learn How to Add DNS Records** now opens a step-by-step Wix guide. Learn more in [Adding DNS Records in Wix](/domains/wix).
### Improvements
* The description on a **Publishing** announcement can now be up to **500 characters**, up from 300.
* The person picker in an email's **To** section only offers people who have an email address, since anyone without one can't be sent to.
* Rows under **Connected apps** in **Settings** are simpler: each shows the app, when you connected it, what it can do, and **Disconnect**.
### Fixes
* Clearing the subtitle in your email footer no longer leaves a blank gap under the logo in sent emails.
* The **Editorial** footer no longer adds extra space under the logo when there's no organization name below it.
## Card Style Is Now a Layout Picker
* The **Card Style** switch in **Email Style › General** is now a **Layout** picker with two options, each with a small preview of what you get: **Seamless** puts your content directly on one background color, and **Card** sets it on a card framed by a second background color. Nothing about your existing emails changes — emails that had Card Style on use the **Card** layout. Learn more in [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles#layout).
### Improvements
* Buttons can now link straight to `@unsubscribe` or `@manage-preferences` — type either one as the button's link.
### Fixes
* Several fixes for **Outlook for Windows**: button labels sit where you aligned them instead of flush left, images no longer show white bars, and social and footer icons no longer go missing or look squished.
### Improvements
* Phone links on a **Person** block can now include an optional **Extension**.
### Fixes
* PNG images with transparent backgrounds keep their transparency when cropped.
### Improvements
* Templates now have **Move to Folder** in their row menu.
## Block Visibility Moves Out of Block Style
* A block's visibility condition now has its own row directly under **Block Style** in the editor sidebar, instead of living at the bottom of that panel. The row reads **Visible to everyone** until you set a condition, then shows the orange filter badge and **Only people on** the list you picked. Click the row to change it.
* **Public page visibility** lets you decide what a conditioned block does on your category's public page and RSS feed. **Automatic** keeps the old rule (a block limited to a list is hidden publicly, a block hidden from a list is shown), while **Always show** and **Always hide** pin it either way. It only appears when the email's category has a public page. Recipients are never affected. Learn more in [Block Style](/emails/editor/block-styles#visibility).
* The **Block Settings** panel is called **Block Style** again.
### Improvements
* Sent emails from before we started recording each send's tracking settings now show their real **Opened** and **Clicked** numbers — along with the engagement chart, Links table, click overlay, comparison, and the click-based counts on **Groups** and **Registrations** — with a quiet note that the tracking state wasn't recorded, instead of a dash. Emails sent with tracking genuinely off are unchanged, and follow-ups still need a confirmed tracking setting. Learn more in [Email Metrics](/emails/email-metrics#when-tracking-is-off).
* The templates page can now show your templates as a **grid** of preview cards. Switch between list and grid from the new **Display** button in the search bar, which also holds the sort options.
* On a category's settings, the **Public Page** section now sits above **Email Preferences Page**.
* A follow-up's audience no longer shows an empty **Planning Center** tab in the **To** section, and its audience chip no longer leaves a stray dot when a long subject wraps.
### Fixes
* CSV merge tags work on follow-ups. They were printing their fallback instead of each person's value.
### Improvements
* The asset library's search and filters work like the rest of the app's tables, with filters added from a picker and shown as badges. Filter by **File type**, **Uploaded by**, and a new **Sent status** to find the files you've used in a sent email, or haven't.
* The recent emails table on a category's page can now show archived emails — add the **Archived** filter. Learn more in [Archiving](/emails/archiving-and-global-metrics#view-archived-emails).
## Redesigned Public Email Archives
* Your category's public email archive has a new look: a larger header with the category name, its description, and the **Subscribe** button, followed by your emails.
* Emails show as a **list** by default — a thumbnail beside the subject, a short preview, and the sent date — or switch to a **grid** of cards. Visitors' choice is remembered.
* A **Load More** button replaces endless scrolling. The `/emails` index that lists all your public categories got the same new look. Learn more in [Public Category Pages](/emails/public-category-pages).
* Archiving a sent email now also takes it off the category's public page, its public link, the `/latest` link, and the RSS feed, and Flowforth asks you to confirm first. Unarchive it to put it back. Learn more in [Archiving](/emails/archiving-and-global-metrics).
### Fixes
* Opening a folder on the **Emails** page no longer crashes the list.
* A sent email's page only shows **Who wasn't sent to** when someone actually wasn't sent to.
### Improvements
* The **Unsubscribes** tab on your home dashboard now connects to the reasons behind it. **Manage reasons** sits in the header of the **Reasons** card and opens the settings where you edit the list.
* If your organization hasn't set up any reasons, the tab says so above the tiles and offers a **Set up reasons** button, instead of an empty **Reasons** card that reads as though nobody answered. Learn more in [Home Dashboard](/dashboard/overview#unsubscribes-tab).
* The first time you finish an import you started by clicking **Import Content from Planning Center** in the editor sidebar, a tip appears on the button showing that it can also be dragged into your email to drop the content exactly where you want it. It shows once per person, and **Got it** dismisses it. Learn more in [Importing Content from Planning Center](/integrations/planning-center/importing-content#drag-to-insert).
## Unsubscribe Reasons on the Person Page
* A person's **Details** tab is rebuilt around two sections. **Email Addresses** lists every address from Planning Center, plus the **Flowforth-only address** you can **Add** or **Edit** from its row.
* **Subscription** shows where that person stands: their **Status**, and — for someone who has unsubscribed — **Unsubscribed from all emails** with the email it happened on (click the subject to open the send) and the date.
* The **reason they picked and the comment they left** sit right under it, for anyone with email access. Category unsubscribes each get their own row with the email, the date, and a **Resubscribe** button.
* Click the **status badge** beside a person's name to jump straight to the Details tab. Learn more in [Person Detail Page](/people/person-details).
## Unsubscribe Reporting Moves to Home
* The **Analytics** tab on the unsubscribe page editor is **gone**. All of it now lives on your home dashboard, on a new **Unsubscribes** tab beside **Overview**, where it follows the time period filter at the top of the page. The editor keeps **Design** and **Settings**, and **View analytics** in its header takes you to the new tab.
* Three tiles lead the tab: **Unsubscribes**, **Responses** with the share of them that left a reason, and **Top reason**.
* **Unsubscribes over time** charts people who unsubscribed from all emails, counted on the day they unsubscribed. **Reasons** gives each reason its share of the responses, with **Other** last.
* The **Responses** table lists every reason and comment, newest first — search it, click a row to read the whole comment, and keep scrolling for more.
* **Export** sits beside that search and offers two files: **Export responses (CSV)** — date, name, email address, Planning Center ID, links to their Planning Center and Flowforth profiles, reason, comment, and email subject — and **Export reason totals (CSV)**.
* The **Unsubscribe Rate** card's count on **Overview** links into the tab. Seeing any of it takes **people access** as well as email access, because every response names a person. Learn more in [Home Dashboard](/dashboard/overview#unsubscribes-tab).
## People Feed Exports
* The feed's CSV now splits what someone told you into a **Reason** column and a **Feedback** column — the choice they picked, and what they typed — so you can sort or pivot on the reason in a spreadsheet.
* Every row also carries the person's **Planning Center ID**, a link to their **Planning Center profile**, and a link to their **Flowforth profile**, so you can find them again outside the file.
* The **Feed** page and its export now need **people access and email access**, since every row is email activity about a person. Learn more in [People Feed](/people/feed).
### Improvements
* Cleaned and suppressed entries say why in plain language everywhere a reason shows — in the feed, on a person's page, and in exports: **Suppressed after a hard bounce**, **Suppressed after a spam complaint**, **On the suppression list**, and **Removed from the suppression list**.
* Day headings in the **People Feed** show that day's event count, held back until the whole day has loaded so the number is never an undercount.
* Comments in the **Responses** table wrap instead of being clipped to one line, and clicking a row opens the full response — person, reason, and comment end to end.
* **Recent Email Activity** on the home dashboard is hidden from members without people access.
## Merge Tags from Your CSV
* When an email's audience is a **CSV Upload**, any column beyond email, first name, and last name can now be mapped to a per-recipient merge tag — and those tags work in the subject line as well as the body.
* Map them on the pre-send page, in the **To** section's **CSV Upload** tab: **Map another column as a merge tag** adds a row where you pick the **CSV column** and name the tag. The tag id is slugged from your column header — "Pledge Amount" becomes `@pledge-amount` — and you can rename it to anything using lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
* **Add fallback** on a row sets what prints when that person's cell is empty. Leave the fallback blank and an empty cell renders as nothing. Previews and test emails show the fallback, or `[Column Name]` if there isn't one.
* Your tags show up where the built-in ones do: the text block sidebar's **Merge Tags → Custom Merge Tags** list (as `@tag-id` with `CSV: Column Name` beneath it), and the HTML editor's **Merge Tags** popover under **From your CSV**.
* After you save, the mapping becomes a read-only summary — to change it, remove the file and upload it again. Switching the audience back to Planning Center warns you that the CSV and its merge tags will be removed. Learn more in [Using Merge Tags](/emails/merge-tags#custom-merge-tags-from-a-csv).
### Improvements
* The **Show on public page** switch sits at the top of the **Share** menu for every email — draft, scheduled, sending, and sent — on desktop and in the mobile three-dot menu, so there's one place to look no matter where the email is in its life. It's on by default, and it only appears when the email's category has a public page.
* Turning **Show on public page** off now hides the rest of the menu with it: **Visible before sent**, **View Email in Browser**, and **Copy Link** disappear while an email is hidden, because hiding also stops the direct link from working. Learn more in [Public Category Pages](/emails/public-category-pages).
### Fixes
* The month and year dropdowns at the top of the calendar are clickable again. An invisible layer was swallowing the clicks, so you could only move month by month with the arrows. This affects date range filters on tables, the **People Feed** date filter, feed exports, and the automation retry dialog.
* In the text block toolbar's link popover, choosing the **Email** link type and then clicking into **Subject (optional)** or the message box no longer wipes what you'd already typed. The popover now also closes once you apply or remove a link, and **Remove subject & message** leaves it open.
* The free QR code generator on flowforth.co — the public tool, not the QR codes in your account — now downloads a 1200 × 1200 PNG, big enough to print. Exports were coming out around 276 × 276.
* Several merge tag bugs are fixed: a tag whose name starts another tag's name (`@amount` alongside `@amount-given`) no longer garbles the plain-text version of your email, a retried send to more than 1,000 recipients keeps everyone's merge values instead of falling back after the first 1,000, and previews, browser views, and owner copies no longer show raw `@tag` text where a value belongs.
* The search box on the **Emails** page reads **Search emails...** while the page is loading instead of changing its wording once the page is ready.
## Refresh from Canva
* Canva emails now remember the design they came from. On the email's page, the **Content** section header gets a **Refresh from Canva** split button, with a Canva-logo half that opens the design in Canva.
* Refreshing asks you to confirm — it replaces the email's content with the current version of the design, so anything you changed in the HTML editor afterwards is lost — then re-runs the import. Images you didn't touch in Canva keep their existing URLs.
* Only **draft and failed** emails can be refreshed, and only the person who imported the email can refresh it. Replicating a Canva email carries the link over, and whoever replicated it becomes the importer of the copy. Learn more in [Canva Emails](/emails/canva-emails).
* Fixed the same day: the button could sit on **Refreshing...** after the import had already finished — switching to your Canva tab and back was enough to cause it. It now always settles, and after three minutes it tells you to reload the page to see whether the refresh went through.
### Improvements
* Domains on **Wix** nameservers now get a warning on the domain's page instead of a mystery. Wix doesn't allow MX records on subdomains, so the MX record your sending subdomain needs can't be added there. The warning lays out your two options — move your DNS somewhere else, or use a Flowforth sending domain. Learn more in [Using a Wix Domain with Flowforth](/domains/wix).
* **Images in your emails are delivered much lighter**, so emails load faster for your recipients, especially on a phone with a weak signal. Chart blocks are lighter too. Nothing changes about what you upload, what you see in the editor, or how any of it looks.
* **GIF uploads are now capped at 10 MB**; every other file type keeps its 50 MB limit. A big GIF loads slowly in an email client, so trim the length or use a video block instead. Learn more in [Asset Library](/organization/assets-and-storage).
* Uploading a large PNG no longer freezes the page while it's processed.
## Unsubscribe Reasons
* **You can now ask people why they're unsubscribing.** Write your reasons in **Settings → Branding → Unsubscribe Page → Edit**, on the **Settings** tab under **Unsubscribe Reasons** — add them, rename them in place, drag to reorder, and archive the ones you've stopped using.
* You can have up to **20 active reasons** at a time, and an **Other** option is always shown alongside them. Leave the list empty and the question is skipped entirely.
* For the subscriber it's optional and adds no extra clicks. Your reasons appear as buttons under **Mind telling us why? (optional)** just above **Confirm Unsubscribe**; confirming both unsubscribes them and records whatever they picked, and the reason can never delay or block the unsubscribe. The confirmation screen then offers a comment box — also optional — for anything else they want to say.
* Responses land on the new **Analytics** tab (since moved to the Home dashboard's **Unsubscribes** tab), with a time period filter that defaults to the last 30 days and three cards: **Unsubscribes Over Time**, **Reasons** (a count per reason), and **Responses**, a table of date, person, reason, and comment that you can search by email address.
* Editing the reasons is limited to owners and admins; anyone with email access can view the page and its analytics. Learn more in [Unsubscribe Page](/organization/unsubscribe-page).
## People Feed: Reasons and Export
* Unsubscribe events in the **People Feed** now show the reason someone gave and the comment they left, quoted beneath the row — for example, "Too many emails — got 3 today".
* A new **Export** button downloads the feed as a CSV. Choose **Last 30 days**, **Last 90 days**, **Last 6 months**, **Last 12 months**, or a **Custom range**; a date range is required and can cover at most one year at a time. Whatever event type filter you have set on the page applies to the export, and each file holds up to **10,000 rows**. Learn more in [People Feed](/people/feed).
### Improvements
* **Check for New Lists** is its own button in the top right of **People → Lists** — it reads **Syncing...** while it runs — and anyone can use it. The **Actions** menu holds the bulk visibility options and is shown to owners and admins.
* Editing the unsubscribe page requires email access. Members without it see the **Unsubscribe Page** row in **Branding** disabled, with a note to ask an admin for the permission.
## Print Email, With Options
* **Print Email** opens a **Print email** dialog with a live preview of the printed pages. It's in the **⋯** menu on a sent email, on a draft, and on a scheduled email.
* **Paper** sets **Paper size** — Letter, A4, Legal, or Tabloid, starting on Letter or A4 depending on where you are — and **Orientation**, which defaults to Portrait.
* **Ink** offers **Full color** (the default), **Black & white**, and **Text only**, which drops the images and uses the least ink. Black & white adds a **Keep images in color** switch.
* **Links & buttons** decides what a link does on paper: **Print as they look**, **Add QR codes** to scan with a phone, or **Write out the web address** beside each one. **Set buttons and text links separately** splits the two — out of the box, buttons become QR codes and text links stay as they are. Whenever QR codes are in play, a **QR code size** control appears with **Small (0.7 in)**, **Medium (1 in)**, and **Large (1.4 in)**.
* **Include** has two switches: **Subject, sender & date**, on by default and printed at the top of the first page, and **Email footer**, off by default.
* The preview shows real sheets with page numbers and breaks where the printer will, keeping table rows, images, and QR boxes from straddling a page break. Zoom from the corner control, which starts fit to width. On a phone the dialog fills the screen with **Settings** and **Preview** tabs.
* A sent email prints exactly as it was sent. Merge tags are resolved first: date tags print the send date, and personal tags like `@first-name` fall back to their empty value so nothing prints as "Hi @first-name,". Your settings are remembered the next time you print. Learn more in [Printing Emails](/emails/printing-emails).
### Improvements
* Members with **Designer** email access can no longer run an automation manually, retry failed runs, or undo a cancellation. All three send email, so they now follow the same rule as sending an email directly. Managers, admins, and owners are unaffected. Learn more in [Roles and Permissions](/organization/roles-and-permissions).
### Fixes
* Templates that showed **No preview** in the templates picker have their thumbnails back. Preview images were never being generated for templates saved from a **Simple** or **HTML** email, and saving one of those as a template could lose its content altogether. Both are fixed, and a daily job fills in the previews for templates you already have. After you edit a template, its preview can take up to a day to catch up.
## Follow-ups to People Who Didn't Open
* Any sent email can now produce a **follow-up** — a new draft addressed only to the people who received it and didn't open it. It's in the **⋯** menu on a sent email, and as a link under the **Didn't open** card. You can also follow up the people who **didn't click**, or who **opened but didn't click**.
* The audience is a **rule, not a copied list**: it's worked out again at the moment you send, so anyone who opens the original in the meantime drops out of the follow-up on their own. The dialog shows the current estimate and says plainly that it will be recalculated.
* Nothing is sent until you send it. The draft copies the original's content, subject, from address and announcement settings, and its **To** section shows the locked follow-up audience — which you can remove, or add lists and people alongside.
* The original's sidebar lists the follow-ups it produced, a follow-up's page links back to its original, and follow-ups are excluded from the **Compared to your recent emails** baseline in both directions. Learn more in [Email Metrics](/emails/email-metrics#send-a-follow-up-to-people-who-didnt-open).
### Improvements
* **Open and click tracking is now recorded per send**, at the moment the email goes out, so changing a domain's tracking settings later never rewrites what an already-sent email reports. Older sends, from before we started recording it, may show **unknown** rather than on or off until they've been reconciled — and "unknown" is never treated as "off".
* The **domain tracking** page now shows what tracking a domain had configured historically alongside its current state, with a **Check now** action to reconcile it against the sending provider on demand.
## Import Planning Center Content into a Cards Block
* The cards block editor now has an **Import from Planning Center** button directly under **Add Card**, in the sidebar and in the expanded card editor. Until now the only way in was the top-level **Import Content from Planning Center** wizard, which always created a brand new cards block.
* It opens the same import dialog you already know — **Registrations**, **Groups**, **Calendar**, and **Publishing** tabs, with the field, button text, and date format choices you've saved — minus the layout step, because everything you select is added as new cards to the block you're editing. Learn more in [Cards Block](/emails/editor/cards-block).
### Fixes
* The **Emails** list could go empty and stay that way. Opening an email's **Recipients** tab put that table's sort in the address bar, the emails list adopted it and saved it, and every later visit then asked the server to sort by a column the emails table doesn't have. Saved sorts and filters are now checked against the table they belong to and dropped when they don't apply.
* If the emails list does fail to load, you now get **We couldn't load your emails.** with a **Reset sort and filters** button, instead of a page that looks like you have no emails.
* The sort menu no longer reads **Default (Updated)** while a saved sort is actually in effect — it always reflects the sort you're looking at now.
* The metric tiles on a sent email's page no longer clip their text on screens around 1024 to 1150 pixels wide.
* Duplicating an email or applying a template now reports an error instead of quietly creating an empty email when the content can't be read.
## A Redesigned Home Dashboard
* The home dashboard's four cards now match the sent-email page: **Emails Sent** with your total recipients underneath, **Open Rate**, **Click Rate**, and **Unsubscribe Rate**, each leading with the rate and showing the count it was worked out from.
* Rates round exactly the way they do on an email's own page, so the two never disagree — a small rate reads honestly as 0.4% rather than 0%, and 99.6% never rounds up to 100%.
* **Click a card to focus its series on the chart** and the others dim; click it again to clear. Nothing is focused to begin with.
* The chart lives in a card titled **Performance over time** with its legend in the header, and every series is drawn from the same baseline so each one reads directly against the axis.
* A period with nothing in it says **No email activity in this period** instead of dropping the chart off the page.
## Opens and Clicks Counted on the Day They Happened
* Opens and clicks are plotted on the day they actually happened, so engagement that trickles in over the following week shows up where it belongs, and a day with engagement but no sends appears on the chart.
* This applies to emails sent on or after **June 5, 2026**; anything older keeps its send-day attribution. The four headline cards' totals and rates are unaffected — this only changes the chart's daily buckets. Learn more in [Home Dashboard](/dashboard/overview).
## Hide an Email from Its Public Page
* Emails in a public category can now be **hidden from your public page** — decided before the send, or changed after it. The **Show on public page** switch sits at the top of the email's **Share** menu at every stage — draft, scheduled, sending, and sent — whenever the category you've chosen has a public page. It's on by default, so turning it off is what hides the email.
* Hiding is complete: the email leaves the category's public list and RSS feed, and its direct link stops working — even for someone who saved it. It also overrides [sharing before send](/emails/sharing-before-send), and Church Center announcements skip the public link for a hidden email.
* Nothing about the send itself changes — recipients keep the email, and its metrics stay put. Turn the switch back on and the email returns to the public page.
* Hiding a sent email can take a few minutes to reach your public page. Learn more in [Public Category Pages](/emails/public-category-pages).
### Improvements
* While Flowforth is still checking a send for bot activity, the **Filter bot activity** row shows a shimmering **Filtering bot activity** label. It settles back to **Filter bot activity** once the numbers are in.
### Fixes
* The **Planning Center Organization Already Connected** dialog during signup is no longer a dead end. **Continue without connecting** now finishes setting up your organization — you can connect Planning Center later from Settings — and closing the dialog lets you try again with a different Planning Center account. Learn more in [Planning Center Says a Connection Already Exists](/integrations/planning-center/connection-already-exists).
## The Sent Email Page, Redesigned
* **Delivered**, **Opened**, and **Clicked** now lead the page as three cards, each with its rate as the headline and the count it was worked out from underneath. **Didn't open**, **Unsubscribed**, **Bounced**, and **Complaints** sit beneath them. Every card still takes you to the recipients it counts.
* One line above the cards reads **Sent to 2,412 of 3,700 on the list**, with **Who wasn't sent to** beside it. Open it for the reasons — no email address, unsubscribed, duplicate address, previously bounced, no-reply, and the rest. That's the answer to "I sent this to 3,700, so why do I only see 2,400?"
* A **details sidebar** holds everything about the send that isn't a metric: status, date, who sent it, who approved it, from and reply-to, subject, preview text, audience, and category. Audience chips open the list, group, or registration in Planning Center.
* The **Links** table now shows what each link *is* — the destination page's title, or the text you used in the email, with its favicon — instead of a truncated URL. It counts the **people** who clicked each link, with total clicks underneath, and the share column adds up to 100%.
* The engagement chart plots **opens and clicks together** over time, and a new **Compared to your recent emails** section measures this send's open and click rates against the 10 emails you sent before it, marking both your average and your best.
* On the **Content** tab, **Show clicks** draws each tracked link's click count onto the email itself.
* Learn more in [Email Metrics](/emails/email-metrics).
## Numbers That Add Up
* **Every click number on the page counts people, not clicks.** The Links table counts the recipients who clicked each link, so a row's number is exactly the list of names you get when you click into it, and no click rate can pass 100%.
* **Open and click rates are now a share of everything sent** — on this page, on the emails list, and on the home dashboard. Delivered, Opened, and Clicked all divide by the same number, so the three cards can be read against each other. They were previously measured against delivered (sent minus bounces), so on emails with bounces your rates will read slightly lower than they did before. Nothing about the underlying opens and clicks changed.
## Group Stats
* Emails that link to — or were sent to — a Planning Center group now have a **Groups** tab: who **joined after clicking** your link, who **joined or requested to join** after the send, who was **already in the group**, and who **clicked but didn't join**. Every card is also a filter on the table beneath it.
* If the email covers more than one group, a per-group breakdown shows all four numbers for each of them, and **Export** downloads whatever you're currently looking at. Learn more in [Group Stats](/emails/group-stats).
### Improvements
* The **Filter bot activity** switch now sits with the delivery cards and explains itself: it says when a send had no bot activity to filter, and when bot detection is temporarily unavailable it tells you rather than quietly showing unfiltered numbers.
* When **open or click tracking is off** for a sending domain, the page says so where the numbers would be — on the Opened and Clicked cards, the engagement chart, and the Links table — instead of showing a zero that looks like nobody engaged.
## Footer Layouts
* Your footer's settings now open with a **Layout** section offering three looks: **Classic** (the centered footer you already have, and still the default), **Editorial** (left-aligned, opening with a thin accent rule in your footer link color), and **Minimal** (a compliance-only footer with just your organization name and address, why the person is receiving the email, and the required links).
* **Switching layouts never loses anything.** A layout that doesn't show a field keeps it saved, so you can try one and switch back to find your logo, links, and text exactly as you left them. Settings that don't apply to the layout you picked are hidden from the sidebar.
* A new **Spacing** control under the layout picker tightens the footer's vertical spacing — pick **Default** or **Compact**. Minimal is already compact, so it doesn't offer the choice.
* **Editorial handles wordmark logos.** Set your logo's **Width** anywhere from 24 to 240 pixels: small logos sit on the same line as your footer title, and wider ones get their own line above it.
* Layouts and spacing are available on an individual email's footer and on your default footer (**Emails → Templates → Default Footer**), so new emails start with the layout you chose. Learn more in [Default Footer](/emails/default-footer).
### Improvements
* The default footer editor's preview now shows your organization's mailing address, so it matches what recipients actually see.
* Footers now keep a consistent margin on both sides, on desktop and on mobile, so footer content no longer runs into the edge of the email.
### Fixes
* Footers render more reliably across email clients, **Outlook for Windows** especially.
## Split Text Blocks by Dropping Between Paragraphs
* Dragging a block over a multi-paragraph **Text** block now shows an indicator line at the nearest paragraph break. Drop it there and the text splits, placing your block between the two halves.
* This works when you drag a multi-block selection, and with **Import Content from Planning Center** — the split waits until you confirm the import.
* If someone else is editing that text block, or the split isn't possible, your block is inserted above or below as usual.
### Fixes
* Undo after inserting a block no longer appears to do nothing. A behind-the-scenes save was recording a blank undo step and clearing your redo history, so each insert is now one clean undo step.
* The **Registrations** tab of **Import Content from Planning Center** no longer crashes when a registration has an image.
* Fixed a bug where registration images could fail to import from Planning Center, leaving an empty image block behind. If an image can't be imported, you now see a notice instead of nothing.
* Corrected the privacy policy and terms of service to accurately describe how your data is encrypted at rest.
### Fixes
* **Hide from Global Metrics** works on sent emails again — a recent internal change had caused it to fail with "Something went wrong" for the past few weeks. The home dashboard updates immediately after you toggle it, and the confirmation dialog no longer changes its wording mid-save.
* The home dashboard's **Performance Over Time** chart no longer shifts dates back a day in timezones behind UTC, and it now covers the whole period you selected, showing quiet days as zero instead of stopping at your last send.
* On a QR code's **Settings** tab, typing after the first autosave no longer saves — and shows a toast — on every keystroke.
### Fixes
* In the **Footer** editor, changing a social icon and then immediately typing a link URL no longer wipes what you typed. The same goes for other footer fields with a save still in flight.
* Creating an email from a template, duplicating an email, and applying a template no longer reset the footer's social icons style from **Icon Only** to **Filled**, and no longer lose the footer's title size, text size, socials size, link color, and logo width.
## Link Page Click Tracking
* **Clicks on your public link pages are now recorded.** A bug meant link clicks on the public page weren't being counted at all.
* The click count badge in the **Link Pages** builder now shows live all-time totals, rather than updating hourly at best, and hides itself instead of showing a false zero when counts can't load.
### Fixes
* Reordering links in the **Link Pages** builder now saves reliably. A reorder could previously fail to stick and mix up click history between links.
### Improvements
* Organizations on a shared network no longer occasionally see a false **Planning Center not connected** state.
### Fixes
* Filled buttons with no border no longer show an unwanted hairline outline in **Outlook for Windows**. Image and video block borders match as well, and the editor preview now matches the sent email.
* An unsubscribe that fails behind the scenes is now retried instead of quietly dropped, and the email **preference center** shows an error message instead of reporting a change that didn't save.
### Improvements
* **Settings → Domains** now detects **duplicate DMARC records**. More than one DMARC record on your domain makes your policy invalid at receiving servers, so duplicates are flagged with a **Duplicate** badge and a warning explaining to keep only one.
* When your domain already has a DMARC record, the DNS records table shows your actual record and marks it verified, instead of always suggesting a default one.
* DMARC is now checked as soon as you add a domain, and the **Share DNS records** email no longer asks the recipient to add a DMARC record your domain already has.
### Fixes
* Buttons in sent emails now render at full size in **Outlook for Windows**, where they could collapse into a small text-sized link. This covers **Button** blocks, card buttons, list buttons, and the file **Download** button.
* On the **Emails** page, a search you type while the page is still loading no longer disappears once it finishes loading.
### Improvements
* With the sidebar collapsed, moving your pointer to the left edge of the screen now slides it in as a floating overlay, so you can navigate without expanding it.
### Fixes
* Your organization logo now falls back to its initial or name when the image can't load, in the sidebar, on the unsubscribe page preview in **Branding** settings, on the email preference center, and on the public subscribe page.
* **Person** block photos are now cropped to a square, so circle avatars no longer look oval in the Outlook mobile app.
## Billing Settings, Redesigned
* The **Settings → Billing** page has a cleaner row-based layout, with your **Plan**, **Next bill**, and **Email sends** usage at a glance.
* **You can now set a billing email**, the address that receives invoices and receipts, separate from the email you sign in with.
* A new **Payment method** row shows your card brand and last four digits, with the same one-click way to update it.
* **Extra sends** have their own section showing how they work and your available balance. If your subscription is set to cancel, it warns you that extra sends are removed when it ends.
* Free plans see a clearer upgrade callout explaining what's included.
### Improvements
* The **Change Plan** dialog now tells you when the prorated amount can't be calculated, instead of showing nothing.
* Your email stats are recorded more reliably, and the app stays responsive during and after large sends.
### Improvements
* Added a DNS setup guide for **Oncord** to the help center. Learn more in [Adding DNS Records in Oncord](/domains/oncord).
## Customize Imported Date Formats
* **Import Content from Planning Center** now has a date format panel under the **Date & Time** field. Choose **Aug** or **August**, pick the separator between the date and time, and optionally add the day of the week (for example, Saturday, Aug 8, 5:30pm).
* Dates skip the year for events in the current year, and times render compactly (5:30pm instead of 5:30 PM).
* Your choices are remembered per item type and apply to Quick Import too.
### Improvements
* Automations with an **Offset start by** delay now enroll people right away, so you can see them as **In Progress** on the **People** tab and cancel them before anything sends.
### Fixes
* The Planning Center import preview now matches the date that gets inserted into your email.
### Fixes
* Automations with a delayed start no longer send the same people duplicate emails.
## Owner Email Copies
* Owners can now opt in to receive a copy of every bulk email the organization sends, delivered to their inbox. Turn it on in **Settings → Members → Manage Permissions**.
* Copies have a `[Copy]` subject prefix and a summary banner showing who sent the email, its audience, and how many people received it. They don't count toward your send limit and don't affect the email's stats. Learn more in [Owner Email Copies](/emails/owner-email-copies).
## More Accurate Email Analytics
* **Click rates now count people, not clicks.** Previously a click rate was computed from total click events, so one recipient — or their email provider's link scanner — clicking again and again could push an email past 100% clicked. Every click rate — on the emails list, the sent-email page, and the home dashboard — is now the percentage of recipients who clicked at least one link, so it always lands between 0% and 100%.
* **Open and click rates are now measured against delivered emails** (sent minus bounces) instead of everything sent — a bounced address never had the chance to open or click, so bounces no longer drag your rates down.
* The sent-email page's **Link Clicks** card now shows the share of recipients who clicked right in its header — e.g. **Link Clicks (284 total · 45% clicked)** — and it works with the bot-activity filter.
* **Expect your numbers to shift.** With these changes, click rates will likely appear lower than before and open rates slightly higher — both are now a more accurate picture of how your recipients actually engaged.
### Improvements
* Clearer descriptions of open and click tracking on the domain settings page, with a note that tracking can occasionally affect deliverability. Also fixed the missing browser tab title on the domain page.
### Fixes
* Profile photos no longer disappear over time. Already-broken avatars fix themselves, failed uploads show an error instead of a false success message, and initials display whenever a photo can't load.
* Sign-in errors now explain themselves, including telling you to use **Sign in with Google** when your account was created with Google. See [Sign-in Methods](/account/sign-in-methods).
* The **Profile Picture** and **Organization Logo** rows in settings now keep their side-by-side layout on phones.
### Improvements
* **Run now** starts an automation immediately, even if its list trigger has a start offset. The offset still applies to automatic enrollment.
### Fixes
* Uploading or removing the organization logo could silently fail while showing a success message. Failures now show an error, and the organization's initial displays while the logo loads or if it can't.
### Improvements
* Added a **Calendar** icon to the email icons block, footer social icons, person block, and link pages.
## Signup Form Updates
* Household fields can now collect per-member details from your Planning Center field settings — phone, gender, birthdate, marital status, and anniversary for the adult; gender, birthdate, grade, school, and medical notes for children. Re-sync your form fields to pick these up.
* File upload fields now work, uploading directly to Planning Center.
* All single-choice fields render as dropdowns, matching Church Center, and optional dropdowns include a **None** option.
* Birthday fields are limited to realistic dates and show the person's age as you type.
* Field descriptions keep their formatting — bold, lists, and links.
* Added invisible Cloudflare Turnstile verification and a per-email submission limit. Learn more in [Signup Forms](/people/signup-forms).
### Improvements
* **Import Content from Planning Center** now brings in event and registration dates and times in **your church's Planning Center timezone**, instead of the timezone of whichever computer happens to be doing the importing. If your device is in a different timezone than your church, a new **Times in** selector appears on the **Calendar** and **Registrations** tabs so you can pick which timezone imported times use — Planning Center's by default. Your choice is remembered for the organization, and you can clear it anytime from **Editor settings**.
* All-day Planning Center events now always keep the church's calendar date when imported. Previously, importing from a timezone west of your church could slip an all-day event back to the day before.
### Fixes
* Submissions with dropdown, checkbox, or number fields could fail to reach Planning Center. Submission formats now match Church Center exactly.
* Household phone numbers no longer cause submissions to fail.
* The signup form logo now has rounded corners.
* Registration dates in the pre-send recipient picker — and in the Planning Center link picker in the editor — now use your church's timezone as well, so the dates you see there match what Planning Center shows.
### Fixes
* Dropdown and checkbox answers now arrive in Planning Center as the selected options instead of `[Custom field option deleted]`.
* The **Pill** corner radius no longer distorts the signup embed card. Inputs and the button keep the full pill shape.
* Columns and cards in sent emails now **stack into a single column on mobile far more reliably**. Stacking previously only applied on screens narrower than 480px, which missed many Android phones — most noticeably in the Gmail app, where columns stayed side-by-side and their content could squeeze together and overlap. Stacking now kicks in below 600px, the email-industry standard, and the cause of the squeezing and overlapping is fixed as well.
* For the same reason, **mobile font sizes and mobile spacing now take effect in more mail apps** — a styling quirk aimed at Yahoo Mail could previously cause other email apps to skip every mobile style in a sent email. Yahoo still gets its intended treatment, but it can no longer take the rest of your mobile styles down with it. Learn more in [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles).
* A card with a title or label but **no description** no longer renders its button flush against the title — the button now gets the same comfortable gap as on cards that have a description.
* Date merge tags written in Mailchimp or Handlebars style — like `{{current_date}}` or `*|CURRENT_YEAR|*` — now display properly on your public email pages, RSS feeds, and the view-in-browser page, just like the native `@current-date`, `@current-month`, and `@current-year` tags. The view-in-browser page also now fills in date tags typed as plain text, not just ones inserted from the merge-tag menu.
### Improvements
* Filter buttons across the app — on tables, in the asset library, on the dashboard, and in the recipient picker — now share a single new filter icon, so filtering looks the same everywhere.
### Fixes
* We made three fixes to the Canva integration: design thumbnails in the Canva browser no longer show up broken (a design whose preview has expired shows a **No preview** placeholder instead), clicking **Connect Canva** from the new-email dialog now closes the open dialogs instead of leaving them stacked on top of the settings page, and an expired Canva connection now shows a clear **Reconnect Canva** button instead of a retry that could never succeed. Behind the scenes, we also refresh your Canva connection automatically so it no longer quietly expires after a month without use.
* Test emails sent with **Replace merge tags with sample data** turned on now fill in `@current-date`, `@current-month`, and `@current-year` using your organization's timezone. Previously they used UTC, so a test sent in the evening could show tomorrow's date — even though your real sends were correct. Retried sends also now follow your organization's **date format** setting for `@current-date`.
* Opening an HTML, Canva, or plain-text email could show a blank preview until you refreshed the page — in the HTML editor's preview pane, the preview dialog, the pre-send page, the send confirmation, and the scheduled email page. Previews now show a loading state while content loads and render reliably on the first try.
### Improvements
* Registrations in the pre-send recipient picker now show their event date — or date range — beneath the registration's name, formatted with your organization's date format. That makes it easy to tell apart similarly named registrations, like this year's and last year's summer camp.
### Fixes
* Date merge tags — `@current-date`, `@current-month`, and `@current-year` — now display properly on your public email pages and RSS feeds, where visitors could previously see the raw tag text instead of a date. They're filled in using the email's **send date**, so an email sent in March keeps reading as March no matter when someone views it.
## Browse All Public Email Archives in One Place
* Your website now has a single **`/emails`** index page that lists every public email category you've turned on. Visitors see each category as a card — its name and a short description — that links straight to that category's archive at `/emails/{category-slug}`, ordered by name.
* The page is a clean, narrow centered column that reads well on any device. If you've connected a Planning Center signup form, a **Subscribe** button appears at the bottom, linking people to your `/subscribe` page.
* When nothing is public yet, visitors see a friendly message instead of an empty screen — and each category's own archive stays right where it's always been at `/emails/{category-slug}`. Learn more in [Public Category Pages](/emails/public-category-pages#your-email-archive-index).
### Fixes
* The public email archive could previously show only one — or none — of your public categories. Every public category now appears on the archive index.
* In sent emails, a card or list item with a leftover empty description no longer renders a phantom blank line — which had pushed its button out of alignment with the button on the card beside it.
* The email editor's new **Mobile** preview now renders the footer at phone width too — it stacks into its mobile layout along with the rest of your email instead of staying stretched at desktop width.
## Design Emails for Mobile
* A new floating **Desktop / Mobile** preview toggle sits at the bottom-right of the email editor. Flip to **Mobile** and the canvas re-renders at phone width — columns stack, and your mobile font sizes and spacing take effect — so you can see exactly how your email lands on a small screen. It's a preview only; nothing about it is ever saved.
* **Email Styles → Text** now gives each style — **Paragraph**, **H1**, **H2**, and **H3** — two new controls: an optional **Mobile Size** that shrinks (or grows) that style's font size in the sent email on small screens only, and a **default alignment** so new and existing text picks up the alignment you want. Any explicit alignment you set on a specific paragraph still wins.
* **Block Settings → Styles** spacing now has **Desktop** and **Mobile** tabs. The Mobile tab starts pre-filled with the block's desktop padding and margin, so nothing changes until you actually edit a value — your first edit creates the mobile override, and any side you leave alone keeps inheriting the desktop value. A small dot marks blocks that have a mobile override, and **Clear mobile spacing** removes them. Switching to the Mobile tab flips the canvas into mobile preview so you see what you're editing. Learn more in [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles) and [Block Settings](/emails/editor/block-styles).
### Improvements
* Double-clicking a template — a saved template, a gallery template, or a recently sent email — in the new-email modal now applies it right away, with no separate **Create** click.
### Fixes
* Several email rendering fixes you'll notice in sent emails: list items now follow your **Paragraph** font size, card and list titles follow your **H1** size, an explicit alignment you set is no longer dropped in the sent version, and edits in **Email Styles** no longer "snap back" a second after you make them.
* Opening **Import Content from Planning Center** in the email builder no longer blacks out the whole screen behind the modal.
### Improvements
* The billing invoices list now has a **year selector**, so you can browse invoices from any year of your organization's history instead of only your most recent payments.
### Fixes
* We made two fixes to the **Load Person** dialog: its content no longer spills past the dialog's rounded corners, and the Planning Center person detail view is now one continuous scroll area — the consent notice, header, options, and **Add to Saved People** all scroll together, with only **Import** pinned in place — so it works on short screens.
## Richer Signup Forms
* Signup forms — both the public signup page and your website embeds — now support far more Planning Center field types. Alongside text, dropdowns, and dates, you can collect **Address** (location, country, street, apartment/unit, city, state, and ZIP), **Household** (one adult with name and email plus up to 10 children), and **Phone** with a **Mobile / Home / Work / Other** selector.
* Dropdowns for **Campus**, **Gender**, **Grade**, **School**, and **Marital Status** are synced straight from your Planning Center data, custom boolean fields render as **Yes/No** dropdowns (single checkboxes stay as real checkboxes), **note** fields become paragraph inputs, and any dropdown or checkbox that allows it offers an **Other** option with a free-text box.
* Dropdown and checkbox **options now sync reliably** — previously some of these fields quietly degraded into plain text boxes. The embed **Customize** preview is now fully interactive too, so you can try every field, including conditional fields that appear as you answer.
* If Flowforth ever loses access to your Planning Center form, owners are emailed and the sync error tells you exactly what to do: re-share the form with your connected Planning Center user. Learn more in [Signup Forms](/people/signup-forms).
## Retry All Failed Automation Emails
* When an automation hits your plan's send limit, the affected people are marked **Failed** and sending does **not** pick back up on its own. The error message and the owner notification email now say this plainly, so there's no confusion about what happened.
* A new **Retry all failed** button appears at the top of an automation's **People** tab whenever there are failed runs. It retries every failed person in one pass — no selecting rows — with the same **Resume where each left off** vs. **Start everyone from a specific step** choice as a bulk retry, an optional date-range filter, and a live count of how many people match. Learn more in [Retrying & Resuming Runs](/automations/managing/retrying-runs#retry-all-failed).
### Improvements
* The embed **Customize** dialog gains layout controls: **Input size** (Compact / Default / Large), **Field spacing** (Compact / Default / Relaxed), and **Submit inline with email** — placing the button on the same row as the email field, offered only when the form collects just name and email.
* The embed submit button now matches your input height, and closing **Customize** with unsaved changes asks before discarding them. Embed name and address rows also lay out based on the embed's own width, so a narrow-column embed no longer needlessly stacks fields.
* The **Campus** filter in the pre-send recipient picker now scopes every section — **Lists**, **People**, **Groups**, and **Registrations** — not just Lists. The **List Category** filter now appears only where it applies, and the Planning Center People sections use the official Planning Center People icon.
* Magic sign-in links now **verify automatically** when you open them — no **Continue** button to click. If a link was already used (email security scanners sometimes consume them before you do), you'll see a clear recovery screen pointing you to the 6-digit code or a fresh link. The 6-digit code inputs also appear right away on the "check your email" screens.
* We removed the suppressed-email warning banner from person pages now that suppressed addresses can be [resubscribed directly](/people/manage-subscription-status).
### Fixes
* We fixed broken images and links that could appear in some contexts for organizations with no website domain — or more than one.
## Send Emails to Planning Center Groups & Registrations
* You can now email the members of a **Planning Center group** or the contacts of a **Planning Center registration**, right alongside your lists and individual people. New filter chips in the recipient picker — **All**, **Lists**, **People**, **Registrations**, and **Groups** — let you narrow what you're browsing. Lists load by default, People are search-only, and Groups and Registrations load on their chip (with infinite scroll) or when you search from **All**.
* **Groups** send to the group's members, and subscription status still applies — unsubscribed people don't receive it.
* **Registrations** send to each registration's **contact — the person who filled out the registration, not the attendees**. If a parent registers their kids, the parent receives the email; the kids don't.
* Two new per-member permissions — **Send to Planning Center Groups** and **Send to Planning Center Registrations** — let owners control who can send to these audiences. They require Emails **Manager** access, owners always have them, and they're available as invite and [auto-join](/organization/auto-join-domains) defaults. Members without the permission also can't **see** emails targeting a group or registration, since the recipient list would reveal who's in it.
* Sending requires the **Groups** and/or **Registrations** scope on your Planning Center connection. If a scope isn't connected, the picker hides that section and owners get a **Connect** prompt. Learn more in [Sending to Groups & Registrations](/emails/sending-to-groups-and-registrations).
## Resubscribe Suppressed Emails
* Suppressed email addresses can now be **resubscribed right from the person's page** — no need to contact support. Resubscribe them the same way you would any other status.
* Resubscribing also **removes the address from our email provider's suppression list**, so delivery resumes and your emails can reach them again.
* Just like resubscribing a **cleaned** contact, you'll be offered the option to **protect the address from being cleaned again**. Only resubscribe with the person's explicit permission — addresses are suppressed after hard bounces or spam complaints. Learn more in [Managing Subscription Statuses](/people/manage-subscription-status).
### Improvements
* The **Form fields** list in a signup form's settings now labels each field with its friendly Planning Center field type — like **Text**, **Paragraph**, **Dropdown**, or **Checkbox** — instead of raw technical types like `string` or `textarea`. And the embed **Customize** dialog's live preview now shows your form's *actual* synced fields — the real form name, first and last name, email, and each synced field rendered by its kind — instead of a generic "Newsletter Signup" mock. The preview also honors the **Hide non-required fields** option on the Simple variant.
### Fixes
* We fixed scanning an active QR code sometimes landing on a not-found page — and those scans going uncounted. Scans now redirect to the right destination and are tracked again.
## Automation Reliability Improvements
* **Restoring a canceled run now resumes it** from right where it left off, instead of occasionally getting stuck. Click **Undo** on a canceled run and the person picks up at their next step. Runs that Flowforth canceled on its own — because the person is unsubscribed, has no email address, or shares a duplicate address — can no longer be restored this way; they'd need to enter the automation again normally.
* When an automation tries to add someone whose profile **hasn't finished syncing from Planning Center** yet, Flowforth now waits and tries again automatically — up to five times — instead of skipping them. If it still can't add them after that, it emails the automation's owners so you know.
* Automation owners are now **emailed when a run fails unexpectedly**, not just when there's a setup problem to fix — so a failure never goes unnoticed.
* When staff **approve an automation email** that was held for content review, the people it was going to now **continue through the rest of the automation** instead of stopping at that email.
* **Deleting an automation** now reliably stops any runs still in progress first, so nothing keeps running after it's gone.
### Improvements
* The optional cards on the pre-send page are reordered so **Publishing Announcement** now sits above **Church Center Notification** — and turning on an announcement now **prefills it from your email**: the title from your subject, the description from your preview text, the image from your email's first image block, and (on scheduled emails) a hide time. You start from something close to done instead of a blank form.
* Opening an existing automation now starts with the builder sidebar showing the **step palette** instead of jumping straight into the trigger's settings. The trigger only starts selected right after you create a new automation.
* The member-permissions setting once labeled **Church Center Notifications** is now **Church Center Notifications/Announcements**, reflecting that it also covers Publishing announcements.
### Fixes
* We fixed a rare case where using **Run now** on a repeatable automation could add the same person twice.
* The format bar's **text and highlight color** swatches now reflect the colors of the text you've selected, instead of whatever color you last picked — and **Remove Highlight** only appears when the selection actually has a highlight.
* The format bar now shows the correct **text style and font size** the first time you click into text, instead of showing defaults until a second click. We also restored the horizontal padding in the inline color picker.
* After you edit a step's wait duration, the **retry and restore dialogs** now show the updated wait right away instead of the old value — and after a **Run now**, the People tab refreshes immediately instead of showing stale runs and counts.
## Wait Until on List Steps in Automations
* A new **Wait Until on List** step holds a person at that point in an automation until they're on a **Planning Center list** you choose — great for waiting until someone joins a group, fills out a form, or lands in any list before the next step runs.
* Membership is checked the **moment they reach the step**, so anyone already on the list continues right away. Otherwise it re-checks **once a day** at an hour and timezone you pick, and each check reads Planning Center live — so joins during the wait count.
* People **continue automatically** and individually as soon as a daily check finds them on the list, with no branches to manage. If someone still isn't on the list after a bit over 13 months of checks, they exit the automation. Learn more in [Wait Until on List](/automations/builder/wait-until).
## Search and Filter Automation Runs
* The **People** tab of an automation now has a **search box** — type someone's name to jump straight to their runs instead of scrolling the table. Search is multi-word aware, so you can narrow things down with a first and last name.
* A new **Status** filter lets you show only the runs you care about — pick any combination of **Queued**, **In Progress**, **Completed**, **Failed**, and **Canceled**. Filter to just **Failed** runs, select them, and [retry them in bulk](/automations/managing/retrying-runs) in one pass.
* Both work with the table's infinite scroll and run server-side, so they search and filter every run, not just the ones already loaded. Learn more in [Monitoring Progress](/automations/managing/monitoring#the-people-tab).
## Bulk Cancel and Keyboard Shortcuts for Automation Runs
* Select runs on an automation's **People** tab and a new **Cancel** button appears in the action bar — click it, confirm in the dialog, and the selected runs stop without disabling the automation. Learn more in [Canceling a Run](/automations/managing/monitoring#canceling-a-run).
* Only runs that are **In Progress** can be canceled, so if your selection mixes in queued, completed, failed, or canceled runs, the confirmation dialog tells you exactly how many will be canceled and skips the rest — the toast then reports how many were canceled and how many were skipped.
* With runs selected, press **R** to open the [bulk Retry](/automations/managing/retrying-runs) dialog or **C** to open the bulk Cancel confirmation, so you can act without leaving the keyboard. The **R** and **C** hints sit right on the action-bar buttons, and shortcuts pause while you're typing or a dialog is open.
## Search Everything with ⌘K
* Press **⌘K** (Mac) or **Ctrl+K** (Windows) — or click the new **search button at the top of the sidebar** — to open a **global search palette** from any main page of the app. It's the fastest way to find something or jump to a page without clicking through menus.
* One search looks across your **emails**, **templates**, **folders**, **categories**, **link pages**, **QR codes**, **people**, **Planning Center lists**, **automations**, and **teams** at once, ranked by relevance. **Section filters** let you narrow to just one area.
* The palette is also a launcher: **jump to any page** in the app by name, or **create** something right from the results — a **new email**, **new template**, or **new QR code**. Quick actions to **toggle light/dark theme** and **log out** are right there too.
* Results and actions are **scoped to your access**, so you only ever see the areas and items your role and permissions allow. Learn more in [the Home Dashboard guide](/dashboard/overview#search-everything-with-the-command-palette).
* ⌘K previously opened **Help & Support** — it now opens search. The Help & Support sheet is still available from the sidebar.
## A Refreshed Sidebar Header
* The top of the sidebar has a cleaner header with a dedicated **search button** that opens the new command palette in a click.
### Improvements
* The retry dialog now reads naturally when you're retrying a **single run** — it uses singular wording (like "Resume where it left off") instead of the plural phrasing meant for bulk retries.
* On an automation's **People** tab (and the **Automations** tab of a person's page), the **Status** badge is now the way into a run's [step timeline](/automations/managing/monitoring#step-timeline) — click the badge, or the info icon next to it, to see the person's full journey. The **Last Completed Step** column now shows the step number with the step type right beneath it.
* On the automation runs table, the **Retry** and **Cancel** action-bar buttons now explain themselves when they're disabled — hover to see why none of your selected runs qualify (for example, "Only failed or canceled runs can be retried").
* When a bulk selection includes runs that can't be acted on, the **Retry** dialog and the new **Cancel** confirmation now spell out how many of the selected runs will be retried or canceled and note that the rest will be skipped.
* **Retry** buttons — both in the action bar and on each row — now use a dedicated retry icon instead of sharing the Undo icon, making the action easier to spot at a glance.
* The **QR code Settings tab** now confirms your autosaves with a success toast when you change a code's name, destination, or active status.
* The **Styles** tab in the email editor now remembers which section you last had open, so you land back where you were working.
* While a search of an automation's runs is loading, the table now keeps showing the previous results and count instead of flashing empty.
* The **remove link** button in the text editor now has a tooltip (and a proper screen-reader label), and the link editor focuses the address field automatically so you can paste right away.
### Fixes
* We fixed the **Billing** settings page showing an outdated card after you changed your payment method — switching to **Link** (or another non-card payment method) now updates right away and shows a proper **Link** badge instead of your old card's last four digits.
* Retried automation runs no longer sit through the automation's **start delay** — they pick back up immediately, and the People tab reflects the retry right away instead of after a refresh.
* We fixed the **pre-send preview** sometimes loading blank when you navigated to it quickly from the emails table.
## Retry and Resume Automation Runs
* You can now **retry** an automation run that **failed** or was **canceled** — no need to rebuild anything or start the whole flow over. Retry a single run from its row on the automation's **People** tab, or select several runs and click **Retry** in the action bar to do them in bulk.
* Retries run against the automation **as it exists now**, so they always pick up your latest steps — and runs from before this feature shipped (with no recorded history) can be retried too. Steps you've since deleted simply aren't offered as starting points.
* You choose how each run picks back up:
* **Resume where each left off** — every run continues from its own next step, so in most cases nothing that already happened runs again.
* **Start everyone from a specific step** — pick a step from a picker that mirrors your builder, including each If / Else condition's **Yes** and **No** paths. Starting at a condition **re-evaluates** it; starting inside a branch **forces** that path. A preview shows how many emails will send from that point, and reminds you that emails already sent will send again.
* Because a retry is a **fresh run** starting at the step you choose, steps before that point are never re-run — no accidental re-sends and no double usage. Learn more in [Retrying & Resuming Runs](/automations/managing/retrying-runs).
## Automation Step Timeline
* Every automation run now keeps a **step-by-step timeline** of a person's journey. Click the **status badge** on a run — on the automation's **People** tab, or on the **Automations** tab of their person page — to open it.
* The timeline shows each point along the way: when someone **entered a wait** (and what they were waiting for), **finished a step**, went down the **Yes** or **No** side of an If / Else, or hit an **End Automation** step. If they're still going, it shows the step they're **currently waiting on**; if the run failed, it shows why.
* Each entry is captured as it happens, so the timeline stays accurate even if you later **edit or delete** a step. Timelines are recorded for runs that start from now on — older runs won't have one. Learn more in [Monitoring Progress](/automations/managing/monitoring#step-timeline).
## One Unified Email Search
* The emails search bar is now **one search** — no more **Search content** toggle. Just start typing and Flowforth searches your emails' **internal names**, **subjects**, and the **content of emails you've sent** all at once.
* Results are ranked by **relevance**, with **name and subject matches ranked above content-only matches**, so the emails you're most likely looking for come first. While a search is active, the sort shows a read-only **Relevance** label.
* Content matches still show a **snippet** of the matching passage so you can see why an email came up, and partial words match as you type. Content coverage is still sent emails only — drafts and scheduled emails are found by name and subject. Learn more in [Searching Your Emails](/emails/searching-emails).
## Search Email Content on Your Public Pages
* The search box on your public email archive pages now searches the **content of your emails**, not just their subjects. Visitors can type a word or phrase and find every email in that category that mentions it.
* It matches both the **subject** and the **words inside the email**, so people can find what they're looking for even when they don't remember the exact subject line.
### Improvements
* Duplicating a block in the email editor now selects the new copy automatically — and duplicating several blocks at once selects all the copies — so you can move or restyle them right away instead of clicking back into them.
* When you add a **visibility condition** to a block, Block Settings now spells out how that block will appear on your public email pages and RSS feed, so there are no surprises about who can see what.
### Fixes
* We fixed an issue where cached permission information could briefly be shared between users in the same organization. Permissions are now cached separately for each user.
* Typing right after a **link** no longer extends the link into your new text — the link keeps its boundary and the new text stays plain.
* Password managers like 1Password no longer pop their autofill overlay over non-login fields — most noticeably, the link editor's **Add Link** button is no longer covered up and the field no longer gets overwritten.
* The **All People** sidebar item no longer stays highlighted while you're on the **People Feed** page.
## Search the Content of Your Sent Emails
* The emails search bar can now search the **actual content** of emails you've sent, not just their names and subjects. Type a word or phrase and it finds the sent emails that mention it, matching partial words as you type.
* Results are ranked by **relevance**, and each match shows a snippet of the matching passage so you can see why it came up. Your **status** and **date** filters still apply, and it looks across all folders. Content search covers sent emails only. Learn more in [Searching Your Emails](/emails/searching-emails).
* We've since folded this into a single unified search — see **One Unified Email Search** in our July 8 update for how names, subjects, and content are now searched together.
## Request Approval to Send an Email
* Team members who can build emails but not send them (the **Designer** email permission) can now ask a teammate with sending access to approve and send an email for them — no more handing off drafts or asking someone to rebuild.
* On a finished draft, Designers click **Request Approval**, pick an approver from everyone with sending access, and add an optional message. The approver is notified by email right away.
* Approvers get an **Approve & Send** (or **Approve & Schedule**) button and a **Decline** option — with an optional reason — right on the email's page. Approving sends or schedules the email immediately; declining leaves it as a draft so the requester can make changes and ask again.
* Any teammate with sending access can approve a request, not just the person it was sent to, so an email never gets stuck when someone's away. The requester is notified either way, and can cancel a pending request at any time.
* Sent emails that went through approval show **both** people on the sent email page — who built and sent it, and who approved it. Learn more in [Requesting Send Approval](/emails/requesting-send-approval) and [Approving Send Requests](/emails/approving-send-requests).
### Improvements
* The **Share** button now stays put on emails that don't have a category yet. Instead of disappearing, it explains that you need to pick a public category before the email can be shared — and the category picker marks which categories are public with a globe icon, so it's easy to choose one.
## Registration Stats (Experiment)
* Sent an email about an event? The sent email page now has a **Registrations** tab that shows who you emailed actually signed up in Planning Center Registrations.
* The tab appears when the email was sent to a Planning Center audience and links to a Church Center registration.
* Four clickable cards let you filter to people who **clicked the link and signed up** (the clearest sign your email drove the signup), **signed up after the email was sent**, **signed up** at all, or **clicked the link but haven't signed up** yet — great for follow-up.
* The table shows each person, which registration they signed up for, when, and whether they clicked that registration's link first. People who signed up for multiple events expand to show each one. You can also **export** the results to CSV.
* Flowforth is upfront about what it can match: it flags attendees that aren't linked to a person and registration links that don't match a signup.
* This is an experiment — we'd love your feedback from the banner at the top of the tab. Learn more in [Registration Stats](/emails/registration-stats).
## Link to Your Announcements Page
* The Planning Center link picker can now link directly to your Church Center **Announcements** page. Open the picker on any button, image, card, list button, or footer link, go to the **Church Center** tab, and choose **Announcements** under **Church Center**.
* Announcements is a standard Church Center page for every account, so it's always available — no extra connection scope needed. Learn more in [Linking to Planning Center Content](/integrations/planning-center/linking-to-content).
## Link to Custom Publishing Pages
* The Planning Center link picker can now link directly to your **custom Church Center pages** from Publishing. Open the picker on any button, image, card, list button, or footer link, go to the **Church Center** tab, and choose **Custom page** under **Publishing**.
* Search your pages by title or slug and pick one to link to it at its public Church Center address. Draft pages are marked so you know which ones aren't live yet.
* Linking to pages uses the **Publishing** scope on your Planning Center connection. If Publishing isn't connected, the picker prompts you to connect it (People stays connected). Learn more in [Linking to Planning Center Content](/integrations/planning-center/linking-to-content).
## Jump to Your Publishing Announcement from a Sent Email
* Sent an email with a [Publishing announcement](/emails/publishing-announcements)? The sent email page now links straight to it. A **Publishing Announcement** link in the email's details opens the announcement in Planning Center Publishing, so you can view or update it without digging through Planning Center.
* The link appears as soon as the announcement is created — the moment your email sends. If you also sent a **Church Center Notification**, its link sits right alongside it.
## Import Planning Center Announcements into Emails
* You can now import **Planning Center Publishing announcements** directly into an email from the **Import Content from Planning Center** dialog, alongside Calendar events, Groups, and Registrations. Open the importer in the editor sidebar and switch to the **Publishing** tab.
* Each announcement brings in its **title**, **summary**, and **image** — and, when it has a link, a **button** (using the announcement's Church Center link when available, otherwise its custom link). Add them as individual blocks or a single cards block, just like other Planning Center content.
* Filter by **Active & scheduled** (the default), **Active**, **Inactive**, or **Archived**, and search by title to find the right announcement.
* Importing announcements uses the **Publishing** scope on your Planning Center connection. If Publishing isn't connected, the importer prompts you to connect it (People stays connected). Learn more in [Importing Content from Planning Center](/integrations/planning-center/importing-content).
## A Simpler Way to Move Emails Into Folders
* The **Move to Folder** picker now works like browsing folders on your computer: open a folder to step into it, then use **Move here** to drop your emails into the folder you're currently in. The same picker is used when you pick a folder while creating, replicating, or making an email from a template — there the button says **Create here**.
* It opens right where your email already lives (or the folder you're viewing), so the folders you're most likely to want are already in front of you.
* Folders now load as you browse instead of all at once, so the picker opens quickly even with lots of folders — and the next level is ready the moment you open one.
* Long folder names no longer run off the edge, the picker keeps a steady size as you move between folders, and a soft fade at the top or bottom shows when there are more folders to scroll to.
## Keyboard Shortcuts for Archiving and Moving Emails
* With one or more emails selected on the emails table, press **A** to archive (or unarchive) them and **M** to move them to a folder. Each opens the same confirmation as the action bar buttons, so you can tidy up and organize your emails without reaching for the mouse.
## Team Leaders Can Manage Their Own Teams
* If you lead a team, you can now **rename** and **delete** it yourself — you no longer have to be an account owner or admin to make those changes.
* Deleting a team warns you first when it has email folders assigned to it: those folders become visible to everyone in your account once the team is gone (they're un-assigned, not deleted), and the warning tells you exactly how many folders are affected.
### Improvements
* The registrations CSV export on the **Registrations** tab now splits each person's name into separate **First name** and **Last name** columns, so the export is easier to sort and merge with your other data.
## Fixes
* We fixed the **Recently Sent** list — shown when you start a new email from a template — sorting by when emails were created instead of when they were sent. It now orders by send date, so your most recently sent emails come first, even ones that began as an older draft.
* We fixed typing minutes and seconds in the date-and-time picker. Entering a two-digit value like `59` now works, instead of the field taking only the first digit and jumping ahead.
* We fixed a bug that was preventing people from being able to delete folders.
* We fixed a false **unsaved changes** warning that could appear the moment you opened an automation, asking you to Save or Cancel before you'd changed anything.
* We fixed fast typing dropping characters in the email editor's sidebar forms. Editing an author, buttons, cards, footer, or image right after another field no longer loses the first characters you type.
* In the automation builder, the **Email step is incomplete** error now clears as soon as you fix the last field it was pointing to, instead of lingering after everything's been corrected.
## Hide a Block From People on a List
* Block visibility conditions can now go both ways. When you add a **visibility condition** in **Block Settings**, you choose whether recipients must be **on the list** or **not on the list** before picking the list.
* **On the list** is the original behavior — show the block only to people on the list, like an update just for volunteers. **Not on the list** shows the block only to people who *aren't* on the list, like a sign-up pitch hidden from people who already signed up, or a first-time welcome hidden from longtime members.
* Everything else works the same: people who don't match get a version of the email with the block removed entirely, and public email pages and RSS feeds show the email as someone on none of your lists would receive it. Learn more in [Block Settings](/emails/editor/block-styles#visibility).
### Improvements
* We now warn you before sending to an uploaded CSV audience when your email uses conditional blocks or Planning Center merge tags. Both rely on a recipient's Planning Center list membership and fields, which CSV recipients don't have — so conditional blocks fall back to their default version and Planning Center merge tags use their fallback value. The warning appears on the send and schedule confirmation.
### Fixes
* Weekly and monthly automations no longer reset a 12:00 AM (midnight) send time when you reopen them — your selected time now sticks.
* We fixed the pre-send page snapping back to the editor after you clicked Send when re-sending an email whose previous attempt had failed; it now moves to the sending view as expected.
* We fixed folder links in the breadcrumb dropdown not navigating when clicked.
### Improvements
* When an email can't send because a Planning Center list used by a **block's visibility condition** was deleted or Flowforth lost access to it, the failure message now names the specific list and tells you how to fix it — re-share the list in Planning Center, or update or remove that block's condition in the editor. We also email the account about the failed send so it doesn't go unnoticed.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug in the HTML email editor where closing or refreshing the tab while your work was still saving could drop your most recent edits.
* Some settings actions — like updating your organization details or removing a member — could show a success message even when they actually failed. They now surface the error so you know to try again.
## Show a Block Only to People on a List
* You can now limit any block in the email editor to people on a specific Planning Center list. Select a block — or several at once — open **Block Settings**, and add a **visibility condition**. Only recipients on that list receive the block.
* Everyone else gets a version of the email without it. The content is removed from their email entirely, not hidden with styling, so it never appears in their inbox, their view-in-browser page, or your public email pages and RSS feeds (which always show the version without conditional blocks).
* Blocks with a condition show an orange filter badge on the canvas and next to the Block Settings title. Moving a block into a column layout removes its condition — you'll see a warning when that happens. Learn more in [Block Settings](/emails/editor/block-styles#visibility).
## Filter Bot Activity from Email Metrics
* You can now filter bot opens and clicks out of your sent email metrics. Turn on "Filter bot activity" on the metrics card of a sent email to hide opens and clicks from security scanners and inbox privacy services like Apple Mail Privacy Protection.
* When the filter is on, bot recipients are also removed from the sent total for your open rate, so engagement is calculated against the people who could have genuinely engaged. Deliverability rates (unsubscribes, bounces, complaints) keep the full sent total.
* If a recipient looked like a bot but later opened or clicked on their own, all of their activity still counts — real engagement is never hidden.
* The filter is off by default and only changes what's displayed — no data is deleted. It's available on emails sent after June 5, 2026.
## Publishing Announcements
* You can now post an announcement to Church Center through **Planning Center Publishing** when you send an email. Turn it on in the new **Publishing Announcement** section on the pre-send page, and Flowforth creates the announcement the moment your email sends, linking to the email's public page.
* Give the announcement a title, description, and image, feature it, file it under Publishing categories and campuses, and optionally set a time for it to hide.
* This is different from a **Church Center Notification**: a notification is a push notification sent to the people on your email's list, while a Publishing announcement is posted to your Church Center announcements feed. You can use either, both, or neither on any email — and unlike notifications, announcements aren't limited to a single list. Learn more in [Publishing Announcements](/emails/publishing-announcements).
* Connecting Publishing expands your existing Planning Center connection with the Publishing scope (People stays connected), and requires a Publishing Administrator.
## Share Emails Before They're Sent
* You can now turn on **Visible before sent** for a draft, scheduled, or failed email, making it viewable at its public link before it goes out. Use it to get sign-off from a pastor, board member, or teammate, or to preview exactly how the email will look on the web.
* The early-share link is the same public link the email will have after it's sent, so it never breaks or changes once the email goes out. The preview always reflects the latest saved version.
* The email must be in a category with its [public page enabled](/emails/public-category-pages) — turn on **Visible before sent** from the **Share** button in the top right. Learn more in [Sharing an Email Before It's Sent](/emails/sharing-before-send).
## Card Defaults
* You can now set default styles for **cards** blocks and apply them across your whole email — just like you already can for text, buttons, dividers, and images. Set the text and label colors, the button color, style, and size, the image ratio, and the alignment once, and your cards can follow along.
* Use **Apply to all cards** to update every cards block in your email to your current defaults, or set the defaults straight from a card you've already styled.
## More Merge Tag Formats
* Moving over from another email tool? Your existing merge tags will now just work. Alongside our own, we now recognize Mailchimp-style tags like `*|FNAME|*` and Handlebars-style tags like `{{first_name}}`, so you don't have to rewrite them when you paste in your content.
## RSS Feeds for Categories
* RSS feeds for email categories are now out of beta. Every category can publish a feed of its sent emails that people can follow in any RSS reader.
## Cleaned & Suppressed in the People Feed
* The People Feed now shows **cleaned** and **suppressed** contacts alongside unsubscribes and bounces, so you can see everyone who's stopped receiving your emails in one place.
* Two new filters, **Cleaned** and **Suppressed**, let you focus on just those events.
## Protect Resubscribed Emails from Cleaning
* When you resubscribe a **cleaned** contact from their person page, you can now choose to **protect that address from being cleaned again** — a future bounce or spam complaint won't automatically remove it. Only enable this when you're confident the address is valid and wants your emails.
* The resubscribe and unsubscribe confirmations now remind you that subscription status is tied to the email address: the change applies to everyone in your account who uses that address as their primary or Flowforth-only email.
### Improvements
* The "Opens Over Time" chart on sent emails now defaults to the week view unless the email was sent today, giving you a fuller picture of engagement at a glance for older emails.
* You can now save the **To** section of an email with just a category or just recipients — you no longer have to set both before saving your progress. You'll still need a category and recipients before the email can be sent.
* We made the app noticeably faster. The first load and moving between pages are quicker, tables across the app load faster, and loading states are smoother along the way.
* We renamed **Church Center Announcement** to **Church Center Notification** throughout the app to better reflect what it does.
* Help and support are now available right inside the email builder's more menu, so you can get help without leaving your email.
* Long folder names are now truncated in the move-to-folder menus, keeping the picker tidy.
* On smaller screens, text formatting controls that don't fit in the toolbar now collapse into a "…" menu instead of being cut off, so every option stays reachable.
* New organizations now start with a default set of email categories — General Emails, Students, and Kids — created automatically, so there's one less thing to set up before your first send. We removed the categories step from onboarding; you can still add, rename, or remove categories anytime.
* We now warn you when you go to send or schedule an email that has buttons without a link. The warning appears on the send confirmation and lists the text of each button so you can easily find it. This applies to regular buttons, card buttons, and list buttons, including ones inside columns.
### Fixes
* Your plan now updates right away when you come back from Stripe after changing or managing your subscription. Previously it could keep showing your old plan until you refreshed.
* We fixed searching for people by name in the recipient picker when sending an email.
* We fixed a doubled error outline that could appear on the Planning Center list selector.
* We fixed an issue where people who already belonged to an organization could land on the create-organization screen instead of being taken straight into the app.
* The people table now refreshes right away when you add, change, or remove someone's Flowforth Only email address, instead of showing the old value until you refresh.
## Drag & Drop Automation Builder
* The automation builder now has a sidebar with a step palette, just like the email builder. Drag a step from the sidebar onto the canvas and drop it exactly where it should run — every spot that can accept the step lights up while you drag.
* Trigger and step settings now open in the same sidebar, sliding over the palette. Use the Back button to return to the palette, and the controls at the top of a step's settings to move, duplicate, or delete it.
* Send Email steps have a new **Preview** button that shows the rendered email without leaving the builder. It works for every template type, including HTML and plain-text templates.
## Fixes
* We fixed keyboard **Tab** navigation through the date-and-time picker in Safari, so you can move between the fields without reaching for your mouse.
## Help & Support Sidebar
* We've replaced the "Contact Us" and "Help Center" links in the sidebar with a new "Help & Support" sheet.
* This sheet lets you quickly search help center articles, access the help center, contact support, and see what's new.
* Where applicable, we show you suggested videos and articles from the help center based on what page you're on.
* When searching help articles, you can use keyword search or a natural language query. We'll make sure you see the most relevant results.
### Improvements
* We added a badge on the person details page for when a person has no email address in the system. We also added an empty state to the emails received table. This makes it easier to understand why a person is not receiving emails.
* We improved the copy of the right click menu/three dot menu on the emails and email templates tables based on the type of email or template you're selecting.
### Fixes
* We fixed the simple email signup embed to ensure that the background is transparent.
## Improvements
* The pagination buttons on the asset library now show a '...' when there are more pages before your current page. Previously, it only showed this after.
* We improved the error message for when a new account tries to connect to Planning Center, but that Planning Center organization is already connected to Flowforth. This typically happens when someone intends to accept an invite but uses a different email address than the one that was invited. We now show a message saying that this organization is already connected and give you a quick link to log out and sign up again with the correct email address.
## Fixes
* We fixed a layout issue with the pagination buttons on the asset library page on mobile.
* We increased the rate limit on QR code scanning. This should help when sharing a code with a larger crowd.
## Improvements
* You can now see the team name a folder is assigned to under the folder name on the emails table.
* We've added new icons to the team icon picker, and we've made it easier to select which color icon you want.
* We made it easier to rename a team. Click the team name on the header of the team details page, and it will take you to the settings tab for the team name.
## Team Folders
* You can now assign top-level folders to a team. Then only org owners and members of that team will be able to see emails in that folder.
* Note that only top-level folders can be assigned to a team. Subfolders inherit the permissions of their parent folder.
* Folders without a team will continue to be visible to all people with email access.
* You can view which folders are assigned to a team under the "Access" tab on the team details page.
## Bulk Archive Emails
* You can now archive multiple emails at once on the emails table.
* While you can select folders for bulk actions, folders cannot currently be archived.
### Improvements
* You can also find the lists a team has access to under the "Access" tab on the team details page.
* We've added an info tooltip to the sent email page next to the send time. This shows you who sent the email.
* We added a "type" column to the email templates table so you know if your template is an HTML, Simple, or Standard template.
* We improved the text layout of the list name on the scheduled email page.
* We now use a consistent color picker for the email and template folders.
* You can right click on a folder in the emails table to edit the folder name, color, and team. This applies to both email and template folders.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug with our date/time picker used for email scheduling. Previously, using the arrow buttons for the months would reset the selected time to midnight. Your time should now persist.
## Improvements
* You can now move a folder into other folders. This makes it easier to re-organize your emails.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug affecting People imports if the first row(s) of the CSV were blank. We now remove these blank rows.
* We fixed a bug where importing content from Planning Center as cards could lead to mis-matched formatting between the editor and the email preview.
## Improvements
* We added back the native color picker in Safari. While Safari doesn't support a proper eyedropper, this lets you use the system color picker (which includes an eyedropper). The icon for this has been changed to '...' to better show that this isn't a direct color picker.
* We made some improvements to our Planning Center sync.
## Improvements
* You no longer need to type in https\:// for a link on the Church Center Announcements automation step.
### Fixes
* The Church Center Announcements automation step now correctly respects the "can send Church Center announcements" permission.
## Fixes
* We fixed a bug where replicating an email would not pre-fill the email name and folder of the original email.
## Email Elements
* Email elements make it easier to build beautiful emails from scratch. You can drag in pre-designed announcement sections, buttons, images, and more. Each element is fully customizable, so you can make it fit your style and content.
* You can also save your own custom elements to reuse across emails and automations. This is perfect for things like a standard volunteer sign up section with a button and links to your social media, or a signature block with contact info and a photo. Just build the element once, save it, and then it's available in the sidebar whenever you need it.
* When you have multiple blocks selected, you'll see a "Save as Element" button in the sidebar. This saves multiple blocks as an element. You can also save just a single block by selecting the block and then clicking the save button at the bottom of the sidebar.
### Improvements
* We added a drag handle to the left of text blocks. This should make it easier to drag the blocks around without selecting text.
* We improved the look of the "Set as default" and the "Reset to default" buttons on forms like images, videos, buttons, and dividers.
* We changed how URLs are structured for images and files in emails. This should help improve deliverability by having cleaning looking URLs. This also fixes a bug where images would sometimes not show in previews if you were using a VPN.
## Version History in Email Editor
* You can click on the three dot menu in the email editor to see the version history of your email. We store the 50 most recent versions of your email. This helps you have peace of mind when you make big changes and can help you find an older version of your content if you need to revert to it.
* You can preview each version before choosing if you want to revert back.
## Automation Improvements
* You can now set an automation trigger to be when a Planning Center form is submitted.
* You can now wait until a certain day of the week in automations. Previously, you could only wait a certain number of hours or days. For example, you can wait until the next Saturday to send out a reminder about church the next day to new people.
* You can now duplicate an automation step.
### Improvements
* We improved how the text block works inside a columns block. The drag handle is now outside of the content, the content is easier to click into, and the editor auto-focused when you add a new text block into the columns.
* We improved the layout of the link page builder to feel more similar to the email builder.
* We've added a editor settings menu in the email builder. Here, you can reset your preferences like Planning Center import types, column block deleting, and more to default.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where the email preview on the pre-send page would show you an old version of your Canva asset if you had refreshed it recently.
## Signup Forms — a new way to add people
* You can now collect new subscribers with a **signup form** powered by Planning Center. Pick any of your Planning Center forms — or let us create a basic "Newsletter Signup" form for you — and Flowforth turns it into a hosted signup page and embeddable website forms.
* Every submission is posted to Planning Center as a **real form submission**, so it creates (or matches) the person in **Planning Center People**. New signups flow into your Planning Center lists, workflows, and automations exactly like a Church Center submission would — and sync back to Flowforth automatically. No imports, no manual entry.
* **Public signup link**: your form lives at `your-domain/subscribe`, ready to share in emails, on social media, or behind a QR code. If you use public category pages, a **Subscribe** button now appears on them too.
* **Website embeds**: copy a **Full** embed (your whole form) or a **Simple** embed (a compact version, with the option to hide non-required fields) onto your own website. Each embed has its own design settings — colors, button label, corner radius, and font — with a live preview, and the iframe resizes itself to fit your form.
* **Synced fields**: we sync your form's fields from Planning Center — including dropdowns, checkboxes, dates, custom People fields, and conditional fields — and always collect first name, last name, and email on top. Changed the form in Planning Center? Hit **Re-sync** and your signup page updates instantly.
* **Results**: see every submission and the answers people gave under **View results**. Submissions made on the form's own **Church Center** page are captured too, so your results are complete no matter where someone signed up.
* Signing up is an explicit opt-in, so if a submitter had previously **unsubscribed**, we automatically flip them back to **subscribed**. Submissions are also protected from bots with rate limiting and a honeypot field.
* From the manage dialog's **⋯** menu you can jump straight to your form — **Open in Church Center** shows the public form your congregation sees, and **Open in People** takes you to the form's fields editor in Planning Center.
* Signup forms are in **Beta**, require the **People** scope on your Planning Center connection, and can be managed by organization owners. Read the full [Signup Forms guide](/people/signup-forms) to get started.
## Faster filtering and sorting on tables
* Filter and sort menus on tables now show their options **directly in the popover** — no more opening a dropdown inside the menu just to check a box or pick an option. Choose a filter and its choices appear right away.
* We renamed the **View Unsent Emails** filter on an email's Recipients tab to **Did Not Send Recipients**, matching the "Did Not Send" status shown in the table. Its options are now **Hide**, **Show**, and **Show Only**.
* Active filter and sort badges got a refreshed, rounder look.
## See timeline of email events per-recipient
* You can now click on the status badge of an email recipient to see a timeline of all the events that happened. This includes each time the email was opened and which links were clicked.
### Improvements
* We cleaned up the layout of the email styles sidebar view in the email editor.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where 0 values on the home dashboard could show as negative on the line chart.
## If / Else conditions in automations
* Automations can now **branch**. Add an **If / Else** step and pick a Planning Center list — people in the list go down one path, everyone else goes down the other. Each path has its own steps (emails, waits, notifications), and you can even nest more If / Else steps inside a path.
* Membership is checked **at the moment a person reaches the step**, not when they entered the automation — so if someone joins or leaves the list during an earlier wait, they're routed based on where they are right now.
* Paths run on their own schedules: a wait on one path never holds up people on the other.
* Paths **rejoin**: steps placed after an If / Else run for everyone, once their own path finishes — so a condition can sit in the middle of an automation, not just at the end.
## End Automation step
* The new **End Automation** step stops the run for anyone who reaches it. Combine it with If / Else to end an automation early for some people — for example, skip the rest of a welcome series for people who are already in your "Members" list.
If / Else and End Automation steps aren't available on weekly and monthly automations, which send once to the whole list. Learn more in the [Automations guide](/automations/builder/if-else).
### Improvements
* You can now choose to disable underlines on links in your emails. This is a global setting that applies to all links in your email, including text links, cards, lists, and the email footer. You can find this setting in the **Styles -> Text -> '...'** section of the sidebar when editing an email. Just toggle off "Underline Links" and all links in your email will no longer have underlines, giving you a cleaner look.
* If an automation loses access to its Planning Center list — whether that's a weekly or monthly automation's list or a list used in an If / Else step — we now email your organization owners so they can re-share the list, just like we already do when an email fails to send for the same reason.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where you couldn't access the user menu on the sidebar on mobile.
## Add a subject and message to your email and SMS links
* When you add an email or text message link, you can now set a default subject and message that will be pre-filled when the recipient clicks the link. Email links let you set both a **subject** and a **message**, while text message links let you set a **message**. This is perfect for things like RSVPs, where you can ask people to reply with a specific message like "Yes, I'll be there!" or "No, I can't make it." It works in your emails and on your link pages.
## Manual Automation Trigger
* We added a new trigger type for automations: Manual. This trigger type doesn't have a trigger event like list-based, weekly, or monthly automations. Instead, you can run it manually whenever you need to, and choose who to run it for. This is perfect for one-off campaigns or when you want to have more control over when an automation runs.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug that was preventing new "Flowforth Only" emails from being saved.
## Improvements
* Planning Center custom field merge tags are now supported in automation emails.
* List decorations (numbers and bullets) in a text block now use the size and color of the first character in the list. Before, they always used your default email paragraph style.
## Searching now surfaces hidden lists
* Hidden lists are normally left out of the lists table at [flowforth.co/people/lists](https://flowforth.co/people/lists). Now, when you search, we include hidden lists in your results so you can always find the one you're looking for. If you'd rather keep them out while searching, set a **Visibility** filter or set the **Include Hidden** filter to "No."
## Adjust the spacing between social icons
* Icons blocks now have a **Spacing** control, so you can give your social icons a little more room to breathe. Leave it where it is and your icons look exactly as they do today — nudge it up when you'd like a bit more space between them.
## A redesigned color picker
* We've replaced the color picker used throughout the editor with a new custom design. It has a larger area for dialing in the exact shade you want, a full-width hue slider, and your **brand colors** shown front and center as large swatches so they're quick to grab.
* The on-screen **eyedropper** now only appears in browsers that can actually pick a color from anywhere on your screen (like Chrome and Edge). In Safari and Firefox, where that isn't possible, we've removed the button instead of opening a confusing system dialog — you can still pick any color using the picker, brand swatches, or hex field.
## Link to a Church Center group type
* The **Church Center** tab of the Planning Center link picker now lets you link straight to a **group type** (like "Small Groups" or "Classes"). Pick **Group Type**, then choose the type you want, and we'll link to its public Church Center page. Only group types that are visible on Church Center are shown.
* We also tidied up the Church Center tab by grouping its links under clear, per-app headings — Church Center, Giving, People, Check-Ins, Calendar, Registrations, and Groups — so the link you're after is easier to find.
## Run automations manually
* You can now manually run an automation whenever you need to, instead of waiting for its trigger. Open an automation and click **Run now**, then choose to run it for **everyone currently on its Planning Center list** (we'll ask you to confirm first), or **search for and pick specific people** to run it for.
* People you run manually go through all of the automation's steps just like they would on a normal trigger.
* Manual runs still respect the automation's **Allow Repeat** setting — if repeats are off, anyone who has already completed it won't be started again, so it's safe to run even when some people have already been through it.
* Manual runs work even when an automation is **disabled** — we'll let you know it won't fire on its trigger until you enable it, but you can still run it for the people you choose.
## Send Church Center notifications from automations
* Automations have a new **Send Church Center Notification** step. Use it to send a push notification to people who have the Church Center app, right inside an automation flow.
* Each notification has a **title** and **body**, an **auto-dismiss** time (1 week, 2 weeks, or 1 month), and an optional **link** with custom link text. List-based automations send the notification to the people entering the automation, while weekly and monthly automations send it once to the whole list.
### Improvements
* Deleting an asset is now safer for your content. Assets are public to anyone with the link, so when you delete a file you've **never sent**, we now permanently erase it from storage and its link stops working right away. Files already used in a **sent email** are kept live (so delivered emails don't break) and simply removed from your library.
* Automations can now have up to **100 steps**, up from 10, giving you a lot more room to build longer, more detailed flows.
* Email send times now show the **day of the week**, so you can tell at a glance when an email was sent or is scheduled to send. We also hide the year unless it's different from the current year. This shows on the pre-send page, the scheduled page, and the **Sent** badge on sent emails.
* We improved our sync with Planning Center by preventing duplicate webhook subscriptions, so changes to your lists sync more reliably.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where turning **open and click tracking** on or off for a custom domain could fail if your tracking subdomain had already been set up. These tracking changes now save reliably.
## Add shapes to your images
* You can now crop images into shapes right from the editor. Select an image block, open the **Style** settings, and choose a **Shape**. Pick a square, circle, oval, or arch, or one of a few decorative options like a leaf, blob, or flower. The picker shows a live preview of each option, so you can see exactly what you'll get before you choose.
* Shapes are applied to the image itself rather than with styling tricks, so they render reliably in every email client, including Outlook and Gmail. When a shape is applied, the border and corner settings are hidden since the shape defines the image's outline.
## New Automation Builder
* We've updated the UI of the automation builder. It should feel more familiar to use, and it prepares us for future features and improvements down the road.
## QR Code link types, new UI, and more
* QR codes now support many more types. Along with URLs and email addresses, you can create codes for Planning Center items (registrations, events, groups, forms, and Church Center pages), file downloads, phone calls, and text messages.
* You can now choose whether a code is tracked or static. Tracked codes (URL, Planning Center, and file downloads) route through Flowforth, so you get scan analytics and can change the destination after printing. Static codes (email, phone, text, and WiFi) encode their destination directly so phones handle them natively, with no analytics and a fixed destination. Previously, codes were always tracked/dynamic.
* The QR code page has a redesigned layout with two tabs: "QR Codes" for your designs and analytics, and "Settings" for the link's name, destination, and status. Changes in Settings save automatically.
* You can now see the total scans of a QR code on the row for that code.
### Improvements
* HEIC images (the default photo format on iPhones) are now automatically converted to a JPG when you upload them. This works whether you drag them into the editor, the asset browser, the asset page, or use the upload button. Previously these files were rejected because most email clients can't display them.
* On mobile, you can now preview your email from the pre-send and scheduled pages. Tap "Preview Email" in the three-dot menu to open a full-screen preview with a clear header and close button.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where rounding a column block's corners wouldn't clip the content inside it. Now images and other blocks placed in a rounded column are properly trimmed to the rounded corners, with no background color peeking through at the edges.
* We fixed a bug where text would be de-selected in the text block after changing the text color or highlight color.
* We fixed a bug where you would just see '--' as the font size if the text was the default size.
## QR Code Changes
### Improvements
* Login code emails now include the code in the email subject, making it easy to input the code from just the notification.
## Small Improvements
### Improvements
* We added a filter on the people table to find people with a "Flowforth Only" address set.
* The email preview on the pre-send page now sticks to the top as you scroll, making it easy to always see your preview.
* When exporting people, Planning Center email addresses and Flowforth Only address are in separate columns. This helps you get all of the data for your people.
* You can now copy the public link for your email while the email is in draft or scheduled mode. The email will be available at this link once it is finished sending.
* On the email recipients table for a sent email, you can now click the "Clicked" badge to see what links that person clicked.
* In the new email popup, you can now enable "Create more" to quickly create multiple emails in a row. The name field clears after each one, while your folder and type selections are kept, and you stay in the popup instead of being taken to the editor. This is helpful for when you're trying to create all the emails for a campaign at once.
* When adding a new text block, the text editor auto-focuses. This makes it faster to start typing.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug on mobile where the text formatting bar would show on top of the app sidebar in the email editor if both were active.
* We fixed a bug where new folders would not always show in the "move to folder" action on the emails table.
* We fixed a bug where using the "New Email" button on the table wouldn't route you to the email editor right away like the "Create New" button on the sidebar does.
## GIF Generator
* You can now create GIFs from pictures directly in Flowforth using our new GIF generator. Upload a series of images, choose your frame rate and dimensions, and we'll create a GIF you can use in your emails. This is perfect for creating simple animations, showcasing event photos, or adding some fun flair to your emails without needing external tools.
* We've renamed the top level "Asset Library" item on the sidebar to "Content." This is where you'll find the Asset Library and the new GIF Generator. We may add more content-related features here in the future as well.
## Person Block
* The author block has been renamed to the **person block**, making it more clear that it can be used for more than just content authors.
* You can **save people** for quick reuse across emails. Saved people are shared across your organization, so you can load them into any email without re-entering details.
* A new **below** link layout displays links with text labels beneath the subtitle, showing usernames and contact details alongside icons. This works well if you want an email signature look.
* You can now choose between **circle** and **square** avatar shapes, and the maximum avatar size has been increased to 150px.
* **Phone** and **SMS** icons are now available as link types.
* **Import from Planning Center**: Search your Planning Center People database and pull in a person's profile picture, name, emails, phone numbers, and social accounts directly into the block. This is especially helpful when you need to share a volunteer's contact info or feature a point of contact in your email. Always make sure you have a person's permissions to share their information in emails before doing so.
## Improved Email Editor Sidebar
* We've refreshed the layout of the block editor sidebar. This layout has clear groupings for different settings and is more dense so you can see more options at once without scrolling. The new layout also makes it easier for us to add new settings in the future as we continue to improve the editor.
## Custom Border Width per Side
* You can now set a custom border width for each side of a button, image, or video block. You can also set this on the any block's 'Block Style'.
* This can help give you a neo-brutalism look for your emails.
### Improvements
* The "add link" button on person blocks and footer blocks now matches the style used on cards and list blocks.
* Person blocks are now supported in the **simple email editor**. Click the Person button in the toolbar to add or load a person block.
* We've added a new "Globe" icon option for the person and icons block as well as the footer.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where the @ menu did not have a background color.
* We fixed a bug where private Vimeo URLs were not correctly getting the thumbnail in the video block.
## Mobile Button Improvements
* We've improved how buttons render on mobile in your emails.
## Improved Home Dashboard
* We've added a new widget to the home dashboard: Performance Over Time. This chart shows you how your emails are performing over time, with metrics like sends, opens, clicks, and unsubscribes.
* We've changed the "Recent Unsubscribes" widget to show recent unsubscribes, category unsubscribes, and bounces. This helps you quickly find issues with your emails and can help you troubleshoot when needed.
* If you click on the unsubscribes and bounces widget, you're taken to our new People Feed page. Here, you can see a feed of all recent unsubscribes, category unsubscribes, and bounces. You can filter by type and date range, and you click into each item to see more details.
### Improvements
* You can now filter by sent date on the emails table.
* You can now print an email on the email details page before you send it. Previously, you could only do this on sent emails.
* Shift click the to select a range of items on the import content from Planning Center process in the email editor.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug in onboarding where some TLDs (like .com.au or .co.uk) were not recognized as valid email domains.
## Category Visibility and Ordering
* You can now hide email categories from the manage preferences and unsubscribe pages. You can toggle this from the category settings page or from the unsubscribe page editor.
* You can now drag to reorder how categories appear on the manage preferences page. Reorder them directly in the unsubscribe page editor preview.
### Improvements
* We improved the loading state on the unsubscribe page editor.
* When searching for on the recipients table, we now include did-not-send records in the search results. This makes it easier to find specific recipients and understand why they didn't receive an email.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where the status filter on the email categories table would always show active categories, even if you just selected inactive.
## Cards and List Block Improvements
* Card and list block descriptions now support rich text formatting, including bold, italic, underline, links, and multiple paragraphs. You can edit descriptions directly on the canvas or in the sidebar editor.
* Links in card and list descriptions are now styled with your email's link color.
* We added a new expanded editing modal for cards and list blocks. When you have multiple cards or list items, click the expand button to open a larger editor with a sidebar for quickly switching between items.
* You can now drag and drop to reorder cards and list items in the expanded editing modal, just like you can in the sidebar.
### Improvements
* On the welcome page, we've added a welcome note and a video that shows you how to build your first email.
* On the integrations page, we've added videos that show you how each integration works and provided a link to our help center pages for each integration.
* On the people import page and the domain settings page, we've added a help video to the bottom right corner. This can help guide you though these processes and answer common questions.
* Email folders can be nested as far as you need. Previously the limit was 5 folder deep. Template folders are still only one level deep.
* We've updated the layout of our help center and added more articles to help you get the most out of Flowforth.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where you could only refresh a Canva asset one time.
## Help Videos
* We've added a few help videos across our help center, and we've made a dedicated tab for all help videos. Let us know if there are any topics you'd like to see covered. Check them out at [Help Videos](https://help.flowforth.co/videos/getting-started).
## Platform Improvements
* We improved the import results page, making it easier to understand how your import was processed.
* We fixed some small bugs throughout the app.
* We now hide the resize handles on image and video blocks on mobile since they can't be resized this way on mobile.
* We improved the look of the asset browser on mobile devices.
## Platform Improvements
* We've made some improvements to our platform's infrastructure to further improve the reliability and performance of Flowforth.
* We added the @ suggestions menu to the Simple Email editor, making it easier to add merge tags.
* The three dot menu on the emails table now lets you replicate an email. Before, this was only there if you right clicked on the email row.
* When you select a list, the list selector menu closes. As most emails only go to one this list, this makes the process of setting up your email a bit faster.
* We've improved our import tools to help you find more matches and give you more options for how you bring in your data.
## Simple Emails
* You can now create and send simple emails in Flowforth. Simple emails use a lightweight rich text editor that supports formatting (bold, italic, underline), lists, links, images, and merge tags. They render as clean, minimal HTML that looks like it was sent directly from your inbox, making them perfect for personal messages, quick updates, and internal communications.
* You can also create simple email templates so you can reuse your content across multiple emails and automations.
* The simple email editor includes all the same link types as the drag-and-drop editor, including URLs, email, phone, SMS, file downloads, and Planning Center links.
* You can send test emails directly from the simple email editor.
* A footer with your organization name, address, and unsubscribe/manage preferences links is automatically included.
* You can filter emails and templates by the Simple type on the emails and templates tables.
* Learn more in our [Simple Emails](/emails/simple-emails) help article.
### Improvements
* We've added a public status page at [https://flowforth-status.com](https://flowforth-status.com) where you can check the status of our services and subscribe to updates.
* We've made it easier to make new email templates from the sidebar. Just click the "Create New" button and choose "New Email Template".
## Canva Integration & Merge Tags in Subjects
* You can now connect your Canva account to Flowforth and use your Canva designs in your emails. Browse your designs, import them as images in the drag-and-drop editor, or create full emails from Canva Email templates. Flowforth handles extracting the HTML, uploading images, and converting Canva placeholders into Flowforth merge tags. Connect your account from **Settings > Integrations > Canva**.
* Learn more in our [Canva Integration](/integrations/canva) and [Canva Emails](/emails/canva-emails) help articles.
* You can now use `@first-name` and `@last-name` merge tags in email subject lines. These work in regular emails and automation emails, and are replaced with the recipient's name when the email is sent. Test emails show sample data so you can preview how personalized subjects will look.
### Improvements
* You can now choose a file from your asset library when adding a link on a Link Page. This makes it easy to link to downloadable files like bulletins, forms, and other resources.
* We've added Planning Center as a link type on Link Pages. You can now browse and search your Planning Center content to quickly link to Forms, Registrations, Groups, Calendar Events, and common Church Center pages directly from the Link Page editor.
* Emails marked as blocked in Planning Center now correctly sync with a "Blocked in Planning Center" status instead of being skipped. This gives you more visibility into why certain contacts aren't receiving emails.
* The "PCO Blocked" status label has been renamed to "Blocked in Planning Center" throughout the app for clarity.
* When using the Church Center setup template, we now add your setup link to the email on your behalf. Before, we just provided instructions on how to get the link.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug with sending HTML emails.
## Import Bug Fix
* We fixed a bug in the people import process that was caused by having multiple Flowforth organization linked to the same Planning Center account.
## AI Model Update
* We changed our underlying AI model from gemini-3.1-flash-lite-preview to gemini-3.1-flash-lite.
## Auto-Join Domains
* You can now allow anyone with a matching email domain to automatically join your Flowforth organization when they sign up. Head to **Settings > Members** and scroll to the **Auto-Join Domains** section to add any of your verified domains. New members who sign up with a matching email will be added to your organization automatically.
* By default, auto-join members are added as **email designers**, meaning they can create and edit emails but cannot send or schedule them. They will not have access to people, link pages, or QR codes until you grant them access.
* You can customize the default permissions for each auto-join domain. Click on a domain to configure exactly which features new members should have access to, including full member access with no restrictions.
* If a user has a pending invite, the invite takes priority over auto-join, so any custom role or permissions on the invite are preserved.
* Learn more in our [Auto-Join Domains](/organization/auto-join-domains) help article.
### Improvements
* We've improved the onboarding flow for new users. You can now select which Planning Center apps you want to connect to during onboarding. Before, you could connect to People but had to expand your connection for other features in Flowforth.
* When onboarding, you can also import your brand from your website. This will bring in your logo, main colors, and some images from your homepage.
* We improved the UI for connecting to Planning Center and expanding your connection scope.
* The organization name and logo are now two separate rows on the settings page. The logo preview is now a square instead of a circle as this is how it is used throughout the app.
* We've made improvements to our Planning Center sync to further ensure that things are always up to date in Flowforth.
## Planning Center Link Type
* We've added Planning Center as a link type to the email editor. When you select the Planning Center link type on text links, buttons, images, cards, list buttons, or footer text links, a picker opens where you can browse and search your Planning Center content. You can quickly link to Forms, Registrations, Groups, Calendar Events, and common Church Center pages like the donation form, directory, check-ins page, and more without leaving the editor.
### Improvements
* You can now use file download link types in the footer text links.
* We've added a "PCO Links" button to the HTML email editor toolbar. Like merge tags and assets, it opens the Planning Center picker and copies the selected link to your clipboard so you can paste it into your HTML.
## HTML Emails
* You can now create and send HTML emails in Flowforth. Write your own HTML or paste it in from tools like Canva, ChatGPT, and Claude for full control over email design. HTML emails include a full code editor with syntax highlighting, live preview, undo/redo, auto-save, and access to the asset library and merge tags.
* You can also create HTML email templates, so you can reuse your custom HTML designs across multiple emails and automations.
* HTML emails that don't include an unsubscribe link will automatically have one added before sending.
* You can filter emails and templates by the HTML type on the emails and templates tables.
### Improvements
* We've added merge tags for unsubscribe (@unsubscribe) and manage preferences (@manage-preferences) links. These can be used in a link href in HTML emails or as a text block merge tag in the drag-and-drop editor.
* You can now choose a folder when duplicating an email, saving an email as a template, or duplicating an email template.
* Save draft emails as templates directly from the pre-send page. This was previously only possible from the emails table.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where cmd/ctrl + b would open the sidebar in the email editor. The command to toggle the sidebar is now cmd/ctrl + /.
* We fixed a bug where replicating an email would pre-fill the email name with the email subject rather than using the original email name.
* We fixed a bug where only the text on a button block was linked in your emails. Now the full button is linked.
## Assets Changes
* You can now rename assets in the asset library.
* You can now quickly copy a link to an asset.
* You can right click on an asset in the asset library/browser to take actions (remove, rename, download, copy link, or preview).
### Improvements
* When importing unsubscribed contacts, you can optionally choose an email category to unsubscribe them from. This is helpful if you're importing multiple audiences from a former platform where people may be unsubscribed from some types of emails but not others. If you don't select a category, we'll unsubscribe them from all emails as before.
* Dates and times should no longer be underlined in Apple Mail unless you explicitly make them so.
* The help center and contact us buttons on the bottom of the sidebar are now visible on mobile devices as well.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where deleting an asset would lead to one less asset showing on the page. Now when you delete an asset, we pull in the next item from the next page.
* Clicking on an image placeholder in the email editor no longer opens the asset browser. You can use the sidebar to select an image instead.
* We fixed a bug where the asset browser was not always showing the upload button in the email editor.
## Many Small Improvements
* When sending a test email, you can now choose to send it to other users in your Flowforth account instead of just to email addresses you type in. You can also add a note when sending a test email for the recipients. This note will show at the top of the email.
* Similar to emails, you can now organize your email templates into folders.
* When creating a new email from a template, you can now choose the folder you want the email to be created in.
* You can now access the sidebar from within the email editor. Just click the sidebar button in the top left corner to open it up.
* Assets now soft delete. This means that if you delete an asset that was included in a sent email, the asset will continue to show in the sent email. Sent assets, once deleted, do not count towards your asset usage. Previously, if you deleted an asset, it would also be removed from sent emails.
### Improvements
* Images should load faster in sent emails.
* When applying a template to an email, the page no longer does a full refresh. This lets you get to editing your email faster.
* We updated the home page of our help center to be more clear and easier to navigate.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where email category public page URLs were not always loading correctly on the details page.
* We adjusted the size of the Church Center icon so its size matches the other icons.
## Unsplash Integration, New Email Form Improvements, and Bounced Email Details
* You can now browse and import images directly from Unsplash when selecting an image to use in an email, on a link page, or anywhere else in Flowforth where your assets are used.
* You can now select a folder and email type when creating a new email.
* Ever wonder why an email bounced? You can now click on the "Bounced" badge to see more info. This can help you both understand why this happened and help your congregant resolve the issue.
### Improvements
* We've further improved the logic we use for cleaning an email after a bounce which should lead to fewer false-positive cleans.
* We've continued to improve the look of our mobile data tables.
## Mobile and Table Improvements
* You can now see which list an email was to on the "Recent Emails" tab of the category details page.
* You can now see which list an automation is tied to on the automations table as well as the trigger type.
* You can now right click on a row on the emails table, the templates table, and the automations table to open up a menu of actions.
* We've added sort and filter options to the emails tabs on the category details and list details pages.
* The category details page now shows you all emails assigned to that category, no matter the status. Previously, the table only showed sent emails.
### Improvements
* We've improved all of our tables on mobile. You can now see more information without having to scroll.
* We re-vamped the look of the "add block" menu on mobile.
* We changed the way detail pages render their tabs to make it faster to navigate.
* We improved home breadcrumbs display longer item names.
* We cleaned up the automation members table to make it more clear why a run was canceled (i.e., they have a duplicate email address with someone else who's in the automation already.)
* We've made the permissions settings on lists more clear and easier to manage.
## Chart Block
* You can now add charts to your emails using the new chart block. Choose from bar, line, and pie charts, enter your data, and we'll render a clean chart image in your email. You can customize colors for each data series, toggle between dark and light mode, and show values on the chart.
* This is great for annual reports, giving updates, budget summaries, attendance trends, and other times you want to share data with your people in a visual, email-safe way.
## Organization Logo
* You can now use a transparent background on your organization's logo.
## Editor Improvements
### Improvements
* We made it easier to drag to select text on multiple block types.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where using the browser's back arrow would show you an old version of your email on the pre-send details page until you refreshed.
## Automation and Mobile Improvements
* You can now easily cancel all active runs for an automation (without disabling the automation), and you can cancel runs for individual people. You can do this by going to the automations details page, clicking the "People" tab, and clicking the "cancel run" button on their row.
* We've added a settings tab to the automations page. Here, you can rename, edit the description, and choose if you want to let people go through this automation more than once. By default, people can repeat automations that run weekly or monthly and they can't repeat automations that are based on list membership in Planning Center. This was how it worked before, but now *you* get control over this functionality per-automation.
* Now each time someone runs through an automation, you'll see a new row on the table under the "People" tab on the automation details page.
* You can now easily access the editor for an email template used in an automation step.
* You can now edit an active email automation without canceling runs that are currently in progress. The runs in progress will still run with the old automation configuration. New runs will use your new automation steps.
* From the automations table, you can now duplicate email automations.
* On the person details page, you can now see automations that this person has been a part of. As well, the "emails received" table now shows emails a person received from an automation they're a part of. You can filter for just regular emails or just automation emails on this table as well.
* You can now see the email content of a sent email on mobile.
### Improvements
* On pages with tabs (post-send email details, automation details, person details, etc.), we made it easier to navigate on mobile and fixed a visual bug.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where searching by email address on the people table was returning no results.
## Click To Add Merge Tags, Folders In Breadcrumbs, and More
* You can now click a merge tag on the sidebar to add it your current text block where your cursor is. This makes personalizing your emails even easier.
* We moved the email folder breadcrumbs to the main breadcrumbs bar. This also means that folders are available in the breadcrumbs on email details pages and in the email editor.
### Improvements
* We've refined the design of the import content from Planning Center popup. Images are slightly larger, more information is visible on mobile, and the group type shows for each group.
* We made some visual refinements across the app's interface.
## Link Types on Cards and Lists
* You can now set a link type on cards and list buttons. This lets you use email addresses, phone numbers, and files as your link types in addition to URLs.
### Improvements
* We've made some improvements to collaborative editing.
* We've made it easier to add block on mobile, and we've made it possible to access the full text formatting bar on mobile.
### Fixes
* We've continued to fix visual bugs throughout the app.
## Bug Fixes and Visual Improvements
* We've made some minor bug fixes and visual improvements across the app, primarily targeting mobile devices.
## SMS and Tel Links, Footer Link Types, and Editor Improvements
* When adding a link in the email editor, you can now add SMS and Tel links. This means you can link for people to start a phone call with you or send you a text.
* We've added a phone and message icon to the footer icons and to the icon block so you can use SMS and Tel link in these places.
* We've added the ability to set a link type on text links in the footer. You can link to URLs, emails, SMS, Tel, and files.
* We've also added these new link types to the link pages builder.
* You can now hit the Escape key to de-select blocks in the email editor.
### Improvements
* We made Registrations the default tab for importing from Planning Center instead of Calendar.
* We improved the performance and stability of the email editor.
* We've made it easier to see folder names on mobile.
## Custom Open and Click Tracking
* When adding a new domain, you can now choose to enable open and click tracking. If you do, we will provide you with a couple extra DNS records to add to your domain. This means that tracking links and open pixels point to the same domain as the address you're sending from. This helps improve email deliverability making sure you land in people's inboxes.
* If you added a domain before April 16, 2026, you can still enable custom tracking to improve your email deliverability. If you go to [https://flowforth.co/domains](https://flowforth.co/domains) and click on the domain you want to edit, you can then click the switches for "Click tracking" and "Open tracking" to enable custom tracking. You will then need to add the new DNS records we provide to you in order for this to work.
## Performance Improvement
* We've improved the load time of the emails and people tables.
## Send Emails to Multiple Lists and People
* You can now choose multiple lists to send an email to. We will make sure that if someone is on a list twice, they only get the email once.
* You can also send emails directly to people. One way this is helpful is when you're sending an email to a list but want to also send it to a few team members.
## Permissions Adjustment and Editor Improvements
* People with the email designer role can no longer see automations nor email categories. Only email managers and account owners can access these features.
### Improvements
* We've made it easier to select a 1px thick divider that's in a columns block.
* We've improved the "opens over time" chart on the detail metrics page. It now has more time labels on the day view, anchors the day/week view toggle to the day the email was sent, and we made some visual improvements.
## Editor Improvements
* You can now highlight text in a text block.
* You can now add a link to your logo in the footer.
* You can now click on the image placeholder to browse your asset library.
* You can now nest folders to be up to 5 layers deep. Previously the limit was 3.
### Improvements
* We updated the footer form to say "Text Links" and "Social Links" so the distinction is a bit more clear.
## Collaborative Editing
* The email editor now supports collaboration. If multiple people open the same email, you can see each other's changes in realtime.
* At the bottom of the sidebar, you can see who else is viewing the email. Each person has a color around their profile picture. When they select a block, you'll see their color around the block as well as their profile picture so you know what block they're working on.
* When someone else is editing a block, that block becomes "locked" until they unselect it. This prevents anyone from writing over someone else's work.
* When you select a block, you now see arrow buttons to the right of the block that let you click to move a block up and down. This changes helps make Flowforth more accessible.
## Share Lists with Teams, Mobile Editing Improved, and More
* You can now share list permissions with a team. This makes it easier to provision access to the right people.
* We've added a new list details page. Here, people with access to the list can see all emails sent to the list. Additionally, organization owners can manage the custom refresh schedule of lists and can manage sharing permissions.
### Improvements
* We've made it easier to edit emails on mobile. First, rather than using drag and drop, there are now arrow buttons that show on your selected block. This makes it easier to move blocks where you want. Second, instead of opening the editor sheet when a block is selected, we added an edit icon to the block. This lets you make changes on the block itself. Third, it is now possible to import content from Planning Center into your email on mobile.
* When moving an email to a folder, the "move to a folder" popup now scrolls. This makes it easier to work with when you have many folders in your account.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where the header button on Link Pages would just refresh the page.
## Date Format and Campuses on Lists
* You can now set the date format that's used for the merge tags and Planning Center imports in your emails.
* If a list has a campus, we now sync this into Flowforth so that you can filter lists by campus.
* You can now filter by list category and campus in the list selector on the drafts page.
### Improvements
* We also improved the search on the People table.
## Domain Management Improvements
### Improvements
* We've updated the domain management page to be more user-friendly and easier to use. Each domain now has its own page where you can view its records and manage its settings.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where you couldn't remove a domain if you had already sent emails from that domain.
## Cleaned Emails
* We made an adjustment to how we handle bounced emails. Previously, if an email bounced once, we would immediately mark the email as cleaned. Now, we wait for 3 bounces before marking an email as cleaned. Sometimes certain content in emails will trigger a recipient's email provider to bounce the email. This change should help prevent someone being removed from all emails just because this happens.
* If your account had contacts marked as cleaned in the past who *had* successfully received emails before we cleaned them, we've automatically marked them as "subscribed" again.
## Major Email Editor Improvements
* You can now resize video blocks by grabbing the resize handle on the left or right side of the block. Before this was only possible on the image block.
* Dividers can now be up to 100px thick.
* In addition to solid, you can set dividers to be dashed or dotted.
* Like on image blocks, you can now add borders to video and button blocks.
* The video block can be aligned on the left, right, or center. Previously, it could only be left aligned or centered.
* In you're editing a two columns layout, you can now swap the columns by clicking the swap button.
* Like image and button blocks, video blocks now support setting a custom corner radius.
* As video blocks are ultimately linked thumbnail images, they now share the same default email style settings as images.
* You can quickly create a new email by going to [https://flowforth.co/new](https://flowforth.co/new). This will take you straight to the email editor of your new email.
* You can now add borders to a block in the block styles menu.
### Improvements
* We've made major improvements to the email editor. These changes include an improvement to the history (undo/redo) system, a more reliable auto-save system, and some tweaks to make sure text blocks never lose their content. You should also notice some performance improvements.
* We cleaned up some of the animations in the email editor.
* We've added some more global email templates.
* We've improved how quickly the email preview shows your most recent changes.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where some block types were not showing in the correct font family.
## Scroll on Editor Sidebar
* You can now scroll on the main view (where you see the blocks you can add) of the editor sidebar. This is helpful for small screens or when your window is zoomed in.
## Church Center Announcements
* You can now send a Church Center announcement to members of the list your email is sent to. When recipients tap the announcement, they're given the option to view the full email on a web page.
* Configure the announcement title, body, and button text in the new **Church Center** section on the email detail page.
* Church Center announcements require a public email category. If your category isn't set to public, you'll need to update the category's public settings before enabling an announcement.
* Owners can grant individual members the **Church Center announcements** permission so they can create and manage announcements. This permission is available for email Managers only.
* Learn more in [Church Center Announcements](/emails/church-center-announcements).
* We've updated the member permissions modal to be more clear and easier to use.
## Editor Block Sorting Improvements
* We've move to a more reliable and performant way to sort blocks in the email editor. This change should lead to fewer bugs and sets us up for future improvements.
## Drag and Drop Improvements
### Improvements
* We've made some significant improvements to the accuracy and performance of the drag and drop functionality in the email editor. It should be much easier to make columns out of existing blocks, reordering blocks should be much more reliable, and we made it significantly faster to drag a block up or down on the page.
* We now persist if you have "preview merge tags" enabled in the email preview so that you don't need to enable it every time you open the preview.
## Email Style Improvements
We've added a few new options to the email style section of the editor. These changes make templates more reliable and make it easier to build your emails.
* First, you can now set defaults for different font families, colors, and sizes for paragraph and heading text.
* Second, you can set defaults for buttons, dividers, and images. Changes apply to all blocks that already match the defaults you set and apply to new blocks. You can also click the "apply to all" button to have every block/image/divider reset to the defaults you set.
* Third, we removed the "apply to all" button from the button block form and divider block form. We replaced this button with "set as default" and "reset to default".
* Finally, we added a "colors in this email" section to the email style form. This allows you to click a color in the email and quickly replace all occurrences of it.
* In the "Block Style" section, you can now set an alignment for background images. Before, images were always centered. Now, you can set them to be aligned to the top, center, or bottom of the image.
* The links color for the footer now applies to the unsubscribe, manage preferences, and view in browser links.
* We increase the amount of spacing you can add between blocks and columns in the columns block.
* You can now preview merge tags using sample data in the email preview. This helps you know if your merge tags are working correctly.
## Improved: Import Content from Planning Center
* After selecting content to import, you can now choose which fields you want to import.
* When importing a link, you can set what you'd like the button text to be.
* After choosing which fields to import, we show you a preview of the two import styles: cards or blocks. This should make it easier to see how your content will look in the email editor.
* When importing Registrations, you can now bring in the first date of the event or the date range of the event.
* When importing Registrations, you can now select to use the direct signup link or you can use the link to the details page for the event in Church Center.
### Improvements
* We also made some small improvements to the spacing of items in the cards block.
* We changed our underlying AI model from gemini-2.5-flash-lite to gemini-3.1-flash-lite-preview.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where the @current-date merge tag would use UTC time instead of your timezone. We now get your timezone from your Planning Center account and use this for the merge tag.
## Editor Save and Button Fixes
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where some changes were not correctly saved when clicking the "Save and Exit" button in the email editor.
* We fixed a bug where "Apply to all buttons" was not updating buttons within columns.
## Vimeo Support, Replication Improvements, and More
* You can now use Vimeo videos in the video block.
* You can now replicate an email from the scheduled page.
### Improvements
* On cards that have a link, we now only link the image and button, not the entire card. This prevents the text from changing to a blue link color in some email clients.
* When replicating an email, we pre-fill the input with the original email's campaign name (or subject line if no campaign name is set).
* The list selector now uses infinite scrolling to load more lists rather than just showing you the top 10 results.
* When you replicate an email, it now copies into the same folder as the original email.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where the public page urls were not showing on the category page until you refreshed.
## Email Folders
* You can now organize your emails into folders. Create, rename, delete, and color-code folders to keep your emails organized. Folders can be nested inside other folders for even more organization. You can move emails into folders directly from the emails table.
## Campaign Name
* You can now set an internal campaign name for your emails. This is helpful for identifying your emails in the emails table and for search.
## Email Rendering Improvements
* We've improved how the list block is render in email clients that use Microsoft Word as the rendering engine (such as Outlook LTSC).
## Monthly Automation Emails, Domain Management Improvements, and More
* You can now set a monthly schedule for automation emails.
* You can now set spacing between columns and blocks in a columns layout.
* You can set the color of the links in your email footer.
### Improvements
* When adding a domain, we now detect the domain provider and provide instructions for how to add the DNS records for your provider. This currently only supports a few providers, but we'll be adding more soon.
### Fixes
* We fixed a visual bug with the new email modal on mobile.
## Improved Import Process
* We've made a few changes to our import process. First, you can now see who won't be imported due to not having an email address. Second, you can now refresh or leave the page during the preview step without having to fully start over. Finally, you can see your import history and how people were brought into Planning Center. We believe these changes will make it even easier to get started with Flowforth.
### Improvements
* We also made some tweaks so that emails render better in versions of Outlook that use Microsoft Word as the rendering engine (such as Outlook LTSC).
## Email Style Changes
* You can now add borders to images.
* We added a 1 column layout to the email editor. The primary way this is useful is to add shared background images to multiple blocks.
* You can adjust the size of the social icons on your email footer.
* We added a new icon option for Church Center.
* We've added a new permissions level for "Email Designer." This is a new role that can view, create, and edit emails, but cannot send or schedule them.
### Improvements
* We've improved the email style section of the email editor. The different sections are grouped together and easier to navigate.
## Categories Improvements
* You can now set a public link to view all the emails sent to a category on a webpage. There is also a stable link to the latest email sent to a category. This makes it easier to link to your latest newsletter on your website or Church Center.
* We've added a new page for email categories. You can manage settings, view recent emails sent to the category, and view people who have unsubscribed from the category.
* You can now archive categories that have sent emails. This will hide the category from the main list but keep it available for you to restore later.
* When viewing an email in the browser, you can now print the email.
### Improvements
* We improved the sending speed of automation emails.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where weekly automation emails would not start if the list contained thousands of people.
## Calendar Import and Editor Improvements
* When importing from Calendar, we now use the actual event start time. Previously, if there was a setup time, this time would be used.
* We removed the "more blocks" button from the email sidebar. This makes it easier to access all the blocks in the email editor.
## Help Center in Sidebar
* We've added a link to the Help Center at the bottom of the sidebar so you can quickly access it as needed.
## Import People Improvements and In-Line HTML Edits
* When previewing a CSV import, you can now check or uncheck individual people to exclude them from the import.
* Each tab in the import preview now has a select all / deselect all checkbox.
* You can now set a custom fallback first and last name for contacts that are missing a name, instead of the default "Friend."
* When using the HTML block, you now get a preview of content in the email editor. You can also edit any text in the HTML directly in the editor without having to edit code.
## New Template Library
* Looking for a place to start with a new email? We're excited to announce our new template library. Browse by color and email type to find the perfect starting point for your next newsletter, article, or invite. If you have a template you think other churches would benefit from, let us know!
* You can now set a custom corner radius for buttons and images.
* You can now add buttons to a list item on the list block.
* In an email is automatically suppressed by our system, that is visible in the UI.
### Fixes
* We've fixed a few bugs with setting custom font sizes and custom text colors in the text blocks.
* We fixed a bug where sometimes the indicator of where a new block is going to be added did not align with where the block was *actually* added.
## Font Families and Author Block Improvements
* Set a custom font family for selected text other than the default font set in your email.
* You can now control the size of the image and text on an author block.
## Merge Tags Improvements
* Merge tags are now case-insensitive. This means, for example, that @first-name, @FIRST-NAME and @First-Name will convert to the recipient's name.
## Hidden Metrics, Card Aspect Ratio, and Rendering Improvements
* You can now hide an email from global metrics by clicking the three dots in the top right corner of an email's metrics page or by clicking the three dots next to an email's name in the emails table and then selecting to hide it from global metrics. This is helpful for one-off emails that you don't want impacting your main metrics.
* You can now set the aspect ratio for images on cards to "square."
### Improvements
* We've made some improvements to how the cards block renders in multiple email clients.
* We've updated the underlying model for our AI features from gemini-2.0-flash-exp to gemini-2.5-flash-lite. This model should be faster and give better results.
### Fixes
* Columns now correctly stack in the Gmail mobile app.
## Deliverability Improvement
* We made a change to convert [https://youtu.be/](https://youtu.be/) links to their [https://youtube.com/](https://youtube.com/) equivalent. The former were leading to many emails landing in spam folders.
* We made some backend changes to improve our sync with Planning Center.
## WiFi QR Codes and CSV Recipients Improvements
* You can now create QR codes for your WiFi network.
* When sending to a CSV, you can now select a first name and last name column so that you can use those merge tags.
### Improvements
* We improved the "email is sending" page so that it automatically changes to the post-send page once it's finished sending.
## Inactive People Sync and Recipient Defaults
* We now include Did Not Send records by default when viewing a person's page in Flowforth.
* We sync inactive people now for when your lists include inactive people and to prevent duplicates in Planning Center when importing people in Flowforth.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where YouTube videos with a lower resolution thumbnail would show black bars on the top and the bottom of the image.
## Visual Bug Fixes
* We fixed some small visual bugs.
## Footer Logo Size, Live YouTube, and More
* You can now set a custom size for the logo on your footer.
* You can now use live YouTube videos in the video block. This is helpful if you trim down your livestreams for your VODs.
### Improvements
* We made a performance improvement on the backend, so now blocks should be added and auto-selected even faster than before This is most noticeable on slower wifi.
* When you submit a contact request at [flowforth.co/contact](https://flowforth.co/contact), you now receive an email to your inbox letting you know that we got your request. We also improved how this notifies our team, helping us to respond faster.
* We filter out email templates from the recent emails on the home dashboard.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where some changes on email templates weren't saving.
## Email Filters and Editor Fixes
* Filter on the email category on the emails table
### Improvements
* Improved the block drop indicator to be more accurate.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where typing in a text block and then quickly hitting "Save and Exit" after would lead to your most recent text content not being saved.
## Columns and List Category Permissions
* You can now officially create column layouts in your emails using regular blocks. While the cards style will stick around, it's no longer the only way to make a columns layout.
* You can change the cards block images to their original aspect ratio rather than just 16:9.
* You can set list permissions based on the list category. This way you can more easily control list visibility in Planning Center.
* We now filter out list with a hidden visibility status on the People > Lists table. You can show these by using the "include hidden" filter.
* We added a filter on the People table to filter between those who have and who don't have an email address.
* You can now resize an image block on the image itself by grabbing and dragging the resize handle.
### Improvements
* We improved the domain verification process by verifying your DMARC policy (previously it would always say 'Recommended') and by allowing you to share the DNS records via email with a team member. This is great if another team member manages your website/domain.
## Extra Send Credits
* You can now purchase extra send credits for busier seasons where you need more sends but don't want to upgrade your whole plan. These credits never expire and are only used after your monthly limit is exhausted. You can purchase extra sends in the billing section of settings. Extra sends can only be purchased if you are already on an active paid subscription.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where some lists weren't showing in the list selector on the drafts page.
## Shorter Share Links, Hidden Lists, and Payment Notifications
* We've made the share links for emails significantly shorter. This should help for sharing this link via text and social media.
* On the recipients table after sending an email, you can now click a person's name to go to their profile in Flowforth.
* You can now set lists to "hidden." This will restrict non-owners from accessing these lists *and* it will hide the lists from owners when using the list selector on the "to" field. This should help cleanup how much information you're seeing throughout the app.
* When a payment fails, we now notify all organization owners rather than just the email you used with Stripe. This is helpful if you use a general email for receipts but want to be notified if your card fails.
## Asset Browser Improvements (and More)
* On the assets page, you can click an asset to preview it in a larger popup. On the asset browser in the email editor, you can click the "eye" button shown on hover to preview an asset in a larger view.
### Improvements
* We added a tooltip to help better explain what "card style" means on an email.
* We've improved the search for Registrations when importing from Planning Center.
## Custom Text Sizes and More
* You can now set custom text sizes for text in a text block, text in a button, and text in your email footer.
* If you're viewing a List at [flowforth.co/people/lists](https://flowforth.co/people/lists), you can now easily click a button to view that list in Planning Center.
* We added a link on the branding page to edit your default email footer. This helps you see all your branding options in one place.
* We've added some more options to the three dot menus on the emails table so that you can do more without having to go to the email's page. This includes things like canceling a scheduled email, deleting a failed email, and copying the share link for sent email.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where you couldn't click the checkmark on the Import from Planning Center popup.
* We fixed a bug where new email templates wouldn't show on the email templates table after hitting "save and exit." Before, you had to refresh to see the new template.
## Reply-To Address on Test Emails
* We now set the reply-to address on test emails to the person who sent the test. Before, replies would either go to the Flowforth team or to your organization's default email address. This should make collaborating on emails a bit easier.
## Drag and Drop Uploads
* We've added drag and drop uploads to the asset browser. Before, you had to click a separate upload button. Now, you can drag files straight into the asset browser or assets page.
## Send Limit Info and Mobile Error Display
* We now let you know when you plan resets on the send usage warning emails.
* We made email errors easier for you to read on mobile.
## Email Recipients Table Improvements
* You can now see if someone clicked on a link in the email from the recipients table.
* You can export your email recipients table to a CSV.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug on the "unsubscribed" filter on the email recipients table where it wasn't loading any results.
## More Linking and Alignment Options
* You now have more linking options throughout your email. You can link to a traditional web link, an email, or a file from text, images, and buttons.
* We've added more alignment options for buttons and images. You can now justify right, left, or center.
## Home Dashboard and Many Small Improvements
* We officially have a global dashboard to give you a better understanding of what's happening in your account. You can see your aggregated metrics, recent emails, your email send limit, and recently unsubscribed contacts. Let us know what other stats you would like to see included.
* You can now export your contacts with this subscription status. We also give you a link on this export to view the person in Planning Center or view them in Flowforth.
### Improvements
* We've improved the accuracy of the subscribers count on the People page.
## Improved Text Color Picker and Email Limit Warnings
* We now send organization owners a email if your send limit is over 75% used. This should help you catch this early rather than finding out from an email failing to send.
### Improvements
* We've improved the color picker in the text block. It should be easier to set a custom color for text.
## Missing Names on Recipients Table Fix
* We fixed a bug where there were many people on the post-send recipients table who had no first name or last name.
## Clearer Send Limit Error Emails
* We've made the error emails for hitting your sending limit more clear so you know what's wrong and have an easy way to upgrade your plan.
## Drag in "Import from Planning Center"
* You can now drag the "Import Content from Planning Center" button into your email where you want the content to be imported. Before, all content was added to the end of the email.
## Planning Center Sync Improvements
* We made some improvements to how we keep your Planning Center and Flowforth data in sync.
## Asset Browser Improvements
* We made the asset browser larger in the email editor, and it now loads more assets on a single page.
* We also made *significant* improvements to how fast your assets load.
## Import from Planning Center Calendar
* In addition to importing from Groups and Registrations, you can also import content from Calendar.
### Improvements
* We also improved the process for connecting to Planning Center. You now have more control over which apps you choose to use with Flowforth.
## Bug Fixes and Improvements
### Improvements
* We improved how headers in a text block render on Gmail to closer match what you're seeing in the editor (and other email clients).
### Fixes
* We fixed an issue where email templates were still tied to a Planning Center List. This meant if someone couldn't see the list, they couldn't see the template, but there was no way to control this. This has been fixed.
* We fixed a bug with importing unsubscribes.
## Sent Status Overwrite Fix
* We fixed a bug where the "sent" status was sometimes overwriting "delivered."
## BETA: RSS Feeds
* Set up an RSS feed for a list category that people can subscribe to and receive in their RSS reader of choice. This can also be used in a website RSS feed embed.
## NEW: HTML and Icons Blocks (and Other Improvements)
* Add social media icons and custom HTML to your emails. There's room for one more block. Any guesses on what's next?
* You can now archive an email after sending to keep your emails table clean.
## Domain Verification, PCO Setup, and Toast Improvements
* We made it easier to retry your domain verification if it fails.
* We improved the process for setting up your Planning Center connection.
* We've updated our 'Toast' component to be cleaner than ever.
## Customize Your Unsubscribe Page
While the hope is that no one ever visits this page, the reality is, people will unsubscribe and update their email preferences. We're happy to announce that you can now update what that experience looks like for your people.
## Use Planning Center Custom Fields as Merge Tags In Your Emails
You can now use your custom fields in Planning Center as merge tags in your emails. We love using this for things like confirming we have the right information for our people or letting people know who their deacon/assigned staff member is, but the possibilities are endless.
Try it now by adding a text block to an email, clicking "Merge Tags" in the sidebar, and clicking "Add Custom Field from PCO."
## See Opens Over Time
* While open rates aren't the best metrics to track, they still give helpful insights into the performance of your email and what time you should be sending. That's why we just rolled out a new chart on the metrics tab of sent emails. You should see this on any email sent from this week forward.
* You can also now click on a link on the sent email page to see who clicked that link.
### Improvements
* We also cleaned up the links section on the sent email page so that your link click stats aren't cluttered with people clicking on the unsubscribe and manage preferences links.
## CSV Unsubscribe Improvements
* We improved how unsubscribes work on CSV emails
## Login, Mobile, and Pinterest Icon
* We added Pintrest as an icon option throughout the app.
### Improvements
* We made some improvements to the login and onboarding flow.
* We made mobile tables a bit easier to use.
## Import Registrations and Groups from Planning Center
Tiered of repeating work and hunting down the right links? You can now import Registrations and Groups straight from Planning Center into your emails. After selecting items, we'll bring in the image, description, and a button linking to the sign up.
## List Block Updates
* The List block should be easier to use with just a keyboard. You can now type directly in it on the email editor, use arrow keys to navigate, and use the return/enter key to make more items.
* We disabled using '---' in a text block to make a
. We recommend using a divider block for horizontal rules as you have much greater control over them.
## Asset Browser and Unsubscribe Page Improvements
### Improvements
* We've made some small improvements to the asset browser. You should see more filter options and significantly better performance.
### Fixes
* We fixed the button text color on the unsubscribe page in dark mode to improve readability.
## Plain Text Merge Tags
* You can now use merge tags in any block by typing them out (i.e., @first-name replaces to the person's first name). Before, the merge tag feature only worked in a text block when you used the @ menu.
### Fixes
* We also fixed a bug where the block order was sometimes incorrect after bulk duplicate blocks in the email editor.
## Person Page and List Table Updates
* You can now click on a person's name at [https://flowforth.co/people](https://flowforth.co/people) to see the emails sent to that email address. You can also set a custom email address for a person that is different from their Planning Center email address. This can be helpful for people who like newsletters to go to a different email address than Planning Center notifications.
* You can now see and filter by a list's category in Planning Center on the table at [https://flowforth.co/people/lists](https://flowforth.co/people/lists).
## Free QR Code Generator and More
* We released a free QR code generator that isn't tied to your account. Try it out at [https://flowforth.co/tools/qr-code-generator](https://flowforth.co/tools/qr-code-generator).
* We added a filter for the from email address on the Emails table.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug with the video block. Before if a thumbnail wasn't a high enough resolution on YouTube, you would get an error on Flowforth. Now, if the high quality thumbnail isn't available, we use the next best option from YouTube.
## Persistent Sort
* When you set a sort direction on a table, that should now persist if you refresh or change pages and come back.
## Church Space is now Flowforth
Today, we have some exciting news to share regarding our company.
Church Space is now Flowforth.
This new identity better aligns with our focus: to serve churches and non-profits who use Planning Center by providing communications and content tools that are a joy to use. We are deeply committed to serving you and your ministries, and this is another step forward as we continue to improve our email capabilities and begin to expand beyond email.
Today, we'll begin migrating our website from churchspace.co to our new domain, flowforth.co. If you run into any issues during this transition or have any questions, reach out at [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and I'll be happy to help 1-on-1.
## New Email Dialog Improvements
* We made some small changes to the new email dialog when you start a new email.
## CSV Unsubscribe Reason Tracking
* If you import a person as unsubscribed, we now mark their unsubscribe reason as "Unsubscribe imported from CSV".
## Persistent Block Styles Panel
* When you open the block styles and then click another block, the block styles options will stay open for you so you don't have to click them again.
## Confirm Bulk Changes to Lists
* When bulk-changing list permissions, we now have you confirm this change. This should prevent accidental changes.
## Background Images on Blocks
Since we launched in May, we've put out many new features: custom block styles, recurring automation emails, and an improved link page builder, to name a few.
Today, I want to share a new, highly requested feature: Block Background Images.
Background images allow you to send beautiful, engaging emails that stand out in an inbox full of noise.
To add a background image, click on a block in the editor, click "Block Styles" in the sidebar, and then add a background image of your choice. We think this looks best when you turn off 'Card Style' in the email style settings. We can't wait to see the emails you design with this new tool.
## Know Why a Person Didn't Receive an Email
* We improved the recipients table to give you more information on why a person was not sent an email (i.e., they don't have an email address, they share the email address with someone who was sent the email, they have an invalid email address, etc.)
## HTML Email Generation Improvements
* Improved how we generate the code that is sent for HTML emails.
## Recipient Stats and Personalized To Field
* On the post-send page of an email, you can now click a stat to be taken to a filtered view of people with that status on the email recipients table.
* We now personalized the 'to' field for email recipients with their first and last name, rather than just using their email.
## Bulk Block Duplication and Increased Block Limit
* Duplicate multiple blocks at once in the email editor.
* We've increased the limit of blocks in an email from 50 to 100.
## Drag and Drop Preview Improvements
* Better drag previews when moving a block in the email editor.
* Improved the drag and drop experience on the email editor.
## Select and Move Multiple Blocks at Once and More
* In the email editor, you can now hold down shift or command/control to select and move multiple blocks at once.
* NEW: Create automated emails that send at the same time each week.
### Improvements
* We improved the People table to show more information about a person's status.
## Merge Tag and Import Column Fixes
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug that affected merge tags not converting on automation emails.
### Improvements
* We improved our automatic column matching for importing people.
## Custom Text Colors
* Set custom text for any text in a text block rather than being limited to the default and accent text colors.
## Share Link to Email After Sending
* You can now share a web link to an email after sending it.
## Team Invites and Email Validation
* We've made some changes to the invites process that should make it easier to invite your team.
* We now validate email addresses before sending to them. While Planning Center does validate email addresses when you add them, their validation doesn't catch everything. This second check should lead to fewer bounced emails.
## List Members Update
* We no longer get and store the members of your lists in our system. We now get the list members at the time of send. This helps ensure everything is up to date and no data is stale.
## Improved Email Table Sorting
* When sorting by status on the emails table, we now do a sub-sort by sent at, scheduled for, and updated at.
## Merge Tag Fix and Theme Selector Shortcut
* You can now right click on the theme selector in the user menu on the sidebar to select your theme preference directly without having to cycle through.
### Fixes
* Fixed a bug where merge tags sometimes would not convert.
## BETA: Send an Email to a CSV
* Sometimes you need to send a bulk email to people who aren't in your Planning Center account. Now, you can upload a CSV of email recipients and send a beautifully designed email their way without adding them to Planning Center.
### Improvements
* We also made some improvements to the block styling so you have more control over your designs.
## Send Us Your Feedback
* At the bottom of the sidebar, you can now quickly send us your feedback to let us know any issues you run into, feature ideas you have, or things you'd like to see improved.
## Delete Failed Emails and More
* You can now delete an email that failed to send.
### Improvements
* We improved our invites flow to make it easier to onboard new team members.
## Purple to Blue
* We've changed our brand color from purple to blue.
## Paragraph Spacing and Line Height on Text Blocks
* You can now set line height, paragraph spacing, and list item spacing on a text block.
## Subscription Plan and List Spacing Fixes
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug where there was sometimes a delay between subscribing to a paid plan and your email send limit updating.
### Improvements
* We narrowed the amount of space between list block items to better reflect what you see in the email editor.
## Set a Custom Refresh Schedule for Lists
* Ever wish you could refresh a Planning Center list right after church instead of 2am? You can now set custom list refresh schedule from the People > Lists page. This is great for building automations that run right after church rather than the day after.
## Planning Center Sync Fixes
* We've fixed a few bugs and improved the quality of our sync with Planning Center.
## Link Page Improvements
* Use a custom Flowforth subdomain for your link page.
* Other small improvements to link pages.
### Fixes
* We also fixed a few bugs throughout the app.
## Change Your Organization Logo
* Upload your church's logo to be used throughout your Flowforth account.
* Upload and change your profile picture for your own account. Previously we used your Planning Center profile picture.
## New Merge Tags and People Import Improved
* We've added merge tags for the current month and current date (at time of send) that you can use in a text block in an email.
* When you import subscribed people from a previous platform, you'll be take to a import preview where you'll see who will be created in Planning Center, who is already in Planning Center with a matching email, who is already in Planning Center with a matching name, and who has a matching name and email that will be updated and tagged.
## Email Templates and Recipients Tables
* You can now duplicate email templates.
* You can create a new email from a template directly from the email template table.
* Sort and filters added to the email recipients table after you send an email.
* We've restricted some link page slugs from being used.
## App-Wide Link Improvements and More
* When previewing an email, there is now a table to let you see what links are in an email.
* You can now see the stats of how many times your links have been clicked on your link pages.
* You can now set the permissions you would like a user to have when you invite them.
### Improvements
* QR Code scan statistics should load significantly faster.
* We made some changes to our tables throughout the app to improve performance and to allow you to sort and filter on more attributes.
## Clean Up Text with AI
* While we don't believe you should use AI to write what you're asking your congregation to read, it can be helpful for cleaning up some copy you've already written. To make this easier, you can now ask AI to help cleanup text in a text block.
## Cleaned Up Copy, Unsubscribe Page Changes, and More
* Some places previously said "duplicate email" where others said "replicate email." We have cleaned this up to only refer to this action as "replicate."
* If someone clicks "unsubscribe" on an email, we now show the email category preferences under the confirm unsubscribe button. This lets people see if that they have options to manage preferences preventing accidental full unsubscribes.
* You can no longer sign up for a Flowforth account with a temporary email address. This helps to prevent abuse of our system.
## Planning Center Lists Syncing Improved
* We now periodically check if there are any Planning Center lists missing in your Flowforth account. This typically happens when a list is shared with the account who connected Flowforth to Planning Center but no changes were made to the list since then.
* We also added a notice to let you know if a list you're sending an email to is still syncing into our system.
## More Granular Permission Controls
* You can now choose if a member has access to emails, people, QR codes, and link pages.
## Disappearing Blocks Fix
* Fixed a bug where newly added blocks would sometimes disappear.
## Corner Radius Fix
* Fixed a bug where you couldn't set the corner radius to 0.
## Custom Footer Address
* You can now change the address in the footer of an email to be different than your main account address.
## Text Pasting Fix
* We fixed a bug related to pasting in text. It should now render consistently.
## Major Email Editor Improvements
* Each block can have it's own styles separate from the main email style. This allows you to give the block it's own background color and adjust the padding and margin. This means you can now have images go edge-to-edge on a card style email.
* In addition to buttons, you can now type on every block directly in the editor.
* Videos now show a play button on them to help people know that they're a video.
### Improvements
* We deprecated block spacing as you can now control this via the block padding.
## Small Improvements and URL Changes
* In a text block, you can type @view-in-browser to insert the view in browser link. This link is unique per recipient which ensure merge tags (like first name, last name, and email) still work.
### Improvements
* We moved the email manager (where people can unsubscribe and update their preferences) to a new domain ([https://churchspace.email](https://churchspace.email))
* We changed the link for proxied content ([https://churchusercontent.com](https://churchusercontent.com)).
* We made it easier to retry a failed domain verification.
* Sent images are now cached and should load faster for most users in their emails.
### Fixes
* We fixed some bugs in the text block. You should have a better experience pasting text and your text alignment will persist when you change text size.
## View Emails in Browser
* You can now view emails in the browser. This option is on the bottom of every email.
## Small Changes and Bug Fixes
* Type in buttons within the editor to change their text. Previously you could only change the text using the sidebar.
* Dividers can now have a height of 0. This lets you use the divider block as a spacer.
### Improvements
* We now proxy images in emails which helps prevent them from not loading for people who use Apple's Mail Privacy Protection.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug that was occasionally causing text emails to take 30+ minutes to send.
## Test Emails Persist
* Test emails should now persist in the input. This saves you from having to type in your email address(es) in every time you want to send a test.
## Lists Are Under People (and Bug Fixes)
* Lists and lists permissions are now under the People tab on the sidebar
* You can manually refresh your lists using the Actions button on the Lists page. This is helpful is a list is shared with the account that did the sync with Flowforth and Planning Center and it's not showing up right away in Flowforth. We have a better fix for this in progress.
### Improvements
* We removed the domain step from getting started, allowing new accounts to get in the app faster.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug that was causing imports to fail if a column has an apostrophe in its name.
## Rich Text in Email Footer Description
* We've added rich text editing to the email footer so you can add formatting and line breaks to your footer description.
## AI Subject Lines
* While we continue to work on our AI email builder, we're putting out a taste with our subject line generator. Give it a go and let us know what you think!
## Improved Permissions
* You can now restrict who can access certain lists, their list members, and the emails sent to those lists. This should help secure any confidential lists and emails.
* You can change the default sync permission in settings if you would prefer to have all lists be visible to owners only by default.
## Import Improvements and Bug Fixes
* We've added the option to input the name of a former audience when importing contacts. This will show up in Planning Center under the Flowforth custom tab.
### Improvements
* We added a nicer loading state for the email editor and the email preview.
### Fixes
* We fixed a bug that was making all new email templates use Courier New as the font family.
* We fix the focus ring being clipped on the editor's sidebar inputs.
* We fixed a bug on the categories table where if you added a new category and then went to edit a category, the wrong category editor would potentially open up.
* We fixed a bug that wasn't allowing email previews to load and test emails to send in Webkit based browsers (Safari, any mobile browser on iOS, etc.).
* We fixed a bug where the color scheme previews were not showing on the new email modal on Safari.
## Email Editor Sidebar Improvements
We've made a few small changes across the app.
### Improvements
1. We have cleaned up the email editor sidebar to make it easier to view your content. All inputs should noe be wider and easier to read. We brought this change to the link page editor too.
2. We improved how much control you have over buttons. We still have a long way to go to give you a more powerful email editor without introducing complexity.
### Fixes
3. We fixed a bug in our email subject tips where numbers were counting as emojis.
## Planning Center is No Longer Required for Onboarding
You now no longer have to connect to your Planning Center account to explore Flowforth's email builder, to use QR codes, or to use link pages.
## Add an Automation Offset for Auto-Refreshed Lists
Planning Center Lists refresh at 2am in the timezone set in your [PCO account localization settings](https://accounts.planningcenteronline.com/organization/localization), but we don't want to email our people at 2am. So, we added an offset option to our automations to make sure the flow starts at a good time.
# Flowforth is Officially Publicly Available
This is the beginning of our journey to free your ministry from app overload, and it starts with three things:
* Email Marketing and Automations
* QR Code Management
* Link Pages
We have so much more planned that we're excited to get out into the world. If
you have any questions, feel free to reach out to us at [hello@flowforth.co](mailto:hello@flowforth.co).
We'd love to chat!
# Home Dashboard
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/dashboard/overview
Get a quick overview of your email performance and recent activity.
The dashboard is the first thing you see when you log into Flowforth. It gives you a snapshot of how your emails are performing, what's been happening recently, and quick shortcuts to get started on your next email.
***
## Metrics Overview
At the top of the dashboard, you'll see four key metrics for your organization:
* **Emails Sent**: The total number of recipients you sent to during the selected time period.
* **Open Rate**: The percentage of the emails you **sent** that were opened. The tile's subtitle shows the number of **opens**.
* **Click Rate**: The percentage of the people you **sent** to who clicked **at least one link** in your emails. It counts people, not clicks — the tile's subtitle shows how many distinct **clickers** that was. See [Email Metrics](/emails/email-metrics#clicked).
* **Unsubscribe Rate**: The percentage of the people you **sent** to who unsubscribed, with the number of **unsubscribes** underneath.
Click a metric card to **highlight that series** in the chart below — the other series dim so you can follow one line at a time. Click the same card again to clear the highlight and show everything at full strength.
### Filtering by Time Period
You can adjust the time period for your metrics using the filter at the top of the dashboard. Choose from:
* **24 hours**
* **7 days**
* **30 days**
* **Year**
* **All time**
This lets you zoom in on recent performance or look at longer-term trends.
***
## Performance over time
The **Performance over time** chart gives you a visual breakdown of your email activity over the selected time period. It tracks:
* **Emails Sent**
* **Opens**
* **Clicks**
* **Unsubscribes**
Opens and clicks are counted on the **day they happened**, not the day the email went out. That means a day can show engagement even if you didn't send anything — someone opening last week's email lands on today. This applies to emails sent since **June 5, 2026**; anything older is still counted on its send day.
If nothing happened in the period you picked, the chart is replaced with **"No email activity in this period"** and a note that sends, opens, clicks and unsubscribes will appear as your emails go out and recipients engage with them.
This makes it easy to spot trends and see how your engagement is changing over time.
***
## Unsubscribes Tab
The dashboard has two tabs: **Overview** — everything above — and **Unsubscribes**, the full reporting on people who opted out. It reads the same time period filter at the top of the page.
Three tiles lead the tab:
* **Unsubscribes**: how many people unsubscribed in the period.
* **Responses**: how many of them told you why, with the share that left a reason underneath.
* **Top reason**: the reason people picked most, with its share of the responses.
Below them:
* **Unsubscribes over time**: a chart of people who unsubscribed from all emails, counted on the day they unsubscribed. Category unsubscribes aren't included.
* **Reasons**: what people picked when they unsubscribed, with each reason's share of the responses. **Other** — the free-text choice — is always listed last. **Manage reasons**, in the card's header, opens the settings where you edit the list.
* **Responses**: every reason and comment left on your unsubscribe page, newest first, with the **Date**, **Person**, **Reason**, and **Comment** for each one. **Person** links to that person's page in Flowforth, with a link to their Planning Center profile when we know it. Search by email address, click a row to read the whole response, and keep scrolling to load more.
You choose the reasons people can pick from on the [Unsubscribe Page](/organization/unsubscribe-page) settings. Until you've set some up, the tab says so above the tiles and offers a **Set up reasons** button — with nothing on offer there's nothing for anyone to pick, so the numbers below it would read as zero either way.
### Exporting
**Export**, beside the Responses search, downloads either file for the period you're looking at:
* **Export responses (CSV)** — one row per response, with **Date**, **First name**, **Last name**, **Email address**, **Planning Center ID**, **Planning Center profile**, **Flowforth profile**, **Reason**, **Comment**, and **Email subject**. Whatever you've typed into the search applies to the file too. One export holds up to **10,000 responses**, newest first, and Flowforth tells you when there were more.
* **Export reason totals (CSV)** — one row per reason with its count. The totals are worked out from the most recent **5,000** responses in the period; narrow the time period for exact numbers on a busier window.
The Unsubscribes tab needs people access, since each response is tied to the person who left it. The **Unsubscribe Rate** card on **Overview** carries a link into the tab — its count of unsubscribes — for anyone who has it.
***
## Recent Emails
The dashboard displays your most recent emails, including drafts, scheduled emails, and sent emails. This makes it easy to pick up where you left off or check the status of a recent send.
You can also start a new email or a new email template directly from the dashboard using the quick create options.
***
## Email Usage Tracker
The dashboard shows how many email sends you've used in your current billing cycle and how many you have remaining. This helps you plan your sending and avoid running out of sends before your cycle resets.
***
## Recent Email Activity
This card shows your most recent unsubscribe and bounce events. Each entry includes:
* The **person's name and email**
* The **event type** (bounce, unsubscribe, or category unsubscribe)
* The **email or automation** that triggered it
* The **category name** if it was a category unsubscribe
You can click **Details** on bounce events to see more information about why the bounce occurred.
Click the link at the bottom of the card to view the full [People Feed](/people/feed) with filtering and infinite scrolling.
This card needs people access. Members without it don't see it on the dashboard, the same way they can't open the [People Feed](/people/feed) itself.
***
## Search Everything with the Command Palette
Press **⌘K** (Mac) or **Ctrl+K** (Windows) from any main page of Flowforth to open the search palette — or click the **search button at the top of the sidebar**. It's the fastest way to find something or jump to a page without clicking through menus.
Start typing and the palette searches across your **emails**, **templates**, **folders**, **categories**, **link pages**, **QR codes**, **people**, **Planning Center lists**, **automations**, and **teams** all at once, ranked by relevance. Use the **section filters** at the top (All, Emails, Templates, People, Links, Automations) to narrow results to just one area.
The palette also doubles as a launcher:
* **Jump to any page** — type a page name (like "Categories" or "Domains") to go straight there.
* **Quick create** — kick off a **new email**, **new template**, or **new QR code** right from the results.
* **Toggle theme** — switch between light and dark mode without leaving the palette.
* **Log out** — sign out of Flowforth right from the results.
Results and actions are **scoped to your access** — you'll only ever see the areas and items your role and permissions let you into.
⌘K used to open **Help & Support** — it now opens search. You can still open the Help & Support sheet from the sidebar any time.
***
## Hiding Emails from Global Metrics
If you send a one-off email that you don't want to affect your overall stats, you can hide it from your global metrics. See [Archiving Emails vs. Hiding from Global Metrics](/emails/archiving-and-global-metrics) for step-by-step instructions and how this differs from archiving.
***
Need help with your dashboard? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in Bluehost
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/bluehost
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in Bluehost so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in Bluehost to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
***
## Open DNS Management in Bluehost
1. Log in to the [Bluehost Portal](https://www.bluehost.com/my-account/login)
2. In the left-hand menu, click **Domains**
3. If you have multiple domains, click the domain you wish to manage
4. Click the **DNS** tab
5. You'll be taken to the **Manage Advanced DNS Records** section
For more details, see [Bluehost's guide to the DNS tab](https://www.bluehost.com/help/article/dm-guide-to-the-dns-tab-in-the-account-manager).
***
## Add the MX Record
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `MX`
3. In the **Refers to** field, enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`)
4. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Points to** field
5. Set the **Priority** to `10`
6. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
7. Click **Add**
Bluehost automatically appends your domain to the Refers to field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Bluehost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `MX` |
| Refers to | Name | `send` |
| Points to | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. In the **Refers to** field, enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`)
4. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Points to** field
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Add**
Bluehost automatically appends your domain to the Refers to field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Bluehost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Refers to | Name | `send` |
| Points to | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. In the **Refers to** field, enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`)
4. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Points to** field
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Add**
Bluehost automatically appends your domain to the Refers to field. Enter only `resend._domainkey` instead of `resend._domainkey.example.com`.
| Bluehost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Refers to | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Points to | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the Refers to value `_dmarc` in your Bluehost DNS settings.
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. In the **Refers to** field, enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`)
4. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Points to** field
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Add**
| Bluehost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Refers to | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Points to | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `CNAME`
3. In the **Refers to** field, enter `links`
4. In the **Points to** field, enter `links1.resend-dns.com`
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Add**
| Bluehost | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Refers to | Name | `links` |
| Points to | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `CAA`
3. In the **Refers to** field, enter your domain (e.g., `@`)
4. Set the **Flag** to `0`
5. Set the **Tag** to `issue`
6. In the **Points to** field, enter `amazon.com`
7. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
8. Click **Add**
| Bluehost | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA` |
| Refers to | Name | Your domain |
| Flag | — | `0` |
| Tag | — | `issue` |
| Points to | Value | `amazon.com` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
Some providers format CAA records differently. The full value should be `0 issue "amazon.com"`. Bluehost may split this into separate Flag, Tag, and Value fields.
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in Bluehost, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in Bluehost for copy/paste errors. Make sure you're using only the subdomain portion in the Refers to field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in Cloudflare
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/cloudflare
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in Cloudflare so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in Cloudflare to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
Two Cloudflare-specific mistakes cause most failed verifications. If you're only adding the tracking records, read these first:
* **Proxying.** Cloudflare turns the orange cloud on by default for new `CNAME` records. The tracking record has to be set to **DNS only**. See [CNAME Record (Tracking)](#cname-record-tracking).
* **CAA records.** Cloudflare's `CAA` editor has separate fields for Flags, Tag, and CA domain name — only the hostname goes in the value field. See [CAA Record (Tracking)](#caa-record-tracking).
***
## Open DNS Settings in Cloudflare
1. Log in to your [Cloudflare account](https://cloudflare.com)
2. Select your domain
3. Go to **DNS → Records**
***
## Add the MX Record
Click **Add record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `MX`
2. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Name** field
3. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Mail Server** field
4. Set the **Priority** to `10`
5. Use the default `Auto` for **TTL**
6. Click **Save**
Cloudflare automatically appends your domain to the Name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Cloudflare | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `MX` |
| Name | Name | `send` |
| Mail Server | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | `Auto` |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
Click **Add record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
2. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Name** field
3. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Content** field
4. Use the default `Auto` for **TTL**
5. Click **Save**
Cloudflare automatically appends your domain to the Name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Cloudflare | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `send` |
| Content | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | `Auto` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
Click **Add record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
2. Enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`) in the **Name** field
3. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Content** field
4. Use the default `Auto` for **TTL**
5. Click **Save**
Cloudflare automatically appends your domain to the Name field. Enter only `resend._domainkey` instead of `resend._domainkey.example.com`.
| Cloudflare | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Content | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | `Auto` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the name `_dmarc` in your Cloudflare DNS records.
Click **Add record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
2. Enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`) in the **Name** field
3. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Content** field
4. Use the default `Auto` for **TTL**
5. Click **Save**
| Cloudflare | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Content | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | `Auto` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
Click **Add record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `CNAME`
2. Enter `links` in the **Name** field
3. Enter `links1.resend-dns.com` in the **Target** field
4. Click the **Proxy status** toggle so it reads **DNS only** and the cloud icon turns grey
5. Use the default `Auto` for **TTL**
6. Click **Save**
**Cloudflare proxies new CNAME records by default.** The orange cloud switches itself on as soon as you fill in the target, so you have to turn it off before saving.
A proxied tracking record can never verify. Cloudflare stops publishing the CNAME and answers with its own IP addresses instead, so neither Flowforth nor the certificate authority can see where the record actually points.
| Cloudflare | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Name | Name | `links` |
| Target | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| Proxy | — | DNS only (grey cloud) |
| TTL | — | `Auto` |
Already saved it with the orange cloud on? Go to **DNS → Records**, click **Edit** on the `links` record, click the cloud icon so it turns grey (**DNS only**), and click **Save**. No other change is needed.
To confirm the record is published correctly, look it up:
```bash theme={null}
dig links.example.com CNAME +short
```
The answer should be `links1.resend-dns.com`. If it comes back empty, or a plain `dig links.example.com +short` returns IP addresses such as `104.21.x.x` or `172.67.x.x`, the record is still proxied.
### CAA Record (Tracking)
A CAA record lists the certificate authorities allowed to issue certificates for your domain. The certificate for your tracking subdomain is issued by Amazon, so Amazon has to be on that list.
**First, check whether your domain already has CAA records.** In **DNS → Records**, filter by type `CAA`, or run:
```bash theme={null}
dig example.com CAA +short
```
* **No CAA records (most domains).** Skip this record entirely. With no CAA records published, any certificate authority may issue, and Amazon is already allowed. Adding one now would only create a way for future certificates — including your website's — to be blocked.
* **You do have CAA records.** Amazon is currently locked out, and the tracking certificate can't be issued until you allow it. Add the record below.
Add `amazon.com` as a **new, additional** CAA record. Don't edit or delete the entries that are already there — removing one can break certificate renewal for your website and other services on the domain.
Click **Add record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `CAA`
2. Enter `@` in the **Name** field (this covers your root domain and its subdomains)
3. Leave **Flags** set to `0`
4. Set the **Tag** to `Only allow specific hostnames`
5. Enter `amazon.com` — and nothing else — in the **CA domain name** field
6. Use the default `Auto` for **TTL**
7. Click **Save**
**Only the hostname goes in the CA domain name field.** Cloudflare assembles the finished record from its three separate fields, so pasting a complete record such as `0 issue "amazon.com"` into that one box publishes this instead:
```
0 issue "0 issue \"amazon.com\""
```
That names a certificate authority which doesn't exist. Amazon stays blocked, the certificate still can't be issued, and the record looks fine at a glance in the Cloudflare dashboard.
| Cloudflare | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA` |
| Name | Name | `@` |
| Flags | — | `0` |
| Tag | — | `Only allow specific hostnames` |
| CA domain name | Value | `amazon.com` |
| TTL | — | `Auto` |
Check the published record with `dig example.com CAA +short`. Every line should look like `0 issue "amazon.com"` — a single hostname in quotes, with no nested quotes and no repeated `issue`. One of the lines must be `amazon.com`.
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in Cloudflare, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in Cloudflare for copy/paste errors. Make sure you're using only the subdomain portion in the Name field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **DKIM and SPF verify, but the tracking records don't**: This is almost always one of two things — the `links` record is proxied, or a CAA record is blocking Amazon. Confirm `dig links.example.com CNAME +short` returns `links1.resend-dns.com` (not empty, and not a Cloudflare IP), and that `dig example.com CAA +short` either returns nothing at all or includes a well-formed `0 issue "amazon.com"` line.
* **A CAA record that looks wrong**: If `dig example.com CAA +short` shows a value with quotes inside quotes, such as `0 issue "0 issue \"amazon.com\""`, the full record string was pasted into Cloudflare's CA domain name field. Edit that record and set the value to just `amazon.com`.
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Setting Up Your Content Domain
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/content-domain
Set up a content subdomain so you can share public pages, link pages, and RSS feeds.
Your **content domain** is the web address used for all of your public-facing content in Flowforth — including [public category pages](/emails/public-category-pages), link pages, and RSS feeds.
Every organization gets a free **Flowforth subdomain** in the format:
```
yourchurch.flowforth.co
```
Only **organization owners** can manage content domains.
***
## Setting Up Your Subdomain
1. Go to **Settings → Domains**
or visit [https://flowforth.co/settings/domains](https://flowforth.co/settings/domains)
2. Under **Content Domains**, find the **Subdomain** section.
3. Click **Set Subdomain** (or **Edit** if one is already set).
4. Enter your desired subdomain (e.g., `grace-church`).
5. Click **Save**.
Your subdomain will be available immediately at `yoursubdomain.flowforth.co`.
***
## Subdomain Rules
Your subdomain must follow these rules:
* **3 to 63 characters** long
* Only **lowercase letters**, **numbers**, and **hyphens**
* Cannot **start or end** with a hyphen
* Cannot contain **consecutive hyphens** (`--`)
* Must be **unique** — no two organizations can have the same subdomain
Flowforth checks availability in real time as you type, so you'll know right away if your desired subdomain is taken.
***
## Changing Your Subdomain
You can change your subdomain at any time:
1. Go to **Settings → Domains**.
2. Click **Edit** next to your current subdomain.
3. Enter the new subdomain and click **Save**.
Changing your subdomain will break any existing links that use the old subdomain. Make sure to update any links you've shared on your website, social media, or other places.
***
## What Your Subdomain Is Used For
Once set, your subdomain powers all of your public content:
| Feature | URL Format |
| - | - |
| Public category page | `yoursubdomain.flowforth.co/emails/category-slug` |
| Latest email in a category | `yoursubdomain.flowforth.co/emails/category-slug/latest` |
| Individual email | `yoursubdomain.flowforth.co/emails/category-slug/email-id` |
| RSS feed | `yoursubdomain.flowforth.co/rss/category-id.xml` |
| Link pages | `yoursubdomain.flowforth.co/your-link-page` |
To learn how to set up public category pages, see [Public Category Pages](/emails/public-category-pages).
***
If you need help setting up your content domain, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in DreamHost
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/dreamhost
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in DreamHost so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in DreamHost to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your
domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record
values shown on the domain settings page.
***
## Add the MX Record
Adding an MX record in DreamHost requires first creating the sending subdomain (e.g., `send.example.com`) as a DNS-only domain, then configuring the MX record on that subdomain.
### Step 1: Create the Sending Subdomain
1. Log in to the [DreamHost Panel](https://panel.dreamhost.com/index.cgi?tree=domain.dashboard#!)
2. In the top right, click the **Add Website** button
3. Select **Create a Subdomain (blog.example.com)**
4. Enter the subdomain from Flowforth (e.g., `send.example.com`)
5. Choose **DNS Only** as the hosting option
6. Save your changes
For more details, see [DreamHost's guide to adding a website](https://help.dreamhost.com/hc/en-us/articles/360049378932-Adding-a-website-and-hosting).
### Step 2: Add the MX Record
1. Navigate to [**Mail** → **Custom MX**](https://panel.dreamhost.com/index.cgi?tree=mail.mx) in the DreamHost Panel
2. Select the subdomain you just created (e.g., `send.example.com`)
3. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **MX Record** field
4. Set the **Priority** to `10`
5. Click **Update your custom MX records now!** to save your changes
For more details, see [DreamHost's guide to configuring custom MX records](https://help.dreamhost.com/hc/en-us/articles/215035328-Configuring-custom-MX-records).
| DreamHost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Domain | Name | `send.example.com` |
| MX Record | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
1. Navigate to [**Websites** → **Manage Websites**](https://panel.dreamhost.com/index.cgi?tree=domain.dashboard#!) in the DreamHost Panel
2. Click the **DNS** tab for your main, pre-existing domain
3. Click **Add Record**
4. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
5. In the **Name** field, enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`)
6. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
7. Click **Add Record**
For more details, see [DreamHost's guide to adding custom DNS records](https://help.dreamhost.com/hc/en-us/articles/360035516812-Adding-custom-DNS-records).
| DreamHost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `send` |
| Value | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
1. Navigate to [**Websites** → **Manage Websites**](https://panel.dreamhost.com/index.cgi?tree=domain.dashboard#!) in the DreamHost Panel
2. Click the **DNS** tab for your domain
3. Click **Add Record**
4. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
5. In the **Name** field, enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`)
6. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
7. Click **Add Record**
| DreamHost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Value | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one.
You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the name `_dmarc`
in your DreamHost DNS settings.
1. Navigate to [**Websites** → **Manage Websites**](https://panel.dreamhost.com/index.cgi?tree=domain.dashboard#!) in the DreamHost Panel
2. Click the **DNS** tab for your domain
3. Click **Add Record**
4. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
5. In the **Name** field, enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`)
6. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
7. Click **Add Record**
| DreamHost | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Value | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
1. Navigate to [**Websites** → **Manage Websites**](https://panel.dreamhost.com/index.cgi?tree=domain.dashboard#!) in the DreamHost Panel
2. Click the **DNS** tab for your domain
3. Click **Add Record**
4. Set the **Type** to `CNAME`
5. In the **Name** field, enter `links`
6. In the **Value** field, enter `links1.resend-dns.com`
7. Click **Add Record**
| DreamHost | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Name | Name | `links` |
| Value | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
1. Navigate to [**Websites** → **Manage Websites**](https://panel.dreamhost.com/index.cgi?tree=domain.dashboard#!) in the DreamHost Panel
2. Click the **DNS** tab for your domain
3. Click **Add Record**
4. Set the **Type** to `CAA`
5. In the **Name** field, enter your domain (e.g., `example.com`)
6. In the **Value** field, enter `0 issue "amazon.com"`
7. Click **Add Record**
| DreamHost | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA` |
| Name | Name | Your domain |
| Value | Value | `0 issue "amazon.com"` |
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in DreamHost, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to
propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again
later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in DreamHost for copy/paste errors.
* **MX record not working**: Make sure you created the sending subdomain (e.g., `send.example.com`) as a **DNS Only** domain before adding the MX record.
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in GoDaddy
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/godaddy
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in GoDaddy so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in GoDaddy to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
***
## Open DNS Management in GoDaddy
1. Log in to your [GoDaddy account](https://sso.godaddy.com)
2. Select **DNS** from the left navigation
3. Find your domain in the list and select it
4. This will take you to the DNS management page for the domain
***
## Add the MX Record
1. Click **Add New Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `MX`
3. In the **Name** field, enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`)
4. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
5. Set the **Priority** to `10`
6. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
7. Click **Save**
GoDaddy automatically appends your domain to the Name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| GoDaddy | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `MX` |
| Name | Name | `send` |
| Value | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
1. Click **Add New Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. In the **Name** field, enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`)
4. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Save**
GoDaddy automatically appends your domain to the Name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| GoDaddy | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `send` |
| Value | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
1. Click **Add New Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. In the **Name** field, enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`)
4. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Save**
GoDaddy automatically appends your domain to the Name field. Enter only `resend._domainkey` instead of `resend._domainkey.example.com`.
| GoDaddy | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Value | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the name `_dmarc` in your GoDaddy DNS settings.
1. Click **Add New Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. In the **Name** field, enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`)
4. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Save**
| GoDaddy | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Name | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Value | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
1. Click **Add New Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `CNAME`
3. In the **Name** field, enter `links`
4. In the **Value** field, enter `links1.resend-dns.com`
5. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
6. Click **Save**
| GoDaddy | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Name | Name | `links` |
| Value | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
1. Click **Add New Record**
2. Set the **Type** to `CAA`
3. In the **Name** field, enter your domain (e.g., `example.com` or `@`)
4. Set the **Tag** to `issue`
5. In the **Value** field, enter `amazon.com`
6. Set the **TTL** to `600` (or use the default)
7. Click **Save**
| GoDaddy | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA` |
| Name | Name | Your domain |
| Tag | — | `issue` |
| Value | Value | `amazon.com` |
| TTL | — | `600` |
Some providers format CAA records differently. The full value should be `0 issue "amazon.com"`. GoDaddy may split this into separate Tag and Value fields.
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in GoDaddy, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in GoDaddy for copy/paste errors. Make sure you're using only the subdomain portion in the Name field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# DNS Setup Guides
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/guides
Step-by-step DNS setup guides for popular domain providers to help you verify your domain with Flowforth.
Choose your domain provider below for a step-by-step guide on adding the required DNS records to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before following any of these guides, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
Set up DNS records in Bluehost.
Set up DNS records in Cloudflare.
Set up DNS records in DreamHost.
Set up DNS records in GoDaddy.
Set up DNS records in IONOS.
Set up DNS records in Namecheap.
Set up DNS records in Network Solutions.
Set up DNS records in Oncord.
Set up DNS records in Squarespace.
Set up DNS records in Wix.
***
## Don't see your provider?
The DNS setup process is similar across most providers. Refer to the [Managing Domains](/domains/manage-domains) guide for general instructions on which records to add, then follow your provider's documentation for how to access and edit DNS settings.
If you need help, [contact support](https://flowforth.co/contact).
# Adding DNS Records in IONOS
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/ionos
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in IONOS so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in IONOS to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
***
## Open DNS Settings in IONOS
1. Log in to your [IONOS account](https://my.ionos.com/domains)
2. Choose your domain from the **Domain** list
3. Select the **DNS** tab to manage DNS records
***
## Add the MX Record
Click **Add record**:
1. Select `MX` as the record type
2. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Name** field
3. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Points to** field
4. Set the **Priority** to `10`
5. Use the default TTL of `1 hour`
6. Click **Save**
IONOS automatically appends your domain to the Name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| IONOS | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `MX` |
| Name | Name | `send` |
| Points to | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | `1 hour` |
If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
Click **Add record**:
1. Select `TXT` as the record type
2. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host name** field
3. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **TXT value** field
4. Use the default TTL of `1 hour`
5. Click **Save**
IONOS automatically appends your domain to the Host name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| IONOS | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host name | Name | `send` |
| TXT value | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | `1 hour` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
Click **Add record**:
1. Select `TXT` as the record type
2. Enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`) in the **Host name** field
3. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **TXT value** field
4. Use the default TTL of `1 hour`
5. Click **Save**
IONOS automatically appends your domain to the Host name field. Enter only `resend._domainkey` instead of `resend._domainkey.example.com`.
| IONOS | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host name | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| TXT value | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | `1 hour` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the name `_dmarc` in your IONOS DNS records.
Click **Add record**:
1. Select `TXT` as the record type
2. Enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`) in the **Host name** field
3. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **TXT value** field
4. Use the default TTL of `1 hour`
5. Click **Save**
| IONOS | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host name | Name | `_dmarc` |
| TXT value | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | `1 hour` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
Click **Add record**:
1. Select `CNAME` as the record type
2. Enter `links` in the **Host name** field
3. Enter `links1.resend-dns.com` in the **Points to** field
4. Use the default TTL of `1 hour`
5. Click **Save**
| IONOS | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Host name | Name | `links` |
| Points to | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| TTL | — | `1 hour` |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
Click **Add record**:
1. Select `CAA` as the record type
2. Enter your domain in the **Host name** field
3. Set the **Tag** to `issue`
4. Enter `amazon.com` in the **Value** field
5. Use the default TTL of `1 hour`
6. Click **Save**
| IONOS | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA` |
| Host name | Name | Your domain |
| Tag | — | `issue` |
| Value | Value | `amazon.com` |
| TTL | — | `1 hour` |
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in IONOS, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in IONOS for copy/paste errors. Make sure you're using only the subdomain portion in the Name/Host name field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding and Managing Your Domains
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/manage-domains
Learn how to add your custom domain to Flowforth so you can send authenticated emails from your domain.
To send emails from your own domain (e.g., `yourchurch.com`), you need to add and verify it in Flowforth. This ensures your emails are properly authenticated and more likely to land in inboxes.
Only **organization owners** can manage domains.
***
## How to Add a Domain
1. Go to **Settings → Domains**
or visit [https://flowforth.co/settings/domains](https://flowforth.co/settings/domains)
2. In the **Add New Domain** input, type the domain you want to send from.
* Do **not** include paths or subfolders (e.g., `example.com/example` is not allowed).
* You **can** use subdomains (e.g., `email.example.com`).
3. Click **Add Domain**
Each organization can add **up to 5 domains**.
***
## Required DNS Records
After adding your domain, you'll be given **4 DNS records** to set up at your domain provider:
### 1. MX Record (Required)
Used to verify that your domain is capable of receiving mail and is configured properly.
### 2. SPF Record (TXT – Required)
Authorizes Flowforth to send emails on behalf of your domain.
This helps prevent spoofing.
### 3. DKIM Record (TXT – Required)
Ensures your messages haven't been tampered with.
This cryptographic signature boosts trust with inbox providers.
### 4. DMARC Record (TXT – *Highly Recommended*)
Tells receiving email servers what to do with unauthenticated messages (e.g., reject or quarantine).
While not required, setting up DMARC **strongly improves deliverability** and helps protect your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check your existing DNS records at your domain provider to see if a `TXT` record with the name `_dmarc` already exists.
***
## Email Tracking (Optional)
When adding a domain, you can enable **click tracking** and **open tracking** to monitor email engagement. You can also enable or change these settings later from the domain detail page.
* **Click tracking** lets you see **which links people click**, so you know what your congregation is most interested in. Links are rewritten to pass through your custom tracking domain, but they still take readers straight to the original destination.
* **Open tracking** lets you see **how many people open each email**. It works by inserting a tiny transparent image in each message. Treat open counts as an estimate — some email apps report opens inaccurately.
Depending on a recipient's email app, tracking can occasionally affect deliverability or the accuracy of your stats. You can turn either option off at any time from the domain detail page.
If you enable either tracking option, you'll need to add **2 additional DNS records**:
### 1. CNAME Record (Tracking)
Points your tracking subdomain (`links`) to the tracking service.
| Field | Value |
| - | - |
| Type | `CNAME` |
| Name | `links` |
| Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
### 2. CAA Record (Tracking)
Authorizes Amazon to issue SSL certificates for your tracking subdomain.
| Field | Value |
| - | - |
| Type | `CAA` |
| Name | Your domain |
| Value | `0 issue "amazon.com"` |
These tracking records will appear in your domain's DNS record table in Flowforth once you're using a custom tracking subdomain. You can verify them the same way as your other DNS records.
### Two ways tracking can be turned on
Tracking is configured with our email provider, and there are two ways a domain can end up tracking opens and clicks. The domain detail page tells you which one you're on.
**Custom tracking (recommended).** Tracked links point at your own `links.yourdomain.com` subdomain. This is what the two DNS records above are for, and it's how every domain added in Flowforth today is set up. Recipients see your domain in tracked links, which generally helps deliverability.
**Our provider's default tracking.** Tracking is on, but tracked links point at a shared hostname belonging to our email provider instead of one of your own. **Opens and clicks are still measured correctly** — your email stats are real. Many domains added before custom tracking existed are set up this way.
If your domain is on the provider's default tracking, the domain detail page shows an **Upgrade to custom tracking** button. Choosing it adds the `links` tracking subdomain, and the two DNS records above appear in your record table for you to add and verify. Links in emails you've already sent keep working; new sends use your subdomain once it verifies.
A tracking subdomain can only be changed once every 24 hours. If you've changed it recently, the upgrade shows as **Pending** — your open and click settings are unaffected, and you can try again after that window.
### "We haven't confirmed this domain's tracking settings yet"
Some older domains were verified before Flowforth recorded their tracking setup, so we genuinely don't know how they're configured — and we'd rather say so than show you settings we can't stand behind.
When you see this message, click **Check now**. We'll read the domain's settings back from our email provider and show you exactly how it's set up, along with the usual controls. It only takes a moment, and you only need to do it once per domain.
***
## Verifying Your Records
After adding the records to your domain provider, return to Flowforth and click the **"Records Added"** button.
We'll check for them and verify the setup. We'll do this in the background, so feel free to leave the tab.
DNS updates can take time to propagate. Some providers update quickly, others
may take hours.
***
## How to Delete a Domain
To remove a domain:
1. Go to the **Domains** page.
2. Click on the domain you would like to delete
3. Click the **Delete** button.
4. Confirm the deletion.
***
## DNS Record Setup Guides by Provider
If you're not sure how to add DNS records, here are guides for popular providers:
* [GoDaddy](/domains/godaddy)
* [Cloudflare](/domains/cloudflare)
* [Namecheap](/domains/namecheap)
* [Squarespace](/domains/squarespace)
* [Hostinger](https://support.hostinger.com/en/articles/1583249-how-to-manage-dns-records-at-hostinger)
* [Gandi](https://docs.gandi.net/en/domain_names/common_operations/dns_records.html)
* [IONOS](https://www.ionos.com/help/domains/dns-settings/)
* [Wix](/domains/wix)
***
If you need help setting up your domain or verifying your records, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Avoiding Conflicts with Existing MX Records
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/mx-record-conflicts
Learn how to set up your Flowforth MX record without interfering with your existing email provider like Gmail or Outlook.
When you add a domain to Flowforth, one of the required DNS records is an **MX record**. If your domain already uses an email provider (like Google Workspace or Microsoft 365), you may be wondering whether this will cause a conflict. In most cases, it won't — here's why.
***
## What is an MX Record?
An MX (Mail Exchanger) record tells the internet where to deliver incoming email for a domain. Each MX record has a **priority** value — the lower the number, the higher the priority.
For example, if you use Google Workspace, you likely have an MX record like this:
```
yourdomain.com MX 10 alt3.aspmx.l.google.com.
```
This means email sent to `anyone@yourdomain.com` gets delivered to Google's mail servers.
***
## Will the Flowforth MX Record Conflict?
**No.** The MX record Flowforth asks you to add is on a **subdomain** (e.g., `send.yourdomain.com`), not your root domain. It looks something like this:
```
send.yourdomain.com MX 10 feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com
```
MX records only affect the specific domain or subdomain they're associated with. Since `send.yourdomain.com` and `yourdomain.com` are separate, the Flowforth MX record has no impact on where your regular email gets delivered.
Your existing email (Google Workspace, Microsoft 365, etc.) will continue to work exactly as before.
***
## Common Conflicts and How to Solve Them
### Conflicting Record on the Same Subdomain
If you already have an MX record set for `send.yourdomain.com` from a different service, you'll need to remove it before adding the Flowforth MX record.
If you'd like to use a subdomain other than `send` (e.g., `mail.yourdomain.com`), contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we can set that up for you.
### DNS Provider Doesn't Allow Subdomain MX Records
A few DNS providers won't let you add an MX record on a subdomain at all. If yours is one of them, you can move your DNS management to a provider that does (your website can stay where it is), or contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we can set you up with a Flowforth-provided sending domain. Wix used to be the most common one, but it now supports subdomain MX records — see [Adding DNS Records in Wix](/domains/wix).
### Conflicting Priority Values
Each MX record on the same domain or subdomain should have a unique priority value. Flowforth uses a priority of `10` by default. If another MX record already uses `10`, change the Flowforth record to a different value like `20` or `30`.
Priority values range from `0` (highest priority) upward. If a priority value is already taken on the same subdomain, simply pick any unused number.
***
If you need help resolving a conflict, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in Namecheap
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/namecheap
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in Namecheap so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in Namecheap to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
***
## Open Advanced DNS in Namecheap
1. Log in to your [Namecheap account](https://ap.www.namecheap.com)
2. Click **Manage** for the domain you want to verify
3. Go to the **Advanced DNS** tab
***
## Add the MX Record
Under the **Mail Settings** section, click the dropdown and select **Custom MX**:
1. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host** field
2. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
3. Set the **Priority** to `10`
4. Use the **Automatic** TTL
5. Click **Save all changes**
If you are switching the MX configuration from **Gmail** to **Custom MX**, you will need to re-add MX records for Gmail separately. If you don't, receiving mail in your Gmail inboxes will stop.
Namecheap automatically appends your domain to the Host field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
Namecheap does not label the priority column. It is the empty column after the Value field. Do not use the same priority for multiple records. If priority `10` is already in use, try `20` or `30`.
| Namecheap | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `MX Record` |
| Host | Name | `send` |
| Value | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | `Automatic` |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
Under the **Host Records** section, click **Add New Record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `TXT Record`
2. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host** field
3. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
4. Use the **Automatic** TTL
5. Click **Save all changes**
Namecheap automatically appends your domain to the Host field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Namecheap | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT Record` |
| Host | Name | `send` |
| Value | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | `Automatic` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
In the same **Host Records** section, click **Add New Record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `TXT Record`
2. Enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`) in the **Host** field
3. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
4. Use the **Automatic** TTL
5. Click **Save all changes**
Namecheap automatically appends your domain to the Host field. Enter only `resend._domainkey` instead of `resend._domainkey.example.com`.
| Namecheap | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT Record` |
| Host | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Value | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | `Automatic` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT Record` with the host `_dmarc` in your Advanced DNS settings.
In the **Host Records** section, click **Add New Record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `TXT Record`
2. Enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`) in the **Host** field
3. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
4. Use the **Automatic** TTL
5. Click **Save all changes**
| Namecheap | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT Record` |
| Host | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Value | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | `Automatic` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
In the **Host Records** section, click **Add New Record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `CNAME Record`
2. Enter `links` in the **Host** field
3. Enter `links1.resend-dns.com` in the **Value** field
4. Use the **Automatic** TTL
5. Click **Save all changes**
| Namecheap | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME Record` |
| Host | Name | `links` |
| Value | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| TTL | — | `Automatic` |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
In the **Host Records** section, click **Add New Record**:
1. Set the **Type** to `CAA Record`
2. Enter your domain (e.g., `@`) in the **Host** field
3. Enter `0 issue "amazon.com"` in the **Value** field
4. Use the **Automatic** TTL
5. Click **Save all changes**
| Namecheap | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA Record` |
| Host | Name | `@` |
| Value | Value | `0 issue "amazon.com"` |
| TTL | — | `Automatic` |
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in Namecheap, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in Namecheap for copy/paste errors. Make sure you're using only the subdomain portion in the Host field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in Network Solutions
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/networksolutions
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in Network Solutions so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in Network Solutions to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
***
## Open Advanced DNS Records in Network Solutions
1. Log in to your [Network Solutions account](https://www.networksolutions.com)
2. Select **Domains** in the left navigation
3. Select the domain you want to verify (if you only have one domain, you'll land on its details page directly)
4. Scroll down to the **Advanced Tools** section
5. Click **Manage** next to **Advanced DNS Records**
A new page opens listing your DNS records. To add a record, click **+ Add Record**. To edit an existing record, find it in the list and click the pencil icon. Either option opens a dialog where you pick the record type from the type dropdown at the top.
In the record dialog, the host field is a dropdown labeled **"Refers to"**, not a free-text box. It defaults to **@** and only offers **@**, **www**, and **Other Host**. Most Flowforth records use a custom host such as `send` or `resend._domainkey` — to enter one, click the **Refers to** dropdown and choose **Other Host**. Only then does a **Host Name** text field appear where you can type the host value. Users commonly miss this step, so watch for it on every record below. The **@** option is only correct for records that target the bare root domain.
Network Solutions automatically appends your domain to the Host Name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
***
## Add the MX Record
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the record type to `MX`
3. Click the **Refers to** dropdown and choose **Other Host**, then enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host Name** field
4. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Mail Server** field
5. Set the **Priority** to `10`
6. Leave the **TTL** at the default (2 hours)
7. Click **Add** (or **Edit** if you're editing an existing record)
| Network Solutions | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `MX` |
| Refers to | — | `Other Host` |
| Host Name | Name | `send` |
| Mail Server | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | `2 Hours` |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the record type to `TXT`
3. Click the **Refers to** dropdown and choose **Other Host**, then enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host Name** field
4. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Text** field
5. Leave the **TTL** at the default (2 hours)
6. Click **Add** (or **Edit** if you're editing an existing record)
| Network Solutions | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Refers to | — | `Other Host` |
| Host Name | Name | `send` |
| Text | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | `2 Hours` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the record type to `TXT`
3. Click the **Refers to** dropdown and choose **Other Host**, then enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`) in the **Host Name** field
4. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Text** field
5. Leave the **TTL** at the default (2 hours)
6. Click **Add** (or **Edit** if you're editing an existing record)
Enter only `resend._domainkey` in the Host Name field instead of `resend._domainkey.example.com`.
| Network Solutions | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Refers to | — | `Other Host` |
| Host Name | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Text | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | `2 Hours` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the host `_dmarc` in your Advanced DNS Records.
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the record type to `TXT`
3. Click the **Refers to** dropdown and choose **Other Host**, then enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`) in the **Host Name** field
4. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Text** field
5. Leave the **TTL** at the default (2 hours)
6. Click **Add** (or **Edit** if you're editing an existing record)
| Network Solutions | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Refers to | — | `Other Host` |
| Host Name | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Text | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | `2 Hours` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the record type to `CNAME`
3. Click the **Refers to** dropdown and choose **Other Host**, then enter `links` in the **Host Name** field
4. Enter `links1.resend-dns.com` in the **Alias to** field
5. Leave the **TTL** at the default (2 hours)
6. Click **Add** (or **Edit** if you're editing an existing record)
| Network Solutions | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Refers to | — | `Other Host` |
| Host Name | Name | `links` |
| Alias to | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| TTL | — | `2 Hours` |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
CAA records are only supported in Network Solutions' **Advanced DNS Records**. The Classic View does not support CAA records, so make sure you're on the Advanced DNS Records page.
1. Click **+ Add Record**
2. Set the record type to `CAA`
3. Leave the **Refers to** dropdown set to **@** so the record targets your root domain
4. Set the **Flag** to `0`
5. Set the **Tag** to `issue`
6. Enter `amazon.com` in the **Value** field
7. Leave the **TTL** at the default (2 hours)
8. Click **Add** (or **Edit** if you're editing an existing record)
| Network Solutions | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA` |
| Refers to | — | `@` |
| Flag | — | `0` |
| Tag | — | `issue` |
| Value | Value | `amazon.com` |
| TTL | — | `2 Hours` |
Network Solutions splits the CAA record into separate Flag, Tag, and Value fields. The full value is equivalent to `0 issue "amazon.com"`.
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in Network Solutions, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
Network Solutions notes that DNS changes may take up to 24–48 hours to fully take effect, though propagation is usually much faster. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in Network Solutions for copy/paste errors. Make sure you set the **Refers to** dropdown to **Other Host** and entered only the subdomain portion in the Host Name field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **No Host Name field**: If you can't type a custom host, the **Refers to** dropdown is still set to **@** or **www**. Change it to **Other Host** and the Host Name field will appear.
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in Oncord
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/oncord
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in Oncord so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in Oncord to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
These steps only apply if your domain points to Oncord's name servers (ns1.oncord.com, etc.). To check, open your domain in Oncord and compare the **Recommended** and **Current** name servers at the top of the page. If Oncord shows that your DNS is hosted externally, make these changes at your DNS provider instead — see our [other DNS guides](/domains/guides).
***
## Park the Sending Subdomain
Oncord manages MX records for your whole domain, not for individual subdomains. Because Flowforth's sending records live on a subdomain (e.g., `send.yourdomain.com`), you first need to "park" that subdomain as a separate domain in Oncord. This gives it its own DNS zone where you can add the MX record.
1. Log in to your Oncord Dashboard
2. Click the **Settings** icon at the bottom of the left-hand sidebar, then select **Domains**
3. Click your main domain to edit it
4. Remove any existing records for the sending subdomain (e.g., `send.yourdomain.com`) so they don't conflict with the new zone, then click **Save Configuration** — if there are none, skip this step
5. Return to **Settings → Domains** and click **Park Registered Domain**
6. Enter the sending subdomain (e.g., `send.yourdomain.com`) as the domain name
7. Set the **Domain Mode** to **Redirect to the primary domain name**
8. Click **Park Domain**
When parking a subdomain of a domain already configured in Oncord, you don't need to set name servers.
***
## Add the MX Record
The MX record goes in the parked subdomain's zone, not your main domain:
1. In **Settings → Domains**, click the newly parked subdomain (e.g., `send.yourdomain.com`) to edit it
2. Scroll to the **E-mail Hosting** section
3. Set **Where Will Incoming Mail be Delivered?** to **Host mail elsewhere**
4. In the **MX Entries** section, set the **Priority** to `10`
5. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **MX Server** field
6. Click **Save Configuration**
| Oncord | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| MX Server | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
The SPF record also goes in the parked subdomain's zone. While still editing the parked subdomain:
1. Scroll to the **DNS Records** table and find the empty row at the bottom
2. Enter the full sending subdomain (e.g., `send.yourdomain.com`) in the **New Hostname** field
3. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
4. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Record** field
5. Click **Save Configuration**
Oncord's Host field uses the full hostname. Enter `send.yourdomain.com`, not just `send`.
| Oncord | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host | Name | `send.yourdomain.com` |
| Record | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
The DKIM record goes on your main domain:
1. Go back to **Settings → Domains** and click your main domain to edit it
2. In the **DNS Records** table, find the empty row at the bottom
3. Enter the DKIM host as a full hostname (e.g., `resend._domainkey.yourdomain.com`) in the **New Hostname** field
4. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
5. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Record** field
6. Click **Save Configuration**
| Oncord | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host | Name | `resend._domainkey.yourdomain.com` |
| Record | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation. This record also goes on your main domain.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the host `_dmarc.yourdomain.com` in your DNS Records table.
1. While editing your main domain, find the empty row at the bottom of the **DNS Records** table
2. Enter the DMARC host as a full hostname (e.g., `_dmarc.yourdomain.com`) in the **New Hostname** field
3. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
4. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Record** field
5. Click **Save Configuration**
| Oncord | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host | Name | `_dmarc.yourdomain.com` |
| Record | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
While editing your main domain, add a new row to the **DNS Records** table:
1. Enter the tracking host as a full hostname (e.g., `links.yourdomain.com`) in the **New Hostname** field
2. Set the **Type** to `CNAME`
3. Enter `links1.resend-dns.com` in the **Record** field
4. Click **Save Configuration**
| Oncord | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Host | Name | `links.yourdomain.com` |
| Record | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
Oncord's DNS editor supports A, AAAA, CNAME, SRV, and TXT records — there is no CAA option. If you use click or open tracking, contact Oncord support and ask them to add a CAA record for your domain with the value `0 issue "amazon.com"`. If you don't use tracking, you can skip this record entirely.
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in Oncord, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
Oncord notes that DNS changes can take up to a few hours to take effect, so verification may not succeed right away. If it doesn't, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Changes don't seem to do anything**: Confirm your domain points to Oncord's name servers. If your DNS is hosted externally, changes made within Oncord have no effect — use the [guide for your actual DNS provider](/domains/guides) instead.
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in Oncord for copy/paste errors. Make sure hostnames use the full form (e.g., `send.yourdomain.com`, not `send`).
* **Duplicate SPF record**: There should only ever be one SPF record per hostname. If one already exists on the sending subdomain, edit it rather than adding a second one.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in Squarespace
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/squarespace
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in Squarespace so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in Squarespace to verify your domain with Flowforth.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
***
## Open DNS Settings in Squarespace
1. Log in to your [Squarespace domains page](https://account.squarespace.com/domains)
2. Click on your domain
3. Scroll down to the **Custom records** section
***
## Add the MX Record
In the **Custom records** section, click **Add record**:
1. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host** field
2. Set the **Type** to `MX`
3. Set the **Priority** to `10`
4. Use the default `4 hrs` for **TTL**
5. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Mail Server** field
6. Click **Save**
Squarespace automatically appends your domain to the Host field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Squarespace | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `MX` |
| Host | Name | `send` |
| Mail Server | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | `4 hrs` (default) |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
In the same **Custom records** section, click **Add record**:
1. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host** field
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. Use the default `4 hrs` for **TTL**
4. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Text** field
5. Click **Save**
Squarespace automatically appends your domain to the Host field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Squarespace | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host | Name | `send` |
| Text | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | `4 hrs` (default) |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
In the same **Custom records** section, click **Add record**:
1. Enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`) in the **Host** field
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. Use the default `4 hrs` for **TTL**
4. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Text** field
5. Click **Save**
Squarespace automatically appends your domain to the Host field. Enter only `resend._domainkey` instead of `resend._domainkey.example.com`.
| Squarespace | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Text | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | `4 hrs` (default) |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. You can check by looking for an existing `TXT` record with the host `_dmarc` in your Custom records section.
In the **Custom records** section, click **Add record**:
1. Enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`) in the **Host** field
2. Set the **Type** to `TXT`
3. Use the default `4 hrs` for **TTL**
4. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Text** field
5. Click **Save**
| Squarespace | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `TXT` |
| Host | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Text | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | `4 hrs` (default) |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
In the **Custom records** section, click **Add record**:
1. Enter `links` in the **Host** field
2. Set the **Type** to `CNAME`
3. Use the default `4 hrs` for **TTL**
4. Enter `links1.resend-dns.com` in the **Data** field
5. Click **Save**
| Squarespace | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CNAME` |
| Host | Name | `links` |
| Data | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| TTL | — | `4 hrs` (default) |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
In the **Custom records** section, click **Add record**:
1. Enter your domain (e.g., `@`) in the **Host** field
2. Set the **Type** to `CAA`
3. Use the default `4 hrs` for **TTL**
4. Enter `0 issue "amazon.com"` in the **Data** field
5. Click **Save**
| Squarespace | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Type | Type | `CAA` |
| Host | Name | `@` |
| Data | Value | `0 issue "amazon.com"` |
| TTL | — | `4 hrs` (default) |
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in Squarespace, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in Squarespace for copy/paste errors. Make sure you're using only the subdomain portion in the Host field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Adding DNS Records in Wix
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/domains/wix
Step-by-step guide to adding your Flowforth DNS records in Wix so you can send emails from your domain.
This guide walks you through adding the required DNS records in Wix to verify your domain with Flowforth. It applies if your domain's DNS is managed by Wix — that is, your nameservers look something like `ns1.wixdns.net` and `ns2.wixdns.net`.
Before starting, make sure you've already [added your domain](/domains/manage-domains) in Flowforth. You'll need the DNS record values shown on the domain settings page.
If your domain is registered somewhere else and connected to Wix by **pointing** (rather than by using Wix's nameservers), your DNS records are managed with your domain host, not Wix. Add the Flowforth records there instead — see the [guide for that provider](/domains/guides).
Wix used to only allow MX records on your root domain, which meant the `send` MX record Flowforth needs couldn't be added there. Wix now supports MX records on subdomains, so Wix-managed domains can be verified like any other.
***
## Open DNS Settings in Wix
1. Log in to Wix and go to your [Domains page](https://manage.wix.com/account/domains)
2. Click the **Domain Actions** icon (**⋯**) next to your domain
3. Click **Manage DNS records**
The DNS records are grouped by type. Each group has its own **+ Add Record** button.
After clicking **Save** on a record, Wix shows a pop-up. Click **Save Changes** in it to finish saving the record.
***
## Add the MX Record
In the **MX** section, click **+ Add Record**:
1. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host Name** field
2. Copy the **MX Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
3. Set the **Priority** to `10`
4. Leave **TTL** at its default
5. Click **Save**, then click **Save Changes** in the pop-up
Make sure the **Host Name** is filled in with `send`. If you leave it blank, the record goes on your root domain, where it can change where your regular email (Google Workspace, Microsoft 365, etc.) is delivered. Don't edit or remove your existing root-domain MX records.
Wix automatically appends your domain to the Host Name field. Enter only the subdomain portion — for example, type `send` instead of `send.example.com`.
| Wix | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Host Name | Name | `send` |
| Value | Value | `feedback-smtp.us-east-1.amazonses.com` |
| Priority | Priority | `10` |
| TTL | — | Default |
***
## Add the SPF Record (TXT)
In the **TXT** section, click **+ Add Record**:
1. Enter the name from Flowforth (e.g., `send`) in the **Host Name** field
2. Copy the **TXT Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
3. Leave **TTL** at its default
4. Click **Save**, then click **Save Changes** in the pop-up
| Wix | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Host Name | Name | `send` |
| Value | Value | `"v=spf1 include:amazonses.com ~all"` |
| TTL | — | Default |
***
## Add the DKIM Record (TXT)
In the **TXT** section, click **+ Add Record**:
1. Enter the DKIM name from Flowforth (e.g., `resend._domainkey`) in the **Host Name** field
2. Copy the **DKIM Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
3. Leave **TTL** at its default
4. Click **Save**, then click **Save Changes** in the pop-up
| Wix | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Host Name | Name | `resend._domainkey` |
| Value | Value | `p=example_domain_key_value` |
| TTL | — | Default |
***
## Add the DMARC Record (TXT)
While not strictly required, adding a DMARC record is highly recommended. It improves deliverability and protects your domain's reputation.
If your domain already has a DMARC record, you do not need to add another one. Look for an existing `TXT` record with the host name `_dmarc` in your Wix DNS records.
In the **TXT** section, click **+ Add Record**:
1. Enter the DMARC name from Flowforth (e.g., `_dmarc`) in the **Host Name** field
2. Copy the **DMARC Value** from Flowforth into the **Value** field
3. Leave **TTL** at its default
4. Click **Save**, then click **Save Changes** in the pop-up
| Wix | Flowforth | Example Value |
| - | - | - |
| Host Name | Name | `_dmarc` |
| Value | Value | `v=DMARC1; p=none;` |
| TTL | — | Default |
***
## Add the Tracking Records (Optional)
If you enabled click tracking or open tracking when adding your domain in Flowforth, you'll need to add these two additional records. You can also enable tracking later from the domain detail page in Flowforth — the records will appear in your DNS table when tracking is turned on.
### CNAME Record (Tracking)
In the **CNAME** section, click **+ Add Record**:
1. Enter `links` in the **Host Name** field
2. Enter `links1.resend-dns.com` in the **Value** field
3. Leave **TTL** at its default
4. Click **Save**, then click **Save Changes** in the pop-up
| Wix | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Host Name | Name | `links` |
| Value | Value | `links1.resend-dns.com` |
| TTL | — | Default |
### CAA Record (Tracking)
In the **CAA** section, click **+ Add Record**:
1. Leave the **Host Name** field blank so the record applies to your root domain
2. Enter `0 issue "amazon.com"` in the **Value** field
3. Leave **TTL** at its default
4. Click **Save**, then click **Save Changes** in the pop-up
| Wix | Flowforth | Value |
| - | - | - |
| Host Name | Name | (blank) |
| Value | Value | `0 issue "amazon.com"` |
| TTL | — | Default |
If you don't see a **CAA** section in your Wix DNS records, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you finish setting up tracking.
***
## Verify in Flowforth
Once all records are added in Wix, go back to your domain in **Settings → Domains** and click the **"Records Added"** button. Flowforth will check your DNS records and verify the setup in the background.
DNS changes can take anywhere from a few minutes to 48 hours to propagate. If verification doesn't succeed right away, wait and try again later.
***
## Troubleshooting
* **Verification failed**: Double-check the records you added in Wix for copy/paste errors. Make sure you're using only the subdomain portion in the Host Name field (e.g., `send` not `send.example.com`).
* **MX record landed on the root domain**: If the MX record shows with an empty host name, delete it and add it again with `send` in the **Host Name** field.
* **Priority conflict**: If priority `10` is already in use on another MX record, use a different value like `20` or `30`.
* **Still not verifying after 72 hours**: Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we'll help you debug the issue.
Not ready to change your DNS? We can set you up with a sending address on a domain we own — something like `yourchurch.churchemail.co` — with replies going to your normal church email address. Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) to set it up.
***
If you need help, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# AI Features
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/ai-features
Use AI to help generate subject lines and clean up text in your emails.
Flowforth includes a couple of AI-powered tools to help you polish your emails. These features are designed to assist with editing and brainstorming, not to replace your voice. You write the content; AI helps you refine it.
***
## AI Subject Line Generator
Writing a great subject line can be the hardest part of sending an email. The AI subject line generator helps by suggesting options based on what you've written.
1. Open your email and navigate to the subject line field.
2. Click the AI option to generate subject line suggestions.
3. The AI reads the content of your email and creates relevant subject line options.
4. Pick a suggestion to use as-is, or use it as a starting point for your own.
This is especially helpful when you're stuck or want to test a different angle.
***
## AI Rewrite
The **AI Rewrite** tool helps you polish copy you've already written. It can fix grammar, improve clarity, and tighten up your wording.
1. Open a text block in the email editor.
2. Highlight the text you want to improve.
3. Select **AI Rewrite** from the toolbar.
4. Review the suggested changes and accept them if you're happy with the result.
AI Rewrite is meant for **editing and polishing**, not for generating content from scratch. Flowforth believes your voice matters, so AI acts as an editing assistant rather than a ghostwriter.
***
Need help with AI features? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Approving Email Send Requests
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/approving-send-requests
Review and approve (or decline) emails that teammates without sending access have asked you to send.
Teammates with the **Designer** [email permission level](/organization/roles-and-permissions#email-permission-levels) can build emails but not send them. Instead, they ask someone with sending access — a **Manager** or an owner — to approve and send on their behalf. This page covers how to respond to those requests.
Anyone with sending access can approve a request, not only the specific person it was sent to. That way a request never gets stuck if the person originally asked is away.
***
## When Someone Requests Your Approval
When a teammate requests your approval, you'll get an **email notification** with a link to the email. Opening the email's page shows a banner at the top with the request, who it's from, and any message they left.
You can also reach it directly — the request appears on the email's page for anyone with sending access in your organization.
***
## Approving
1. Open the email from the notification (or from your emails list).
2. Review the content, recipients, from address, and subject in the banner and on the page.
3. Click **Approve & Send** — or **Approve & Schedule** if the requester set a send time.
That's it. Approving sends the email immediately (or schedules it for the time the requester chose). The requester is notified that you approved it.
The sent email is attributed to **both** of you: the person who built and requested it is recorded as the sender, and you're recorded as the approver. Hover the info icon on the sent email's page to see both.
***
## Declining
If the email isn't ready to go out:
1. Click **Decline** in the banner.
2. Optionally add a **reason** so the requester knows what to change.
3. Confirm.
Declining leaves the email as a draft. The requester is notified, sees your reason, and can make changes and request approval again.
***
## What You're Approving
Approving performs the send exactly as if you'd sent it yourself — the same recipient filtering, subscription and unsubscribe handling, and sending limits apply. Approve only when you're comfortable the email is ready for its full audience.
Once you approve and the email begins sending, it can't be stopped — just like sending an email directly. If it was scheduled, it can still be [canceled](/emails/cancelling-a-scheduled-email) before the send time.
***
## Suggested Reading
* [**Requesting Approval to Send an Email**](/emails/requesting-send-approval) - The other side of this workflow, for teammates who request.
* [**Roles and Permissions**](/organization/roles-and-permissions) - How the Designer and Manager email permission levels work.
***
Questions about approving send requests? Reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Archiving Emails vs. Hiding from Global Metrics
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/archiving-and-global-metrics
Learn the difference between archiving an email and hiding it from global metrics, and when to use each.
After you send emails, you may want to tidy up your workspace or keep certain sends from affecting your overall performance numbers. Flowforth gives you two tools for this: **archiving** and **hiding from global metrics**.
They solve different problems and can be used together.
| | **Archive** | **Hide from Global Metrics** |
| - | - | - |
| **What it affects** | Your emails table — and, for sent emails, your [public category pages](/emails/public-category-pages) and [RSS feeds](/emails/rss-feeds) | Your [home dashboard](/dashboard/overview) totals |
| **Individual email metrics** | Still available | Still available |
| **Available for** | Sent, draft, and failed emails | Sent emails only |
| **Reversible?** | Yes — unarchive anytime | Yes — show in metrics again anytime |
Neither option deletes an email. Content, recipient data, and per-email stats all remain available.
***
## When to Use Each
**Archive** when you want to clear sent or draft emails from your main emails list. This keeps the table focused on what your team is actively working on.
**Hide from global metrics** when a sent email would skew your organization-wide stats — for example, a test send, an internal announcement, or a one-off email with unusual engagement. The email stays in your list and you can still view its individual metrics, but it won't count toward the totals on your dashboard.
For a sent email you want out of sight and out of your dashboard stats, use both: hide it from global metrics, then archive it.
***
## Archiving Emails
Archiving hides an email from the default emails table view. Archived emails are not deleted — you can open, replicate, or unarchive them at any time.
Archiving a **sent** email also pulls it off your public surfaces: it disappears from the category's [public page](/emails/public-category-pages) and its own public link, from the `/latest` link, and from the category's [RSS feed](/emails/rss-feeds). Unarchiving puts it back on all of them.
### What Can Be Archived
* **Sent**
* **Draft**
* **Failed**
You cannot archive emails that are **scheduled** or currently **sending**. Cancel a scheduled email first if you need to remove it from your active list.
Archiving is also different from [folders](/emails/email-folders). Folders organize emails into groups; archiving hides them from the default table. You can use both together.
### Archive a Single Email
**From the emails table:**
1. Go to the [Emails page](https://flowforth.co/emails).
2. Click the **three dots (⋯)** next to the email.
3. Select **Archive**.
**From an email's detail page:**
1. Open the email.
2. Click the **three dots (⋯)** menu in the top right.
3. Select **Archive**.
### Archive Multiple Emails
1. Go to the [Emails page](https://flowforth.co/emails).
2. Select one or more emails using the checkboxes.
3. Click **Archive** in the action bar at the bottom of the screen.
4. Confirm in the popup.
If every selected email is already archived, the action bar shows **Unarchive** instead.
With emails selected, you can also press **A** on your keyboard to open the archive (or unarchive) confirmation without clicking the action bar.
Folders can be selected alongside emails, but only emails are archived. Selected folders are not affected.
### View Archived Emails
By default, the emails table shows only active emails. To find archived ones:
1. Go to the [Emails page](https://flowforth.co/emails).
2. Click the **filter icon** in the toolbar.
3. Add the **Archived** filter and choose **Archived** or **All**.
The recent emails table on a category's page hides archived emails too, and has the same **Archived** filter.
See [Filtering Tables](/tables/filtering) for more on table filters.
### Unarchive an Email
1. Use the **Archived** filter to find the email, or set the filter to **All**.
2. Click the **three dots (⋯)** and select **Unarchive**.
You can also select multiple archived emails and click **Unarchive** in the bulk action bar.
***
## Hiding from Global Metrics
Hiding an email removes it from your organization's **global metrics** on the [home dashboard](/dashboard/overview) — totals like emails sent, open rate, click rate, and unsubscribes. The email's own metrics page is unchanged.
This option is only available for **sent** emails.
### Hide a Sent Email
**From the emails table:**
1. Go to the [Emails page](https://flowforth.co/emails).
2. Click the **three dots (⋯)** next to the sent email.
3. Select **Hide from Global Metrics**.
4. Confirm in the popup.
**From an email's metrics page:**
1. Open the sent email.
2. Click the **three dots (⋯)** menu in the top right.
3. Select **Hide from Global Metrics**.
4. Confirm in the popup.
### Show an Email in Global Metrics Again
Follow the same steps and select **Show in Global Metrics**. The email will be included in your dashboard totals again.
***
Need help deciding which option to use? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Understanding Email Bounces
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/bounce-types
Learn about the different types of email bounces and how Flowforth handles them.
A bounce occurs when an email cannot be delivered to a recipient's inbox. Flowforth tracks bounces on every sent email and shows them on the Recipients tab of the email's detail page.
***
## Types of Bounces
### Hard Bounce
A hard bounce means the email **permanently** could not be delivered. Common causes include:
* The email address doesn't exist
* The domain name doesn't exist
* The recipient's mail server has permanently rejected the email
Hard bounces indicate a problem with the address itself. Continuing to send to hard-bounced addresses can damage your sender reputation.
### Soft Bounce
A soft bounce means the email **temporarily** could not be delivered. Common causes include:
* The recipient's mailbox is full
* The recipient's mail server is temporarily unavailable
* The email message is too large
* The recipient's server is rate-limiting incoming mail
Soft bounces may resolve on their own. If the same address soft bounces repeatedly, it may indicate a more persistent issue.
***
## How Flowforth Shows Bounces
On the sent email's detail page:
* The **Bounce Rate** metric card shows the percentage of recipients who bounced
* On the **Recipients tab**, bounced recipients are marked with a **Bounced** status
* Click the **info icon** next to the Bounced badge to see more details about why the email bounced
The Bounce Details popup shows four pieces of information:
1. **Description** - A plain-language explanation of why the email bounced and whether you can try sending again
2. **Type** - **Permanent** (hard bounce, the address will never work), **Transient** (soft bounce, a temporary issue that may resolve), or occasionally **Undetermined** (the recipient's server didn't give a clear reason)
3. **Sub Type** - The specific reason for the bounce (e.g., MailboxFull, NoEmail, Suppressed)
4. **Diagnostic Code** - The raw SMTP response from the recipient's mail server. This is technical but can be helpful if you need to share details with support.
You can also **filter** the Recipients tab to show only bounced recipients and **export** your recipient list to CSV, which includes bounce status.
***
## Automatic List Cleaning
Flowforth automatically protects your sender reputation by marking problem addresses as [Cleaned](/people/subscription-types#cleaned) and excluding them from future sends:
* A **hard (Permanent) bounce** cleans the address immediately.
* A **soft (Transient or Undetermined) bounce** doesn't clean the address right away — but if the same address bounces **3 times within a year**, it's cleaned.
* An address that reports your messages as **spam 3 or more times** is also cleaned.
If an address was cleaned in error (for example, a temporary server issue that has since been fixed), you can resubscribe the person from their person page. When you do, you'll have the option to **protect the address from being cleaned again**, so a future bounce or spam complaint won't automatically remove it — useful when you're confident the address is valid. See [Managing Subscription Statuses](/people/manage-subscription-status) for details.
***
## What to Do About Bounces
* **Review hard bounces.** These addresses will likely never receive your emails. Check if the address is correct in Planning Center, or remove it if it's invalid.
* **Monitor soft bounces.** A one-time soft bounce is usually fine. If the same address bounces on multiple sends, the mailbox may be abandoned or permanently full.
* **Keep your lists clean.** Regularly sending to bounced addresses hurts your sender reputation and can affect deliverability for your entire organization.
***
## Bounce Rate Guidelines
| Rate | Status | Action |
| - | - | - |
| **\< 0.5%** | Healthy | No action needed |
| **0.5 - 1%** | Elevated | Review bounced addresses and clean your list |
| **> 1%** | High | Investigate immediately and remove invalid addresses |
***
Need help investigating bounces? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Canceling a Scheduled Email
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/cancelling-a-scheduled-email
Learn how to cancel an email that’s been scheduled for future sending in Flowforth.
If you’ve scheduled an email to send later and need to stop it, you can easily cancel it before it begins sending.
***
## How to Cancel
1. Find the email on the [email page](https://flowforth.co/emails).
2. Go to that email's page.
3. Click **Cancel Schedule** in the top right.
4. Confirm the cancellation in the popup.
You cannot cancel an email that is already sending. Once sending begins, it
cannot be stopped.
***
If you’re unsure whether an email has started sending, or you need help canceling a schedule, reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Canva Emails
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/canva-emails
Create emails from your Canva Email templates with automatic HTML import, image processing, and merge tag conversion.
Canva Emails let you design your email in Canva's visual editor and then import it into Flowforth as a ready-to-send email. Flowforth handles extracting the HTML, uploading images, and converting Canva's template placeholders into Flowforth merge tags.
***
## Creating a Canva Email
1. Go to **Emails** and click **New Email**.
2. Select **Canva** as the email type.
3. Enter an internal **name** for your email and optionally choose a **folder**.
4. Click **Create** to open the Canva design browser.
5. Browse or search for the Canva Email template you want to use.
6. Click the design to start the import.
Flowforth will process the design in the background. Once complete, you'll be automatically taken to the email editor where you can review and make any final changes.
You must have a **Canva account connected** to create Canva emails. If you haven't connected yet, go to **Settings > Integrations > Canva** to set up the connection. See [Canva Integration](/integrations/canva) for details.
***
## What Gets Imported
When Flowforth processes your Canva Email template, it imports:
* The full **HTML layout** of the email
* All **images** used in the design, uploaded to your Flowforth asset library
* **Links** and formatting from the original design
### Setting Up Email Links in Canva
Before importing your design, use Canva's built-in **Email links** to add unsubscribe, update preferences, and view in browser links to your template. When adding a link to any element in Canva, you'll see these options under the **Email links** section.
When Flowforth imports your design, these links are automatically converted to the corresponding merge tags:
| Canva Email Link | Flowforth Merge Tag |
| - | - |
| Unsubscribe | `@unsubscribe` |
| Update preferences | `@manage-preferences` |
| View in browser | `@view-in-browser` |
This means your imported email is ready to send with working unsubscribe and preference management links, no manual editing needed.
An unsubscribe link is required on all emails. If your design doesn't include one, Flowforth will automatically add a plain-text unsubscribe link to the bottom of your email when it's sent.
***
## Creating an Email Design in Canva
Only designs created using Canva's **Email** template type can be imported as Canva emails. If you select a design that is not an Email template, you'll see an error message letting you know.
To create an Email design in Canva:
1. From the Canva homepage, click the **Email** icon in the design type row.
2. Or click the **Create** button in the sidebar, then select **Emails**.
From there, you can start from a blank email or browse Canva's email templates.
Other Canva design types (social media posts, presentations, flyers, etc.) can still be used in Flowforth by importing them as images through the [asset browser](/integrations/canva#1-import-a-design-as-an-image) in the drag-and-drop editor.
***
## Editing a Canva Email
Canva emails are HTML-based, so they open in the [HTML editor](/emails/html-emails). You can make changes to the HTML directly, use merge tags, and access your asset library, just like any other HTML email.
***
## Refreshing a Canva Email
Flowforth remembers which Canva design an email came from, so if you keep editing the design in Canva you can pull the latest version into the email you already created.
1. Open the email and find the **Content** section.
2. Click **Refresh from Canva**. (The Canva-logo half of the button opens the design in Canva instead.)
3. Confirm in the **Refresh from Canva?** dialog — "This will replace the email content with the current version of the Canva design. Any changes made in the HTML editor will be lost."
Flowforth re-runs the import and you'll see **Email refreshed from Canva** when it's done. Images that haven't changed keep their existing URLs.
Refreshing replaces the whole email. Anything you edited in the HTML editor since the import is lost, so make design changes in Canva rather than in the HTML if you plan to refresh.
A few limits to know about:
* **Draft and failed emails only.** Once an email has been sent or scheduled, it can't be refreshed — you'll see "Only unsent emails can be refreshed from Canva."
* **You need a connected Canva account.** The button only appears when your [Canva integration](/integrations/canva) is connected.
* **Only the person who imported the email can refresh it.** Everyone else sees the button disabled with the tooltip "Only the person who imported this email can refresh it." Older Canva emails with no recorded importer can be refreshed by anyone.
* **The design still has to be an email design.** If it was converted to another design type in Canva, you'll see "This Canva design is no longer an email design, so it can't be re-imported."
[Replicating](/emails/duplicate-and-replicate-emails) a Canva email keeps the link to the Canva design, so the copy is refreshable too — and whoever replicated it becomes the person who can refresh it.
***
## Tips
* **Design in Canva, send in Flowforth.** Use Canva's visual tools to design your email, then import it into Flowforth to handle recipients, scheduling, metrics, and delivery.
* **Update your design.** If you make changes to your Canva design after importing, click **Refresh from Canva** on the email to pull the new version in — no need to start over.
* **Test before sending.** Always send a test email after importing to make sure everything looks right across different email clients.
***
Need help with Canva emails? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Church Center Notifications
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/church-center-announcements
Send a Church Center notification when you send an email, so your people see it in the Church Center app.
Church Center notifications let you send a notification to Church Center at the same time you send an email. When people see the notification in Church Center, they can tap a button to view the full email in their browser.
This is a great way to reach people who may not check their email regularly but are active in the Church Center app.
Flowforth calls this feature a **Church Center Notification**. In Planning
Center, the same feature is called a **Church Center Message** — it was
previously named **Church Center Announcements**. Whatever the label, it's the
same push notification your people receive in the Church Center app.
A Church Center **Notification** is a push notification sent to the people on
your email's list. It's different from a [Publishing
Announcement](/emails/publishing-announcements), which posts an item to your
Church Center announcements feed through Planning Center Publishing. You can use
either, both, or neither on any email.
You can also send a Church Center notification as a step inside an automation, so it goes out automatically on your trigger or schedule. See [Send Church Center Notification](/automations/builder/church-center-notification) in the Automations guide.
***
## How It Works
When you enable a Church Center notification on an email:
1. You send (or schedule) your email as usual
2. After the email is sent, Flowforth automatically sends a Church Center notification to everyone on the list the email is sent to.
3. The notification appears in Church Center for everyone on the list the email is sent to.
4. Recipients can tap the button in the notification to view the full email in their browser
***
## Setting Up a Church Center Notification
1. Go to your email's detail page (the pre-send checklist)
2. Open the **Church Center** section
3. Toggle on **Send Church Center Notification**
4. Fill in the required fields:
* **Title** — The headline of the notification (up to 70 characters)
* **Body** — A short description or preview (up to 300 characters)
* **Button Text** — The label on the call-to-action button (up to 25 characters)
5. Click **Save**
The notification will be sent to the same Planning Center list you selected in the **To** section.
***
## What Recipients See
When the notification is sent, recipients receive a **push notification** on their device with the title and body you entered.
Tapping the notification opens it in the Church Center app, where they can tap the button to view the email in their browser.
***
## The Public Email Link
When a Church Center notification is sent, Flowforth creates a public web link to the email so recipients can view it in their browser. This link is built using your content domain and the email's category slug.
Church Center notifications require a public email category. If the email
doesn't have a category yet, pick one right in the **Church Center** section.
Choosing a public category saves it to the email and turns the notification on
when the email goes to a single list. If your category is not set to public,
you won't be able to enable a Church Center notification. Update the
category's public settings first.
To set up a content domain, see [Setting Up Your Content Domain](/domains/content-domain).
***
## Permissions
Church Center notifications are available to **owners** and **members** who meet all of the following:
* Have the **Emails** permission with the **Manager** level (not Designer)
* Have the **Church Center notifications** permission enabled
Designers and members without the Church Center permission can still see an existing notification on the pre-send page, but they cannot create or edit one.
Owners can grant the Church Center notifications permission from the **Members** settings page when editing a member's permissions. See [Roles and Permissions](/organization/roles-and-permissions) for details.
***
## Requirements
* Your email must be sending to a **single Planning Center list** — Church Center notifications are not available when sending to multiple lists or to individual people
* Your organization must have a **connected Planning Center account**
* You need a **content domain or subdomain** set up for the public email link
* Your email must have a **category** assigned so the link can be generated
***
## Replicating Emails with Church Center Notifications
When you [replicate an email](/emails/duplicate-and-replicate-emails) that has a Church Center notification configured, the notification settings (enabled/disabled, title, body, and button text) are automatically copied to the new email.
***
## Common Use Cases
### Major Events
Use a Church Center notification for big events like Easter services, VBS registration, or a church-wide gathering to make sure it reaches people on both channels.
### Time-Sensitive Updates
For urgent messages like cancellations, schedule changes, or severe weather closures, the push notification ensures people see the update quickly.
***
If you have questions about Church Center notifications, reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Creating and Sending Emails
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/creating-an-email
Design, customize, and send beautifully styled emails through Flowforth with flexible templates, styling, and scheduling options.
Flowforth makes it easy to design and send customized, on-brand emails to the right people using your Planning Center lists and individual recipients. Here’s how to create and manage an email from start to finish.
***
## How to Create an Email
You can start a new email in two ways:
* Go to **Emails** and click **New Email**
* Or click **Create New** in the sidebar and select **Email**
Enter a **subject** (you can change it later), and you’ll be taken to the email editor with the **New Email** popup open.
***
## Choosing a Starting Point
The template picker has three tabs:
1. **Gallery** - Browse a collection of pre-designed templates to get started quickly
2. **Saved Templates** - Apply one of your saved templates
3. **Recently Sent** - Start from the content or style of a recently sent email
Select any template — from any tab — and confirm to apply it, or **double-click** it to apply it right away without a separate step. You can also click **Start from scratch** at the bottom to begin with a blank email.
***
## Designing Your Email
### Adding and Editing Blocks
* Drag blocks from the left sidebar into the email canvas
* Reorder blocks by dragging them within the canvas or using the **arrow buttons** to the right of the block
* Click a block to edit it in the sidebar (or edit text directly in the block)
* Use the formatting toolbar above the canvas for text formatting on text blocks
### Duplicate or Delete a Block
* Click the block, then use the **duplicate** or **trash** icons to the right of the block or use the same options at the bottom of the sidebar.
### Previewing for Mobile
Use the floating **Desktop / Mobile** toggle at the bottom-right of the editor to check how your email looks on a phone. Switch to **Mobile** and the canvas re-renders at phone width — columns stack, and the mobile font sizes and [block spacing overrides](/emails/editor/block-styles#desktop-and-mobile-spacing) you've set take effect.
This is a preview only — it never changes your email or how it sends. To set the mobile font sizes it uses, see [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles).
***
## Editing the Footer
* Click on the footer or select **Footer** in the sidebar
* Pick a **Layout** — Classic, Editorial, or Minimal — and a **Spacing** option at the top of the settings
* Edit the content, logo, social links, and text links
* Click the **refresh icon** to reset to your default footer
* Click the **save icon** to save this version as your new default footer
New emails start with your default footer. For the full guide to layouts and footer settings, see [Default Footer](/emails/default-footer).
***
## Editing Email Style
Click on **Styles** in the sidebar to customize general appearance, text defaults, button defaults, divider defaults, image defaults, and more.
For a full guide on all style options, see [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles).
***
## Setting Email Details
Go to the email's detail page by clicking "Save and Exit" if you're in the editor or by clicking on the email in the Emails table.
### TO
The To field has two tabs:
* **Planning Center** - Select Planning Center lists, individual people, groups, and registrations as recipients. Filter chips at the top of the picker — **All**, **Lists**, **People**, **Registrations**, and **Groups** — let you narrow what you're browsing. Lists load by default, People are search-only, and Groups and Registrations load when you select their chip or appear when you search from **All**. A **Campus** filter narrows every section — Lists, People, Groups, and Registrations — to a single campus, while the **List Category** filter appears only on the **All** and **Lists** views, where it applies.
* **CSV Upload** - Upload a CSV file of email addresses to send to. This is useful when you need to send to a list of people that isn't managed in Planning Center.
The displayed count on each list is the count in Planning Center. Actual recipients may be fewer due to unsubscribes, missing emails, or duplicates.
When you send to a **registration**, the email goes to each registration's **contact — the person who filled out the registration — not the attendees themselves.** A parent who registers their kids receives the email; the kids do not. See [Sending to Groups & Registrations](/emails/sending-to-groups-and-registrations) for details on groups, registrations, the permissions they require, and the Planning Center scopes involved.
#### Leaving People Out
To keep certain people from getting an email, click **Exclude** next to **Recipients** on the **Planning Center** tab. It appears once you've added at least one recipient. A **Don't send to** field opens where you can pick lists, individual people, groups, or registrations to leave out. Click **Cancel** to close it again while it's empty.
* Anyone in **Don't send to** is left out when the email sends, even if one of your recipients also includes them. For example, send to **All Members** and exclude **Staff** to reach every member who isn't on staff.
* The same list, person, group, or registration can't be both a recipient and excluded. Each picker marks what the other already holds (**In To** or **Excluded**).
* Once anything is excluded, the field becomes a highlighted panel with a count, so it's easy to see that the email leaves people out.
* The send confirmation lists exclusions under **To** as **Except anyone in**, and the sent email's **Audience** card shows them in an **Except** row.
* [Duplicating](/emails/duplicate-and-replicate-emails) an email copies its exclusions, so the copy doesn't reach people the original left out.
* Exclusions can be changed on drafts and failed sends. They aren't available for **CSV Upload** audiences or [follow-ups](/emails/email-metrics#send-a-follow-up-to-people-who-didnt-open).
If Flowforth can't be sure who to leave out, the email isn't sent, rather than going to people you meant to exclude. This happens if an excluded list was deleted in Planning Center, an excluded person no longer exists, or Planning Center can't be reached to read an excluded group or registration. The error says what to fix. Remove the item from **Don't send to**, or try again, and send.
An email that excludes anyone can't also send a [Church Center notification](/emails/church-center-announcements), because the notification would reach the people you left out.
You'll also select a **Category** (e.g. General, Students, Kids) which helps recipients manage their email preferences.
You can save the **To** section with just a category or just recipients, so you can set up an email in stages. You'll still need both a category and at least one recipient before the email can be sent.
#### How Filtering and De-Duplication Works
When you send to multiple lists, individual people, or a CSV upload, Flowforth automatically handles filtering and de-duplication so no one receives the email more than once:
1. **People are collected** from all selected lists, groups, registrations, and any individually added people.
2. **Excluded people are removed** — anyone in **Don't send to** is taken out, even if they're also in one of your recipients.
3. **Duplicate people are removed** — if the same person appears on multiple lists, or is on a list and also added individually, they are identified by their Planning Center profile and only included once.
4. **Subscription filters are applied** — people who are unsubscribed from your organization's emails, unsubscribed from the email's category, or have no email address on file are excluded.
5. **No-reply addresses are removed** — email addresses containing "no-reply" or "noreply" are filtered out.
6. **Final email de-duplication** — as a last step, any remaining duplicate email addresses (e.g. two different people sharing the same email) are caught and de-duplicated so only one copy is delivered per address.
### FROM
* **From Email**: The part before the `@` of your sending address
* **From Name**: The sender name shown in the inbox
* **Reply-to Address**: Where replies to this email will go
### SUBJECT
* **Subject**: What appears as the subject line in the inbox
* **Preview Text**: The summary text shown in inboxes (not visible in the email)
### SEND TIME
* **Send Now**: The email will send when you click **Send Now** in the top right and then confirm
* **Schedule**: Pick a date and time at least 10 minutes in the future (time shown in your local timezone)
> The email is **not officially scheduled** until you click **Schedule** and confirm.
***
# Testing Your Email
Click **Send Test** in the editor or on the details page to open the test email modal.
* **Recipients** - Enter up to **5 email addresses** separated by commas, or click **+ Flowforth Users** to quickly add team members from your organization
* **Note** - Add an optional note that appears at the top of the test email, useful for asking reviewers for specific feedback
* **Replace merge tags with sample data** - Toggle this on to preview how merge tags will look with real data instead of showing the raw tag names
* **Test emails do not count** against your send limit
***
# Other Notes
* Email appearance may vary slightly across email clients (Gmail, Outlook, Apple Mail, etc.)
* We follow modern HTML email standards and work to minimize rendering differences
* If you notice display issues, let us know at [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co) and we’ll help resolve it
***
Ready to design and send your first email? Head to [Flowforth Emails](https://flowforth.co/emails) to get started.
# Custom Fonts in Email
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/custom-fonts
Understand how fonts work across email clients, which fonts are safe to use, and why custom or web fonts may not display as expected.
**Flowforth does not support custom or web fonts in standard emails.** This is intentional. Most email clients strip out the code needed to load custom fonts, causing unpredictable fallbacks that can significantly change how your email looks. Rather than giving you a feature that only works for a small percentage of recipients, we limit standard emails to web-safe font families that render consistently everywhere.
The font families available in the standard email editor are:
* Sans Serif (generic)
* Serif (generic)
* Arial
* Georgia
* Verdana
* Courier New
* Helvetica
* Lucida Sans
* Tahoma
* Times New Roman
* Trebuchet MS
If you need a custom font, you can use an [HTML email](/emails/html-emails) and include your own `@font-face` declarations, but be aware of the client support limitations below.
***
## Why Custom Fonts Don't Work in Most Email Clients
Unlike web browsers, most email clients strip out the code needed to load custom or web fonts (like those from Google Fonts). When a custom font can't load, the email client falls back to a default font, which can change the look of your email significantly.
**Email clients that support custom web fonts:**
* Apple Mail (macOS and iOS)
* Outlook (macOS 2011 and 2016, iOS older versions)
* Samsung Email (Android, except with Microsoft email addresses)
* Thunderbird (macOS)
* HEY (desktop webmail)
* 1&1 / IONOS (desktop webmail)
* GMX and WEB.DE (iOS only)
**Email clients that do not support custom web fonts:**
* Gmail (all versions)
* Outlook.com and Outlook on Windows (the declaration is supported but remote fonts are ignored, falling back to Times New Roman)
* Outlook for Android
* Yahoo Mail (all versions)
* AOL (all versions)
* ProtonMail (desktop and iOS)
* Fastmail
* Most other webmail clients
Even in Apple Mail, the custom font will only display if the recipient has the font installed on their device or the email includes code to load it remotely. Many design tools (like Canva) don't include this loading code, so even Apple Mail users may see a fallback font.
**Outlook on Windows (2007-2019)** has a particularly tricky behavior: it recognizes the `@font-face` declaration but ignores remote font files. Elements using a custom font will skip the rest of the font stack entirely and fall back to **Times New Roman**, which can look very different from your intended design.
You can check detailed, up-to-date email client support for web fonts at [caniemail.com](https://www.caniemail.com/features/css-at-font-face/).
***
## Web-Safe Fonts
These fonts are installed on virtually all devices and will display consistently across email clients. This is general reference for web-safe fonts — not every font below is available in Flowforth's email editor, which offers the selection listed at the top of this page.
### Sans Serif
| Font | Notes |
| - | - |
| **Arial** | The most widely supported sans serif font |
| **Helvetica** | Popular on Mac, falls back to Arial on Windows |
| **Verdana** | Designed for screen readability |
| **Trebuchet MS** | Good coverage across platforms |
| **Tahoma** | Widely supported |
| **Arial Black** | Bold variant of Arial |
### Serif
| Font | Notes |
| - | - |
| **Georgia** | The most reliable serif font for email |
| **Times New Roman** | Classic serif, universally supported |
| **Courier New** | Monospace serif, universally supported |
| **Palatino Linotype** | Good coverage, include Georgia as fallback |
### Monospace
| Font | Notes |
| - | - |
| **Courier New** | Best monospace option for email |
| **Lucida Console** | Some coverage, not universal |
For the best results, a font stack should always end with a generic family. Ideal stacks look like:
* **Sans serif:** Helvetica, Arial, Verdana, sans-serif
* **Serif:** Georgia, Times New Roman, serif
***
## What Happens with Unsupported Fonts
When an email uses a font that the recipient's email client doesn't support, the client picks a fallback. This process works like a chain:
1. The email specifies a preferred font (e.g., "Montserrat")
2. The client checks if it can load that font. If not, it moves to the next font in the list.
3. It continues down the list until it finds one it supports.
4. If none match, it uses the client's default font (usually Times New Roman or Arial).
This is why emails designed in tools like Canva may look different when viewed in Gmail or Outlook. The design tool may use a custom font like Montserrat, but include Arial or Helvetica as fallbacks for clients that don't support it.
***
## Tips for Choosing Fonts
* **Stick to web-safe fonts** if consistent appearance across all email clients matters to you.
* **Design with the fallback in mind.** If you use a custom font, check how your email looks with the fallback font too, since that's what most of your recipients will see.
* **Use Flowforth's built-in font options.** The fonts available in the [email editor](/emails/email-styles) are selected for broad compatibility.
* **Test your emails.** Send a test email and check how it looks in different clients (Gmail, Outlook, Apple Mail) before sending to your full list.
***
## Importing Emails from Other Tools
If you import an email from a tool like Canva, the original design may use custom fonts that won't render in most email clients. Flowforth imports the HTML as-is, including whatever font stacks the original tool used. The fallback fonts specified in that code will be what most recipients see.
There's no way to make custom fonts work universally in email. This is a fundamental limitation of how email clients render HTML, not something specific to any one tool or platform.
***
Need help choosing the right fonts for your emails? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Editing Your Default Email Footer
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/default-footer
Customize your default footer so you don’t have to recreate it every time you send a new email.
Your **default footer** is automatically added to every new email that isn’t created from a template, so you don’t need to rebuild your links, details, or logo each time. Emails created from a template use that template’s footer instead.
Updating your default footer does **not** affect: Emails you've **already
created**, emails that have already been **sent**, and **email templates**
you’ve saved.
***
## How to Edit Your Default Footer
1. Go to **Emails → Templates**
2. Click the **Default Footer** button\
or visit [https://flowforth.co/emails/templates/edit-footer](https://flowforth.co/emails/templates/edit-footer)
Here you can:
* Choose a [footer layout](#footer-layouts) and spacing
* Add or adjust footer content (text, logo, links, etc.)
* Edit social media icons and their links
* Preview how it will look in new emails
The preview here shows your organization's mailing address, the same way it
appears in a real email. The address itself is managed in [Organization
Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings/organization), not in the footer
editor.
### Text Link Types
When adding text links to your footer, you can choose from the following link types:
| Type | Description |
| - | - |
| **URL** | Link to any webpage |
| **Email** | Opens the recipient's email client with a pre-filled address |
| **Phone (Tel)** | Starts a phone call |
| **SMS** | Opens a text message |
| **File** | Links to a file uploaded from your asset library |
| **Planning Center** | Browse and select content from Planning Center (forms, registrations, groups, calendar events, and Church Center links) |
Changes you make are **auto-saved** and will apply to all future emails using
the default footer.
***
## Footer Layouts
Every footer starts with a **Layout** section at the top of its settings. Pick one of three arrangements:
| Layout | What it looks like |
| - | - |
| **Classic** | The centered footer with your logo, title, subtitle, social icons, and text links stacked in the middle. This is the default, and it's what every existing email already uses. |
| **Editorial** | A left-aligned footer that opens with a thin accent rule in your footer link color. Your logo and title sit at the top left, with the subtitle, text links, and social icons aligned underneath. |
| **Minimal** | A compact, compliance-only footer: your organization name and mailing address, the line explaining why the person is receiving the email, and the required links (copyright, preferences, unsubscribe, and view in browser). No logo, social icons, or text links. |
Layouts are available on an individual email's footer and on your default footer, so you can set one as your standard and still change it for a single email.
**Switching layouts never loses your content.** If a layout doesn't display a
field — Minimal doesn't show your logo, for example — that field is simply
kept in the background. Switch back and everything is exactly as you left it.
The sidebar also hides the settings the layout you picked doesn't use, so you're never adjusting something that has no effect. On **Minimal**, the Content, Logo, Icons, Social Links, and Text Links sections are hidden, and the only styling it uses is your footer background, footer text color, and footer link color. Set those in [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles#footer).
### Spacing
Under the layout picker, **Spacing** controls how much vertical breathing room the footer has:
* **Default** — the standard spacing footers have always used
* **Compact** — tightens the space between the footer's rows for a shorter footer
The Minimal layout is already compact, so it doesn't offer this choice.
### Logos in the Editorial Layout
Editorial is built to handle wordmark logos (a wide logo with your church's name in it), not just square icons. In the **Logo** section, the **Width** slider goes from 24 to 240 pixels, and where the logo lands depends on how wide you make it:
* **48 pixels or smaller** — the logo sits inline, on the same line as your footer title
* **Wider than 48 pixels** — the logo moves to its own line, directly above the title
If your logo already includes your church name, set a wider width and consider clearing the **Title** field so the name doesn't appear twice.
***
## How to Save a Footer from an Existing Email
Already working on an email with a footer you like?
1. Click the **footer block** in the email editor.
2. In the right sidebar, click the **Save icon**.
3. Confirm that you want to save it as your new **default footer**.
***
## How to Revert a Footer to the Default
If you’ve made changes to a footer in an individual email and want to revert it:
1. Click the **footer block** in your email.
2. Click the **refresh icon** in the sidebar to **Revert to Default**.
3. Confirm the action.
***
## Editing Other Footer Details (Address, Copyright, Involvement Name)
Some details in your footer pull directly from your **Organization Settings**:
* **Address**
* **Copyright name**
* **Involvement name**
To change these:
* Go to [Organization Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings/organization)
* Updates there will automatically reflected in all of your footer
***
## Design Notes
The default footer does **not apply color styling**, except for the **social icon colors**.\
This ensures your footer fits cleanly into whatever style or theme your email is using.
***
Need help setting up your footer? Reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Replicating Emails
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/duplicate-and-replicate-emails
Quickly reuse a past email with all its content, style, and settings by replicating it in Flowforth.
Need to reuse or repurpose an email? Flowforth makes it easy to **replicate** any email so you can reuse the design, content, and settings without starting from scratch. You can replicate emails regardless of their status (draft, scheduled, sent, or canceled).
***
## Ways to Replicate an Email
### From the Emails Table
1. Go to the [Emails page](https://flowforth.co/emails)
2. Click the **three dots (⋯)** next to the email you want to replicate
3. Select **Replicate**
### From an Email’s Detail or Stats Page
1. Open the email
2. Click the **Replicate** button
### From the Standard Email Editor
When editing a standard email, you can apply content from a recently sent email:
1. Open the **Templates** panel in the sidebar
2. Click the **Recently Sent** tab
3. Select the email you want to use
### From the Template Picker
When creating a new standard email, the template picker includes a **Recently Sent** tab where you can start from a previous email’s content.
***
After replication, you can make any adjustments needed before sending.
This is especially useful for recurring newsletters. Replicate last week's email to keep the same layout and style, then swap out the content for the new week.
Need help replicating an email or modifying a copy? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Block Style
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/block-styles
Customize the appearance of individual blocks with backgrounds, spacing, borders, and rounded corners — and control who receives each block.
Every block in the email editor has its own settings, separate from the email-level styles set in the [Styles panel](/emails/email-styles). This lets you customize individual blocks without affecting the rest of your email.
To access block settings, select a block and click **Block Style** in the sidebar.
***
## Background Color
Set a custom background color for the block. This color appears behind the block's content and is independent of the email's overall background color.
***
## Background Image
Add a background image behind the block's content.
* Choose an image from your asset library.
* Set the image position: **top**, **center**, or **bottom** alignment.
Background images work best with the **Seamless** layout in [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles#layout). For a background image that spans multiple blocks, use a [1-column layout](/emails/editor/columns-and-layouts) and apply the background to the column.
***
## Padding
Control the space inside the block, between the block's edge and its content. Use the slider to set a uniform value on all sides. Click the **expand icon** to the right of the slider to set each side individually (top, right, bottom, left).
For edge-to-edge images, set padding to 0 in the block style.
***
## Corner Radius
Round the corners of a block. Use the slider to set a uniform radius for all four corners. Click the **expand icon** to configure each corner independently (top-left, top-right, bottom-right, bottom-left).
***
## Margin
Control the space outside the block. Use the slider to set a uniform value, or click the **expand icon** to set each side individually.
***
## Desktop and Mobile Spacing
Padding and margin have two tabs — **Desktop** and **Mobile** — so a block can breathe differently on phones than it does on larger screens.
* The **Desktop** tab is the block's base spacing, applied everywhere unless a mobile override says otherwise.
* The **Mobile** tab starts **pre-filled with the desktop values**, so nothing changes until you actually edit something. Your **first edit creates the mobile override**; every side you leave untouched keeps **inheriting** its desktop value.
* A small **dot** on the Mobile tab marks blocks that have a mobile override, so you can spot them at a glance.
* Click **Clear mobile spacing** to remove the overrides and go back to inheriting desktop values on every side.
Switching to the **Mobile** tab flips the canvas into [mobile preview](/emails/creating-an-email#previewing-for-mobile), so you can see your changes at phone width as you make them.
Mobile spacing overrides apply in the **sent email** on small screens. They're a preview in the editor and never change how the email looks on desktop.
***
## Borders
Add borders to any block. Choose a border color and set the width using the slider. Click the **expand icon** to set a different width for each side (top, right, bottom, left), which is useful for effects like a thick bottom border or an accent line on one edge.
***
## Visibility
Limit a block to people on — or not on — a specific Planning Center list. The visibility row sits directly under the **Block Style** card and reads **Visible to everyone** until you set a condition.
Click the row to expand it, choose whether recipients must be **on the list** or **not on the list**, and pick a Planning Center list. Once a condition is set, the row shows an orange filter badge and reads **Only people on** the list you picked.
When the email is sent, only recipients who match the condition get the block; everyone else gets a version of the email without it. The content is removed from their email entirely — not hidden with CSS — so it never appears in their inbox or their view-in-browser page.
* **On the list** sends the block only to people on the list — for example, an update just for volunteers.
* **Not on the list** sends the block only to people who aren't on the list — for example, a sign-up pitch hidden from people who already signed up.
* Blocks with a visibility condition show a small filter badge on the canvas.
* **Public page visibility** controls whether the block appears on the category's public page and in that category's RSS feed. It appears once a condition is set, and only when the email's category has a public page (or when the email doesn't have a category yet). **Automatic** follows the recipient rule — a block limited to a list is hidden, a block hidden from a list is shown — while **Always show** and **Always hide** pin it either way. Recipients are never affected.
* To apply a condition to several blocks at once, select multiple blocks (shift-click or cmd/ctrl-click) and use **Add Visibility Condition** in the sidebar.
* Recipients are matched by their Planning Center person. Recipients imported from a CSV aren't on any list, so blocks limited to a list are removed for them, and blocks hidden from a list are included. When you send a conditional-block email to a CSV audience, we'll warn you about this on the send confirmation.
* Moving a block into a column layout removes its visibility condition (conditions only work on top-level blocks) — you'll see a warning when this happens.
The editor preview and test sends always show the full email with every block included.
***
## Tips
* Combine a background image with padding to create breathing room around your content.
* Use corner radius on image or card blocks to create a softer, rounded look.
* Margin is helpful for creating visual separation between blocks without adjusting the block gap in your column layout.
# Button Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/button-block
Add clickable call-to-action buttons to your emails with customizable styles, colors, and link types.
The button block adds a call-to-action button to your email. Buttons are one of the most effective ways to drive clicks, whether you are linking to a registration form, a giving page, or a video.
***
## Adding a Button Block
Drag the **Button** block from the block palette into your email canvas. Click directly on the button text in the editor to change the label.
***
## Sidebar Settings
Select a button block to configure the following in the sidebar:
### Style
Choose between two button styles:
* **Filled**: A solid background color with contrasting text
* **Outline**: A transparent background with a colored border
### Colors
* **Color**: Sets the background color (filled) or border color (outline)
* **Text Color**: The color of the button label
### Sizing and Spacing
* **Font Size**: Adjust the size of the button text
* **Horizontal Padding**: Control the space on the left and right of the text
* **Vertical Padding**: Control the space above and below the text
* **Border Radius**: Round the corners of the button
### Border
* **Border Color**: Set a custom border color
* **Border Width**: Control the thickness of the border. Click the **expand icon** to set a different width for each side (top, right, bottom, left).
### Alignment
Position the button to the **left**, **center**, or **right** within the email content area.
### Link
Set where the button links to. All link types are supported:
* **URL**, **Email**, **Phone**, **SMS**, **File Download**, **Planning Center**
To make a button that unsubscribes the recipient or opens their email preferences, type `@unsubscribe` or `@manage-preferences` as the button's URL. Each recipient gets their own link. See [Using Merge Tags](/emails/merge-tags).
***
## Defaults
You can save your current button configuration as the default for all new buttons in this email:
* **Set as Default**: Saves the current style, colors, and sizing as the default
* **Reset to Default**: Reverts the selected button back to the saved default settings
This is useful for maintaining consistent button styling across your email without configuring each one individually.
***
## Tips
* Keep button text short and action-oriented. "Register Now" or "Give Today" works better than long descriptions.
* Use the filled style for primary actions and the outline style for secondary actions to create visual hierarchy.
* Set your preferred button style as the default early in your design process to save time.
# Cards Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/cards-block
Display multiple items in a grid layout with images, titles, descriptions, and buttons.
The cards block lets you present multiple items in a structured grid layout. Each card can include an image, title, label, rich text description, and a call-to-action button. This is useful for event listings, sermon series, ministry highlights, or any content that benefits from a visual grid format.
***
## Adding a Cards Block
Drag the **Cards** block from the block palette into your email canvas. A default set of cards will appear, and you can add, remove, or reorder them.
***
## Card Content
Each card can include the following elements:
* **Image**: Add a photo or graphic to the top of the card
* **Title**: A headline for the card
* **Label**: A smaller text element, often used for dates, categories, or tags
* **Description**: Rich text content that supports bold, italic, underline, links, and multiple paragraphs. Links in descriptions use your email's link color.
* **Button**: A call-to-action linking to any destination
***
## Sidebar Settings
Select a cards block to configure the following in the sidebar:
### Image Options
* **Aspect Ratio**: Choose 16:9, 1:1 (square), or original (preserves the uploaded image's proportions)
### Content Alignment
* **Left** or **Center**: Controls how text and buttons are positioned within each card
### Colors
* **Text Color**: The color used for card titles and descriptions
* **Label Color**: The color for label text
* **Button Color**: The background (filled) or border (outline) color for card buttons
* **Button Text Color**: The color of button label text
### Button Style
* **Style**: Filled or Outline
* **Size**: Fit (sized to text), Full (full card width), or Large
* **Centered**: Toggle to center the button within the card
Buttons support all link types: **URL**, **Email**, **Phone**, **SMS**, **File Download**, **Planning Center**.
***
## Managing Cards
### Adding and Removing
Use the controls in the sidebar to add new cards or remove existing ones.
### Import Cards from Planning Center
Instead of building cards by hand, you can pull groups, registrations, calendar events, announcements, or sermon episodes straight from Planning Center into the cards block you're already editing.
1. Click **Import from Planning Center** — it sits just under **Add Card**, both in the sidebar and in the expanded editing modal.
2. Pick the items you want across the **Registrations**, **Groups**, **Calendar**, and **Publishing** tabs. You can select more than one.
3. Click **Customize** and choose which fields to include (image, title, description, button, and so on), and set custom button text or a date format. The preview shows the new cards in your email's styles.
4. Click **Add cards**.
The selected items are appended to the block as **new cards**, keeping the cards you already have. Because the destination is already a cards block, there's no layout to choose: you never have to pick between blocks and cards.
For more on what each tab and field does, see [Importing Content from Planning Center](/integrations/planning-center/importing-content).
### Reordering
Drag and drop cards in the sidebar to change their order in the grid.
### Expanded Editing Modal
Click the **expand button** on the cards block to open a larger editing modal. This provides a more spacious editor with a sidebar for switching between cards and drag-and-drop reordering. The expanded modal is especially helpful when you have several cards or need to edit longer descriptions.
***
## Tips
* Use consistent image aspect ratios across all cards in a block for a clean, uniform look.
* Keep titles and descriptions concise. Cards work best when they are scannable.
* The expanded editing modal makes it much easier to work with cards. Use it whenever you are managing more than two or three cards.
* Labels are a great way to add context (such as a date or location) without cluttering the title.
# Chart Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/chart-block
Add bar, line, and pie charts to your emails for data visualizations like giving updates and attendance trends.
The chart block lets you add data visualizations to your emails. Charts render as clean images, so they display reliably across all email clients.
***
## Adding a Chart Block
Drag the **Chart** block from the block palette into your email canvas. A default chart will appear. Use the sidebar editor to configure the chart type, data, and appearance.
***
## Chart Types
Three chart types are available:
* **Bar**: Compare values across categories. Good for budget breakdowns, giving by fund, or monthly comparisons.
* **Line**: Show trends over time. Good for attendance trends, giving history, or growth metrics.
* **Pie**: Show proportions of a whole. Good for budget allocation, demographic breakdowns, or fund distribution.
***
## Configuring Data
### Data Series
Add one or more data series to your chart. Each series has:
* **Name**: A label for the series (displayed in the chart legend)
* **Color**: A custom color for the series
### Data Rows
Add rows of data to populate your chart. Each row includes:
* **Label**: The category or time period (displayed on the axis or as a segment label)
* **Values**: One value per data series
***
## Customization Options
Select the chart block to open its settings in the sidebar:
* **Dark Mode**: Toggle between light and dark chart backgrounds
* **Show Values** (Pie charts only): Display data values on each pie segment
***
## How It Renders
Charts are converted to images before the email is sent. This ensures they display correctly in every email client, including those that do not support interactive content. Recipients see a clean, static image of your chart.
***
## Tips
* Keep your data simple and focused. Charts in emails work best with a small number of data points that tell a clear story.
* Use bar charts for comparing categories, line charts for trends over time, and pie charts for showing how parts make up a whole.
* Charts are a great addition to finance reports, annual reports, quarterly giving updates, budget summaries, and attendance trend communications.
* Use descriptive labels so recipients can understand the chart at a glance without additional context.
# Collaborative Editing
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/collaborative-editing
Work on emails together with your team in real time.
Flowforth supports real-time collaborative editing, so multiple team members can work on the same email at the same time. Changes sync automatically with no need to save or refresh.
Collaborative editing is only available on **standard emails** and **standard email templates**. Simple emails, HTML emails, and Canva emails do not support collaborative editing.
***
## Presence Indicators
At the bottom of the sidebar, you can see who else is currently viewing the email. Each person is represented with their own color, making it easy to tell who is active.
***
## Block Locking
When someone selects a block, it becomes locked for other editors. You will see their color and profile picture on the block they are editing. This prevents anyone from overwriting someone else's work.
When they deselect the block, it becomes available for others to edit.
***
## Automatic Syncing
All changes sync in real time. As your teammates add, edit, or rearrange blocks, you will see their updates appear in your editor immediately. There is no need to manually save or refresh the page.
***
## Tips
* Coordinate with your team before making large structural changes, like rearranging sections or swapping layouts, to avoid confusion.
* Use the presence indicators to see who is active before you start editing. If someone is already working on a section, pick a different block to avoid waiting for the lock to release.
# Columns and Layouts
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/columns-and-layouts
Arrange your email content side by side using column layouts with flexible spacing and mobile-friendly stacking.
Column layouts let you place blocks next to each other in your email. You can use them to create multi-column designs, compare content side by side, or build more complex visual arrangements.
***
## Adding a Column Layout
There are two ways to create a column layout:
* **Drag and drop**: Drag a block next to an existing block in the canvas. A column layout is created automatically.
* **Add block menu**: Select a layout option from the add block menu to insert a pre-configured column structure.
***
## Layout Options
Flowforth offers five column layouts:
| Layout | Description |
| - | - |
| **1 Column (100%)** | A single full-width column. Useful when you want a shared background image across multiple blocks. |
| **2 Equal Columns (50/50)** | Two columns of equal width, splitting the content area in half. |
| **3 Equal Columns (33/33/33)** | Three columns of equal width. |
| **1/3 + 2/3** | A narrow left column and a wider right column. |
| **2/3 + 1/3** | A wider left column and a narrow right column. |
Each column can contain one or multiple blocks of any type. You can mix and match text, images, buttons, and other blocks within a single column.
***
## Spacing Controls
### Column Gap
The column gap controls the horizontal space between columns. Adjustable from 0 to 40px, with a default of 16px.
### Block Gap
The block gap controls the vertical space between blocks stacked within the same column. Adjustable from 0 to 40px, with a default of 15px.
***
## Swap Columns
For two-column layouts, click the **swap button** to switch the positions of the left and right columns. This is a quick way to flip your layout without moving blocks manually.
***
## Mobile Stacking
The **Mobile** setting controls how columns behave on smaller screens:
* **Left on top** (default): columns stack, each full width, in order from left to right, top to bottom.
* **Right on top**: columns stack in reverse order, so the rightmost column appears first. For example, in an image-on-the-right layout this keeps the image above its text on phones. Desktop layout is unaffected.
* **Keep Columns**: columns stay next to each other at every screen size.
***
## Tips
* Use the 1-column layout when you want a shared background image that spans across multiple blocks. Apply the background image in the column's [block settings](/emails/editor/block-styles).
* Keep three-column layouts simple. On mobile, three stacked sections can get long, so shorter content works best.
* Use column and block gap settings together to fine-tune the overall density of your layout.
# Divider Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/divider-block
Add horizontal dividers or invisible spacers to separate sections of your email.
The divider block adds a horizontal line between sections of your email. It can also function as an invisible spacer for adding vertical space.
***
## Adding a Divider Block
Drag the **Divider** block from the block palette into your email canvas.
***
## Sidebar Settings
Select a divider block to configure the following in the sidebar:
### Style
Choose a line style:
* **Solid**: A continuous line
* **Dashed**: A series of dashes
* **Dotted**: A series of dots
### Color
Set the color of the divider line.
### Thickness
Adjust the thickness from 0 to 100 pixels.
Setting the thickness to **0** turns the divider into a **spacer**. The line becomes invisible, and you can control how much vertical space it adds by adjusting the **padding** in the block's [style settings](/emails/editor/block-styles).
***
## Defaults
You can save your divider configuration as the default for all new dividers in this email:
* **Set as Default**: Saves the current style, color, and thickness as the default
* **Reset to Default**: Reverts the selected divider back to the saved default settings
***
## Tips
* Use dividers sparingly. Too many lines can make an email feel cluttered.
* A 0-thickness divider is a clean way to add spacing without introducing a visible element.
* Match your divider color to your email's overall color scheme for a polished look.
# Editor Settings
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/editor-settings
Reset the preferences the email editor has remembered on your device.
The email editor remembers certain choices on your device so it doesn't keep asking. The **Editor settings** dialog is where you can review and reset those preferences.
***
## Opening Editor Settings
In the drag-and-drop email editor, click the **three-dot menu (⋯)** in the top right and choose **Editor settings**.
***
## What You Can Reset
The dialog lists each preference the editor has remembered, such as:
* **Deleting blocks in columns** — whether deleting a block in a columns layout removes the whole layout or just that block
* **Duplicating blocks in columns** — the matching choice for duplicating
* **Planning Center import defaults** — saved field selections, button text, layout, and last-used tabs
* **Planning Center import timezone** — the timezone imported Planning Center dates use when Planning Center's timezone differs from this browser's
* **Preview merge tags** — whether previews show sample data in place of merge tags
* **Test email recipients** — saved addresses for sending test emails
Click **Reset** next to any preference to clear it, or **Reset all** to clear them at once.
Resetting a preference just means the editor will ask again or use its default — it never changes your email content. These settings are stored per device, so resetting them here won't affect your teammates.
# Elements
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/elements
Drag in pre-designed sections and save your own reusable elements to build beautiful emails faster.
Elements help you build beautiful emails from scratch in a fraction of the time. Instead of assembling every block by hand, you can drag in a pre-designed section — an announcement, a button, an image layout, and more — and then customize it to fit your content and style. You can also save your own elements to reuse across all your emails and automations.
***
## Finding Elements
In the drag-and-drop email editor, open the **Elements** tab in the sidebar (alongside Styles, Footer, and Templates). You'll see two areas:
* **Pre-built Elements** — a library of ready-made sections, grouped by category
* **Saved Elements** — the elements you and your team have saved
To add an element, drag it from the sidebar onto your email canvas, just like you would a block. Once it's in your email, every part of it is fully editable — change the text, colors, images, links, and spacing to make it your own.
***
## Pre-built Elements
Pre-built elements are organized into categories so you can quickly find the right starting point:
* **Announcements** — eye-catching sections for events, news, and calls to action
* **Buttons** — styled buttons and button groups
* **Images** — image-focused layouts
* **Article** — text-and-image layouts for longer-form content
* **Icons** — social and contact icon rows
* **Highlights** — sections for featuring a key piece of content
Pick a category to browse its options, then drag the one you like into your email.
***
## Saving Your Own Elements
Anything you build can be saved as an element and reused later. This is perfect for content you reach for again and again — a standard volunteer sign-up section with a button and social links, an email signature block with a photo and contact details, or a consistent header for your weekly newsletter. Build it once, save it, and it's ready in the sidebar whenever you need it.
There are two ways to save an element:
* **Save a single block** — select a block, then click the **Save** button at the bottom of its editor panel in the sidebar.
* **Save multiple blocks** — select two or more blocks, then click **Save as Element**.
In both cases, you'll be asked to give your element a **name** (up to 60 characters) so you can find it later. A single element can contain up to 100 blocks. Once saved, it appears under **Saved Elements** in the sidebar.
Saved elements are shared across your whole organization, so anyone on your team can drop them into their own emails and automations.
***
## Managing Saved Elements
In the **Saved Elements** section of the sidebar you can:
* **Search** your saved elements by name
* **Drag** any saved element into your email
* **Delete** an element you no longer need by hovering over it and clicking the trash icon
Deleting a saved element only removes it from your library — it doesn't change any emails that already use its content.
***
## Tips
* Save the sections you use most (sign-up blocks, signatures, headers, footers) so your team always starts from the same on-brand building blocks.
* After dragging in a pre-built element, swap in your own images and update the text and links — the layout and styling do the heavy lifting for you.
* Combine elements with [email templates](/emails/email-templates): templates give you a full starting email, while elements let you drop in individual reusable sections wherever you need them.
# File Download Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/file-download-block
Add a downloadable file with a title and file icon to your emails.
The file download block displays a file with a title and icon that recipients can click to download. It is useful for sharing bulletins, forms, guides, and other downloadable resources.
***
## Adding a File Download Block
Drag the **File Download** block from the block palette into your email canvas. Then select a file from your asset library in the sidebar editor.
***
## Configuration
Select the file download block to open its settings in the sidebar:
* **File**: Choose a file from your asset library. This is the file recipients will download when they click the block.
* **Display Title**: Customize the text shown next to the file icon. By default, this uses the file name, but you can change it to something more descriptive.
***
## Customization Options
* **File Background Color**: Set the background color of the file icon area
* **Text Color**: Set the color of the display title
***
## Tips
* Give your file a clear, descriptive display title so recipients know what they are downloading. For example, use "Sunday Bulletin, May 18" instead of "bulletin-final-v2.pdf."
* Upload files to your asset library before building your email so they are ready to select when you need them.
* This block works well for weekly bulletins, event registration forms, volunteer guides, annual reports, and similar documents.
# HTML Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/html-block
Add custom HTML code to your email for advanced customization and embedded content.
The HTML block lets you insert custom HTML code directly into your email. It is designed for advanced use cases where the standard blocks do not cover what you need.
***
## Adding an HTML Block
Drag the **HTML** block from the block palette into your email canvas. An empty code editor will appear in the sidebar where you can write or paste your HTML.
***
## How It Works
### Code Editor
Write or paste HTML in the code editor in the sidebar. Your code renders as a live preview directly on the canvas so you can see how it will look.
### Canvas Editing
You can edit text content directly on the canvas without opening the code editor. This is helpful for quick text changes when you do not need to modify the underlying HTML structure.
***
## Validation
The HTML block checks your code for common issues such as unclosed tags and displays warnings when problems are detected. Review and fix any warnings before sending your email to ensure consistent rendering across email clients.
***
## Security
Flowforth automatically sanitizes HTML content to remove potentially dangerous elements. This protects your recipients while still allowing you to use custom markup for layout and styling.
***
## Use Cases
* **Tables**: Display structured data like schedules, event details, or volunteer rosters in a table format
* **Advanced customization**: Build layouts or styles that go beyond the standard blocks
* **Embedded content**: Paste embed code from other tools or platforms
* **AI-generated HTML**: Paste HTML output from AI tools and adjust it to fit your email
* **Custom formatting**: Create unique visual elements that match your church's brand
***
## Tips
* Test your HTML in multiple email clients before sending. HTML rendering varies across Gmail, Outlook, Apple Mail, and others.
* Keep your HTML simple. Complex CSS and JavaScript are not supported in most email clients.
* Use the canvas text editing for quick copy changes, and the sidebar code editor for structural HTML modifications.
* If you are pasting HTML from an external tool, review it in the preview to make sure it renders as expected.
# Icons Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/icons-block
Add social media and contact icons with links to your emails.
The icons block lets you add a row of social media and contact icons to your email. Each icon links to a URL or action, making it easy for recipients to find your church online.
***
## Adding an Icons Block
Drag the **Icons** block from the block palette into your email canvas. A default set of icons will appear. Use the sidebar editor to add, remove, and configure icons.
***
## Supported Icons
The following icons are available:
* **Social Media**: Bluesky, Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Pinterest, Threads, TikTok, Vimeo, X/Twitter, YouTube
* **Audio/Video**: Spotify, Podcast
* **Church**: Church Center
* **Contact**: Email, Phone, SMS
* **General**: Calendar, Generic Link, Website
Each icon has a link destination that you configure in the sidebar. When a recipient clicks an icon, they are taken to the corresponding URL or action.
***
## Icon Styles
Choose from three visual styles in the sidebar:
* **Filled**: Icons displayed inside a solid colored shape
* **Outline**: Icons displayed inside a bordered shape with no fill
* **Icon Only**: Standalone icons with no background shape
***
## Customization Options
Select the icons block to open its settings in the sidebar:
* **Icon Color**: Set the color of the icon itself
* **Fill Color**: Set the background color behind the icon (applies to Filled and Outline styles)
* **Icon Size**: Control the size of each icon
* **Icon Spacing**: Adjust the amount of space between icons. Leave it as-is to keep the standard spacing, or increase it to give your icons a little more room.
***
## Managing Icons
### Adding Icons
Click the add button in the sidebar to add a new icon. Select the icon type from the available options and enter the link destination.
### Removing Icons
Select an icon in the sidebar and remove it using the delete option.
### Reordering Icons
Drag icons in the sidebar to reorder them. The order in the sidebar matches the display order in the email.
***
## Tips
* Place the icons block near the footer of your email so recipients can easily find your social media links.
* Use the same icon style across your emails for a consistent look. Filled icons tend to stand out more, while Icon Only is more subtle.
* Match the icon color and fill color to your brand for a polished appearance.
# Image Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/image-block
Add images to your emails from your asset library, device, or Unsplash, with full control over sizing, shapes, alignment, and linking.
The image block lets you add photos and graphics to your emails. You can pull images from your asset library, upload new ones, or browse Unsplash for free stock photos.
***
## Adding an Image Block
Drag the **Image** block from the block palette into your email canvas. Click the block to choose an image source:
* **Asset Library**: Select from previously uploaded images
* **Upload**: Add a new image from your device
* **Unsplash**: Search and insert free stock photos
***
## Resizing
You can resize images in two ways:
* **Drag the handle** on the image directly in the editor to adjust width visually
* **Width percentage** in the sidebar: Set an exact width from 0 to 100% of the email content area
***
## Sidebar Settings
Select an image block to configure the following in the sidebar:
* **Alignment**: Left, center, or right
* **Alt Text**: Describe the image for accessibility. Screen readers and email clients that block images will display this text instead.
* **Shape**: Crop the image into a shape (see below)
* **Border Radius**: Round the corners of the image
* **Border Color**: Set a border color around the image
* **Border Width**: Control the thickness of the border. Click the **expand icon** to set a different width for each side.
***
## Shape
Under **Style**, open the **Shape** picker to crop your image into a shape. Choose from:
* **Original**: The image's natural dimensions (no cropping). This is the default.
* **Square**: A square crop with softly rounded corners.
* **Circle** and **Oval**: A circular or portrait oval crop.
* **Arch**: A rounded window-arch crop.
* **Leaf**, **Blob**, and **Flower**: Decorative shapes for a more playful look.
The picker shows a live preview of each option. When you select a shape, the image is cropped to fit it, and the **Border** and **Corner** settings are hidden because the shape defines the image's outline. Choose **Original** again at any time to remove the shape and bring those settings back.
Shapes are applied to the image itself rather than with CSS, so they display consistently across all email clients, including Outlook and Gmail.
### Link
Click the link option to make the image clickable. All link types are supported:
* **URL**, **Email**, **Phone**, **SMS**, **File Download**, **Planning Center**
When a recipient clicks the image, they will be taken to the linked destination.
***
## Tips
* Always add alt text. It improves accessibility and ensures your message comes through even when images are blocked.
* Use the drag handle for quick sizing adjustments, and the sidebar width percentage for precise control.
* Shapes look best over a solid background color, since the area around the shape is transparent and shows whatever is behind it.
* If you are linking an image, consider adding a text link nearby as a fallback for recipients who may not see images.
# Link Types
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/link-types
Learn about the different link types available in the Flowforth email editor for text, buttons, images, cards, and more.
Flowforth supports several link types across the email editor. These are available on **text links**, **buttons**, **images**, **cards**, **list item buttons**, and **footer links**.
***
## URL
A standard web link. Enter a full URL (e.g., `https://example.com`) or just the domain (e.g., `example.com`) and Flowforth will add `https://` automatically.
***
## Planning Center
Browse and link directly to content in your Planning Center account without leaving the editor. The picker lets you choose from:
* **Forms**
* **Registrations**
* **Groups**
* **Calendar Events**
* **Common Church Center links** and custom Publishing pages
* **Sermons**: a single episode, a series, or a whole channel
For more details, see [Linking to Planning Center Content](/integrations/planning-center/linking-to-content).
***
## Email
Opens the recipient's email client with a pre-filled address. Enter just the email address (e.g., `hello@example.com`).
***
## Phone Call
Opens the phone dialer on the recipient's device. Enter a phone number with or without formatting (e.g., `+1 (555) 123-4567`). Formatting characters are stripped automatically when the link is saved.
***
## Text Message
Opens the recipient's messaging app to start a text message. Enter a phone number the same way as a phone call link.
***
## File Download
Link to a file from your asset library. When clicked, the recipient downloads the file directly. Select a file from the asset browser or upload a new one.
***
## Where Links Are Available
| Block | How to Add a Link |
| - | - |
| **Text** | Select text and click the link icon in the formatting toolbar |
| **Button** | Set the link in the button's sidebar settings |
| **Image** | Set the link in the image's sidebar settings |
| **Cards** | Set a link on the card or on individual card buttons |
| **List** | Set a link on list item buttons |
| **Footer** | Edit footer text links directly in the footer editor |
All blocks support all six link types.
# List Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/list-block
Add a numbered list to your email with titles, rich text descriptions, and optional buttons on each item.
The list block displays a numbered list of items, each with a title, description, and an optional button. It works well for step-by-step instructions, event schedules, sermon series overviews, and any content that benefits from a structured format.
***
## Adding a List Block
Drag the **List** block from the block palette into your email canvas. A default list with placeholder items will appear. You can type directly into item titles and descriptions on the canvas, or configure everything in the sidebar editor.
***
## List Structure
Each list displays a numbered sequence of items. The overall list includes:
* **Title**: A heading displayed above the list
* **Subtitle**: Optional supporting text below the title
Each individual item includes:
* **Title**: A short label or heading for the item
* **Description**: Rich text content that supports bold, italic, underline, links, and multiple paragraphs
* **Button** (optional): A call-to-action button with customizable text and link
***
## Managing Items
### Adding and Removing Items
Use the sidebar editor to add new items to the list or remove existing ones. You can also press **Enter** at the end of an item on the canvas to add a new item below it.
### Reordering Items
Open the expanded editing modal from the sidebar to manage multiple items. Drag and drop items to reorder them. You can also use the **arrow keys** on your keyboard to navigate between items.
### Editing on the Canvas
Type directly into item titles and descriptions on the canvas for quick edits. For more detailed editing, including managing buttons and reordering, use the sidebar editor.
***
## Item Buttons
Each item can include an optional button. Buttons support all available link types:
* **URL**: Link to any web page
* **Email**: Opens the recipient's email client
* **File**: Link to a file from your asset library
* **SMS**: Opens a text message
* **Phone**: Opens the phone dialer
* **Planning Center**: Link to a Planning Center resource
Configure button text and link destination in the sidebar editor for each item.
***
## Customization Options
Select the list block to open its settings in the sidebar:
* **Text Color**: Set the color for titles and descriptions
* **Bullet Color**: Customize the background color of the numbered circles
* **Bullet Text Color**: Set the color of the numbers inside the circles
***
## Tips
* Use the expanded editing modal when working with longer lists. It gives you a better overview of all items and makes drag-and-drop reordering easier.
* Rich text descriptions let you include links, bold text, and multiple paragraphs within a single item, so each entry can be as detailed as needed.
* Buttons are optional per item. You can mix items with and without buttons in the same list.
# Person Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/person-block
Display a person's profile with avatar, name, subtitle, and links in your emails.
The person block shows a profile section with an avatar image, name, subtitle, and optional links. It is a great fit for newsletters, pastor messages, and staff spotlights.
***
## Adding a Person Block
Drag the **Person** block from the block palette into your email canvas. A placeholder profile will appear. Use the sidebar editor to configure the person's details.
***
## Person Details
Each person block includes:
* **Avatar**: An image from your asset library. You can choose between a **circle** or **square** shape, or hide the avatar entirely for a text-only layout.
* **Name**: The person's display name
* **Title**: Supporting text such as a title, role, or short bio
***
## Links
Add links to the person block. These use the same icon set as the [Icons Block](/emails/editor/icons-block), including options like Facebook, Instagram, X/Twitter, Email, Phone, SMS, and more. Each icon links to a URL or action you specify.
**Phone** links have an optional **Extension** field. The extension is shown after the number (for example, "555-123-4567 ext. 210") when links are displayed **Below**. Phones can't dial an extension from an email link, so tapping the link calls the main number.
### Link Layout
You can choose how links are displayed:
* **Inline**: Icons appear to the right of the name and subtitle, keeping the block compact.
* **Below**: Links appear below the subtitle with text labels showing usernames or contact details (e.g., "@username" for Instagram). This is useful when you want to display actual usernames or phone numbers alongside the icons.
***
## Saved People
You can save a person block configuration for reuse across emails. After setting up a person's name, avatar, subtitle, and links, click **Add to Saved People** in the sidebar editor. Saved people are shared across your organization.
To load a saved person, click **Load Saved Person** in the sidebar editor and select from your saved profiles. You can also delete saved people you no longer need.
***
## Import from Planning Center
If your organization is connected to Planning Center, you can import a person directly from your Planning Center People database into the person block. Click **Import from Planning Center** in the sidebar editor to search for a person by name, email, or phone number.
When importing, you can select which details to pull in:
* **Avatar**: The person's Planning Center profile photo
* **Email**: Choose from available email addresses (the primary email is indicated)
* **Phone**: Choose a phone number with location labels (mobile, home, etc.)
* **Profiles**: Select from any profiles attached to the person in Planning Center (Facebook, Instagram, X/Twitter, LinkedIn, etc.)
Imported details are mapped to the appropriate link types and icons automatically.
This is especially helpful for adding a team member as the sender of a newsletter or for featuring a volunteer who serves as a point of contact for the people you're emailing.
Importing a person from Planning Center copies their details into the block at
that moment. Changes made in Planning Center after importing will not update
the block automatically.
Make sure you have the person's consent before importing their profile photo,
contact information, or links into an email.
***
## Customization Options
Select the person block to open its settings in the sidebar:
* **Picture Style**: Choose between **Circle**, **Square**, or **Hidden** for the avatar shape
* **Avatar Size**: Adjust the avatar image size from 24px to 150px
* **Text Size**: Control the font size from 12px to 24px
* **Icon Layout**: Choose between **Inline** and **Below** for link placement
* **Text Color**: Set the color for the name and subtitle
* **Link Color**: Set the color for link icons
***
## Tips
* Use the person block at the top or bottom of a newsletter to attribute the content to a specific person. It adds a personal touch.
* If multiple staff members contribute to your emails, add a person block for each in the relevant section.
* Links are optional. If the person does not have public profiles, you can leave them out for a cleaner look.
* Save frequently used profiles to **Saved People** so you can quickly load them into future emails without re-entering details each time.
* The **Below** link layout works well when you want recipients to see actual usernames and contact info at a glance.
# Text Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/text-block
Add rich text content to your emails with formatting, links, merge tags, and AI Rewrite.
The text block is the primary content block for your emails. It supports rich formatting, multiple heading levels, lists, links, and merge tags.
***
## Adding a Text Block
Drag the **Text** block from the block palette into your email canvas. Click on the block to start typing and reveal the formatting toolbar.
***
## Formatting Options
Select text to reveal the formatting toolbar. The following options are available:
* **Bold**, **Italic**, **Underline**, **Strikethrough**
* **Highlight** to emphasize key text
* **Text alignment**: left, center, or right
* **Headings**: H1, H2, H3, or Paragraph style
* **Bulleted lists** and **Numbered lists**
Each text style has a **default alignment** and an optional **mobile font size** set in [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles). New and existing text picks those up automatically — but any alignment you set here on a specific paragraph overrides the default.
### Font Family
You can override the email's default font on a per-block basis. Select text and choose a different font family from the formatting toolbar. This only affects the selected text, not the rest of the email.
### Custom Text Color
Beyond the default and accent colors set in your email styles, you can apply a custom color to any selected text using the color picker in the formatting toolbar.
***
## Links
Select text and click the link button in the toolbar to add a link. Flowforth supports several link types:
* **URL**: Link to any web page
* **Email**: Opens the recipient's email client with a pre-filled address
* **Phone**: Opens the phone dialer
* **SMS**: Opens a text message
* **File Download**: Link to a file from your asset library
* **Planning Center**: Link to a Planning Center resource
***
## Merge Tags
Type **@** anywhere in your text to insert a merge tag. Merge tags are replaced with personalized data for each recipient when the email is sent. For more details, see the [Merge Tags](/emails/merge-tags) page.
***
## AI Rewrite
Highlight a section of text and select **AI Rewrite** in the toolbar to clean up your copy. This can help with grammar, clarity, and tone without changing the meaning of your content.
***
## Spacing
Click the **line spacing** icon in the formatting toolbar to adjust:
* **Paragraph Spacing**: Control the space between paragraphs
* **Line Height**: Adjust the vertical spacing between lines of text
* **List Item Spacing**: Set the spacing between items in bulleted or numbered lists
You can also click **Apply to all text blocks** to use the same spacing settings across every text block in the email.
***
## Tips
* Use headings to create visual hierarchy in longer emails. Set default heading styles in the [Email Styles](/emails/email-styles) panel so they stay consistent.
* Merge tags work inline with your text, so you can personalize greetings, names, or any other dynamic content naturally within a sentence.
* If you need to adjust fonts or colors across the entire email, use the **Styles** panel rather than overriding each text block individually.
# Video Block
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/editor/video-block
Add YouTube or Vimeo video thumbnails to your emails that link recipients to the video.
The video block lets you feature a video in your email. It displays a thumbnail image with a play button overlay. When a recipient clicks it, the video opens in their browser on YouTube or Vimeo.
Emails do not support inline video playback. The video block generates a clickable thumbnail that links to the original video.
***
## Adding a Video Block
Drag the **Video** block from the block palette into your email canvas. Paste a YouTube or Vimeo URL into the **Video URL** field in the sidebar.
***
## Supported Platforms
### YouTube
Supported URL formats:
* `https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VIDEO_ID`
* `https://youtu.be/VIDEO_ID`
* `https://www.youtube.com/embed/VIDEO_ID`
* `https://www.youtube.com/shorts/VIDEO_ID`
* `https://www.youtube.com/live/VIDEO_ID`
### Vimeo
Supported URL formats:
* `https://vimeo.com/VIDEO_ID`
* `https://player.vimeo.com/video/VIDEO_ID`
***
## How It Works
When you paste a valid video URL, Flowforth automatically:
1. Fetches the video's thumbnail from YouTube or Vimeo
2. Overlays a play button on the thumbnail
3. Links the entire image to the original video URL
Recipients click the thumbnail to watch the video in their browser.
***
## Resizing
You can resize the video thumbnail in two ways:
* **Drag the handles** on the block directly in the editor
* **Width percentage** in the sidebar: Set an exact width as a percentage of the email content area
***
## Sidebar Settings
Select a video block to configure the following in the sidebar:
* **Video URL**: The YouTube or Vimeo link
* **Alignment**: Left, center, or right
* **Border Radius**: Round the corners of the thumbnail
* **Border Color**: Set a border color around the thumbnail
* **Border Width**: Control the thickness of the border. Click the **expand icon** to set a different width for each side.
***
## Shared Defaults with Images
Video blocks share their default border styles with image blocks. If you set default styles for images (border radius, border color, border width), those same defaults apply to new video blocks as well.
***
## Tips
* YouTube Live URLs are supported, so you can promote upcoming livestreams directly in your emails.
* Keep the video thumbnail large enough that the play button overlay is clearly visible and inviting to click.
* Pair a video block with a short text block above it to give context about what the video contains.
# Managing Email Categories
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/email-categories
Create and manage email categories to help your audience choose the types of emails they want to receive.
Email categories help you organize your communication by type—such as **General Updates**, **Kids Ministry**, or **Student Events**. These categories show up on the email preferences page so your recipients can **opt in or out** of the content that matters most to them.
This improves **engagement** and helps protect your **deliverability** by reducing unsubscribes and spam complaints.
New organizations start with three default categories — **General Emails**, **Students**, and **Kids** — created automatically. You can rename, add to, or delete them at any time.
***
## How to Create a Category
1. Go to **Emails → Categories**\
or visit [https://flowforth.co/emails/categories](https://flowforth.co/emails/categories)
2. Click the **New Category** button.
3. Enter:
* A **name** (e.g., “Youth Ministry”)
* A **very short description** (shown on the preference management page)
You can create up to **20 categories** per organization.
***
## How to Edit a Category
1. Click the **category name** from the table.
2. Update the **name** or **description** as needed.
3. Click save.
***
## Hiding a Category from Preferences
By default, all categories appear on the manage preferences and unsubscribe pages. If you have a category that recipients should always be subscribed to (like transactional emails), you can hide it from the preferences page.
1. Click the **category name** from the table.
2. Go to the **Settings** tab.
3. Under **Email Preferences Page**, toggle on **Hide from Preferences**.
You can also manage category visibility from the unsubscribe page editor at **Settings > Branding > Unsubscribe Page**. Click the **Category Visibility** button to toggle which categories are shown or hidden.
***
## How to Delete a Category
1. Click the **category name** from the table.
2. Click **Delete** and confirm the action.
If a category is used in an email automations, you will have to remove it from
that automation before deleting.
Deleting a category will remove it from future emails and your recipient
preference form.
***
Using clear, specific categories helps your people receive emails that matter to them—and helps ensure your emails keep reaching the inbox.
Need help setting up categories? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Organizing Emails and Templates with Folders
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/email-folders
Create folders to organize your emails and templates by topic, ministry, or any system that works for your team.
Folders let you organize your emails and templates into groups that make sense for your team. Whether you want to sort by ministry, event, season, or any other system, folders keep things tidy as your library grows.
Both emails and templates support folders, though they work slightly differently. Email folders support nesting, while template folders are a flat list. Automations have folders too. See [Automation Folders](/automations/managing/folders).
***
## Email Folders
### Creating a Folder
1. Go to **Emails** and click the **New Folder** button next to the New Email button.
2. Enter a **folder name** (up to 60 characters).
3. Optionally choose a **color** to make the folder easy to identify at a glance.
4. Optionally assign the folder to a **team** to restrict who can see it (see [Team Folders](#team-folders) below).
5. Click **Create**.
Your new folder will appear in the emails table alongside your emails.
You can also create folders from inside an existing folder to create nested folders.
### Nested Folders
Email folders can be nested as deep as you need, so you can build a hierarchy that fits your organization. For example:
* **Kids Ministry**
* Weekly Updates
* Events
* **Student Ministry**
* Weekly Updates
To create a nested folder, navigate into a folder first, then click **New Folder**.
### Navigating Folders
Click on any folder in the emails table to open it. A **breadcrumb trail** will appear at the top showing your current location in the folder hierarchy. Click any breadcrumb to jump back to that level.
Folders are hidden when searching emails. Your search will look across all emails regardless of folder.
### Moving Emails to a Folder
1. In the emails table, select one or more emails using the checkboxes.
2. Click the **Move** button that appears in the action bar at the bottom of the screen.
3. Browse or navigate through your folder tree and select a destination folder.
4. Click **Move** to confirm.
To move emails back out of a folder, select them and choose **All Emails (no folder)** as the destination.
With emails selected, you can also press **M** on your keyboard to open the move dialog without clicking the action bar.
You can also choose a folder when duplicating an email or saving an email as a template.
***
## Template Folders
Template folders work just like email folders, but are a flat list only.
Template folders cannot be nested. If you need to organize templates further, use descriptive folder names to group related templates together.
### Creating a Template Folder
1. Go to **Emails > Templates** and click the **New Folder** button.
2. Enter a **folder name** (up to 60 characters).
3. Optionally choose a **color**.
4. Click **Create**.
### Moving Templates to a Folder
1. In the templates table, select one or more templates using the checkboxes.
2. Click the **Move** button that appears in the action bar at the bottom of the screen.
3. Select a destination folder.
4. Click **Move** to confirm.
To move a single template, open its **⋯** menu (or right-click it) and choose **Move to Folder**.
You can also choose a folder when duplicating a template or creating a new template from an email.
***
## Folder Colors
Each folder (email or template) can have a color to help you visually distinguish between different types of content. There are 10 colors to choose from: red, orange, yellow, green, teal, blue, purple, pink, gray, and black.
You can set a color when creating a folder or change it later by clicking the folder name at the top of the page when viewing a folder.
***
## Team Folders
You can restrict access to a top-level email folder by assigning it to a team. When a folder has a team assigned, only organization owners and members of that team can see emails inside it.
* Only **top-level folders** can be assigned to a team. Subfolders automatically inherit the permissions of their parent folder.
* Folders without a team assignment remain visible to everyone with email access.
* You can see which folders are assigned to a team from the **Access** tab on the team's detail page in Settings.
To assign a team when creating a folder, select a team from the **Team** field in the new folder form. To assign or change a team on an existing folder, right-click the folder and select **Edit**.
### Organizing by Campus or Ministry
Many organizations want to group email folders by campus or ministry area, sometimes with separate teams for each group (e.g. Kids vs. Students). There are two approaches that work well with how folder permissions are set up today.
#### Nested folders (one team for the whole area)
Use nested folders when **everyone on the same team** should see everything in that area. Assign the team to the **top-level** folder. All subfolders inherit that team's access.
Example — one campus team manages all ministry emails:
* **Downtown Campus** *(assigned to Downtown Campus team)*
* Kids
* Students
* Adults
Kids, Students, and Adults are for organization only. Anyone on the Downtown Campus team can see all emails in the tree.
#### Flat folders with naming (different teams per branch)
Use separate **top-level** folders when **different teams** need access to different parts of the same campus or ministry area. Only top-level folders can be assigned to a team, so each team needs its own root folder.
Use a consistent naming prefix so related folders stay grouped in the list. Shared **colors** can also help visually tie folders together.
Example — separate teams for Kids and Students at the same campus:
* **Downtown — Kids** *(assigned to Kids team)*
* **Downtown — Students** *(assigned to Students team)*
Each team only sees its own folder. Organization owners always have access to everything.
***
## Editing a Folder
Right-click on any folder in the emails table to open a context menu with edit options. From here you can:
* **Rename** the folder
* **Change the color**
* **Assign or change the team** (top-level folders only)
* **Delete** the folder
You can also click the **folder name** at the top of the page when viewing a folder to rename, recolor, or delete it.
***
## Deleting a Folder
When you delete a folder:
* All **emails or templates** inside the folder are moved to the parent folder (or back to the root if it's a top-level folder).
* For email folders, all **subfolders** are also moved to the parent folder.
* No emails or templates are deleted, only the folder itself is removed.
To delete a folder, right-click it in the table and select **Delete**, or click the folder name at the top of the page when viewing the folder.
***
Folders are a simple way to keep your emails and templates organized as your team sends more content. Need help? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Understanding Email Metrics and Statuses
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/email-metrics
Learn how Flowforth tracks your email performance and what each metric and status means.
Open rates and click rates are nice, but they aren't really the goal — helping people engage is. This page explains what every number on a sent email means, so you can tell which ones are worth acting on.
***
## The Sent Email Page
After sending an email, click it from your **Emails** list. You'll see these tabs:
* **Details** — the delivery cards, the engagement chart, how this send compares with your recent ones, and the links people clicked
* **Recipients** — every recipient and what happened to their copy
* **Registrations** — who signed up for a Planning Center registration you linked to (see [Registration Stats](/emails/registration-stats))
* **Groups** — who joined a Planning Center group you linked to or sent to (see [Group Stats](/emails/group-stats))
* **Content** — the email exactly as it was sent
On a wide screen, a **details sidebar** sits to the right of the Details tab. On a phone or tablet it becomes an **Info** tab instead.
***
## When Metrics Update
While an email is sending, and for about an hour after it finishes, the numbers are counted **live** — they appear as delivery, open, and click events arrive, and refresh on their own. A blue **Live metrics** note tells you when you're looking at those.
After that first hour, metrics are refreshed **every 5 minutes**. If a send is waiting on its first refresh, the page says so rather than showing you a silent zero.
Opens and clicks keep arriving for hours — often days — after a send. A number
you read twenty minutes in is a real number, but it isn't the final one.
If a sent email would skew your organization's dashboard totals, you can hide it from global metrics without losing this page's stats. See [Archiving Emails vs. Hiding from Global Metrics](/emails/archiving-and-global-metrics).
***
## How Many People You Actually Sent To
Directly above the delivery cards is one line: **Sent to 2,412 of 3,700 on the list**. The first number is how many messages actually went out. The second is how many people your audience resolved to.
When those two don't match, click **Who wasn't sent to** for the breakdown. Common reasons:
| Reason | What it means |
| - | - |
| **No email address** | The person has no email address in Planning Center |
| **Invalid email address** | The address on file isn't a valid one |
| **Not subscribed** | They aren't subscribed to your organization's emails |
| **Unsubscribed from all emails** | They opted out of everything you send |
| **Unsubscribed from this category** | They opted out of this email's category |
| **Previously bounced** | The address bounced before and was cleaned |
| **Suppressed by the email provider** | Blocked at the provider level (see [Manage Subscription Status](/people/manage-subscription-status)) |
| **No-reply address** | The address contains "no-reply" or "noreply" |
| **Duplicate address** | Someone else on the list has the same address, so only one copy was sent |
| **Rejected by the email provider** / **Send failed** | The message failed on the way out |
The breakdown also counts people removed while the list was being prepared, so
its total can be larger than the gap in the line above it. Everyone the send
skipped is in there, whichever step dropped them.
If you're chasing one specific person, [Why Didn't Someone Receive My Email?](/emails/not-received) walks through it.
***
## The Delivery Cards
Three cards lead the page — **Delivered**, **Opened**, and **Clicked** — with the rate as the big number and the count it came from underneath. Click any card to see exactly those people on the Recipients tab.
### Delivered
The share of your sent messages that reached an inbox, with the raw figures underneath (**141 of 144 sent**).
If a send is old enough that no delivery count was recorded, the card marks itself **estimated** and shows sent minus bounces instead.
### Opened
The share of sent messages that were **opened**, counting **recipients, not opens**. Someone who opens your email six times counts once.
Churches tend to run high here — 40–60% is common — but treat it as a trend, not a headcount. See [Open Rates Explained](/emails/open-rates-explained).
### Clicked
The share of recipients who clicked **at least one link**. It counts **people, not clicks**: someone who clicks five links, or the same link five times, counts once. That's why it can never pass 100%, and why the number on this card is exactly the number of names on the Recipients tab when you click it.
All three cards divide by the same number — **messages sent** — so they can be
read against each other. Bounces, unsubscribes, and complaints use the same
sent total.
### The comparison chip
On **Opened** and **Clicked**, a small chip compares this send with your own recent average — for example, **↑ 12 pts vs last 10**. It appears once you have at least three previous sends to average; below that, one unusual email moves the average too much to be worth showing.
***
## The Rest of the Delivery Picture
Beneath the three cards sit four counts, each with its rate underneath.
### Didn't open
Everyone who received the email and never opened it, as a share of delivered. Underneath the row sits **Send a follow-up to people who didn't open** — see [Send a Follow-up to People Who Didn't Open](#send-a-follow-up-to-people-who-didnt-open).
### Unsubscribed
People who unsubscribed or updated their preferences after this email, as a share of sent. The number turns **yellow** above 0.2% and **red** above 0.5%.
### Bounced
Messages that couldn't be delivered. **Yellow** above 0.5%, **red** above 1%. See [Bounce Types](/emails/bounce-types).
### Complaints
People who marked the email as spam. **Yellow** above 0.01%, **red** above 0.05%.
High complaint rates damage your sender reputation and affect deliverability for future emails. If you see red here, review your sending practices right away.
Some providers, including Gmail, don't report complaints back to senders. Your real complaint rate may be higher than what's shown.
***
## Filtering Out Bot Activity
Beside the sent line is a **Filter bot activity** switch. It hides opens and clicks that look automated — security scanners and inbox privacy services (like Apple Mail Privacy Protection) that open an email within moments of delivery.
* Anyone who later opened or clicked on their own still counts. Real engagement is never hidden.
* Filtered recipients come out of the sent and delivered totals too, so one excluded bot makes both sides of every rate exactly one smaller.
* Unsubscribe, bounce, and complaint rates keep the full sent total, since a bot never appears in those numbers to begin with.
* The switch only changes what's displayed. Nothing is deleted.
* The **Compared to your recent emails** section and the comparison chips are always unfiltered on both sides, so turning the filter on can't make a send look better than the emails it's measured against.
While Flowforth is still checking a send, the label reads **Filtering bot activity**; it settles to **Filter bot activity** once detection finishes.
The switch appears on sends recent enough to have per-recipient event history. If it says **No bot activity detected**, there was nothing to filter. If bot detection is temporarily unavailable, the page tells you rather than quietly showing you unfiltered numbers.
***
## Opens and Clicks Over Time
The engagement chart plots **opens and clicks together** on one scale, by day or by week, so you can see when activity happened and how long the tail ran.
Clicks are usually far smaller than opens and will often sit close to the baseline. That's the true relationship — the chart deliberately doesn't stretch clicks onto a second scale to make the two lines look comparable.
***
## Compared to Your Recent Emails
Underneath the chart, **Compared to your recent emails** puts this send's open and click rates against **the 10 emails you sent before it**. Each row shows this email as a filled bar, with two marks on the same track: your **average** across those sends, and your **best**.
It needs at least **three** previous sends to appear. Both rows share one scale, so an open rate and a click rate are measured by the same ruler.
"Is 32% good?" has no universal answer, but it has a local one. This section
is your own congregation's baseline, not an industry benchmark.
***
## Links
The **Links** section lists every link in your email that someone clicked.
* **Link** — the destination page's own title where we can read it, otherwise the text you used in the email, with the site's favicon. The full URL sits underneath in smaller type.
* **People** — how many recipients clicked that link at least once, with the total number of clicks underneath. **12 clicks from 7 people** is usually the interesting part.
* **Share** — that link's share of all the clicking on this email. The column adds up to 100%.
Above the table you'll see the summary — **284 people clicked · 41% of sent · 512 clicks** — which matches the **Clicked** card exactly.
Flowforth's own links (unsubscribe, view in browser, the preference center) are left out of both the rows and the percentages, so the table is about your content.
### Who clicked what
Click any row to see **which recipients clicked that link**, with their name, email address, and when they clicked. It's the fastest way to follow up with the people who showed interest in one specific thing.
### How link tracking works
Flowforth uses your **sending domain** for tracking links, so the URLs in your email match your from address. That helps with deliverability, since providers trust emails where the links and the sender agree. You can turn open and click tracking on or off per domain in your [domain settings](/domains/manage-domains).
***
## When Tracking Is Off
If a sending domain has open or click tracking turned off, nothing was ever recorded — and a zero would be a lie. So instead:
* **Opened** and **Clicked** say **Open tracking was off when this email was sent** / **Click tracking was off when this email was sent** rather than 0%.
* The engagement chart and the Links table say the same thing in place of an empty chart or table.
* The **Groups** and **Registrations** tabs still count joins and signups, and say plainly that they can't attribute them to a click.
Tracking is recorded per send, at the moment the email goes out, so changing a domain's settings later never rewrites what an already-sent email reports.
For older sends, from before we started recording it, we work backwards from what the send itself recorded, and only where the answer is safe. A single open or click proves the tracking was on. In the other direction, only opens are ever read as off: a large send with no open at all almost certainly had no pixel in it, since Apple Mail Privacy Protection and similar services open messages on the recipient's behalf. No clicks proves nothing — an email whose only link is the unsubscribe footer records zero clicks with click tracking fully on — so a send with no clicks is left unrecorded rather than called off.
### When We Didn't Record It
Where that leaves no answer either way, the send's tracking state is simply **not recorded** — which is a gap in our notes, not a finding about the email. Those sends show their real numbers everywhere: the **Opened** and **Clicked** cards, the engagement chart, the Links table, the click overlay on the **Content** tab, the comparison against your recent emails, and the click-based counts on **Groups** and **Registrations**. A quiet note sits beside them — *Tracking state wasn't recorded for this send, so this may be under-counted* — because a send with tracking genuinely off would produce the same numbers.
The one exception is [follow-ups](#send-a-follow-up-to-people-who-didnt-open). "The people who didn't open it" is a list of names to mail, not a figure to read, so that audience takes a confirmed **on** and nothing less. On a send whose tracking state was never recorded, the **Didn't open** card and its follow-up link aren't shown, and in the follow-up dialog the audiences that depend on tracking are unavailable with the reason on the option.
***
## The Details Sidebar
Everything about the send that isn't a metric lives in the sidebar (or the **Info** tab on smaller screens):
* **Send** — status, date, who sent it, who approved it, and when it was archived
* **Message** — from name and address, reply-to, subject, and preview text
* **Audience** — the recipient count, the lists, groups, registrations, or people it went to, and the email's category
* **Announcements** — any linked Church Center or Publishing announcement
Audience entries link straight to that list, group, or registration in Planning Center, so "which list was this, exactly?" is one click away.
***
## Recipients Tab
The Recipients tab is a searchable, filterable table of everyone the email was addressed to. You can **search** by name or email, **filter** by delivery status, and **export** to CSV.
### Recipient Statuses
| Status | Description |
| - | - |
| **Delivered** | Email successfully delivered to recipient's inbox |
| **Opened** | Recipient opened the email |
| **Not Opened** | Delivered, but never opened |
| **Clicked** | Recipient clicked a link in the email |
| **Bounced** | Email could not be delivered (invalid address, full inbox, etc.) |
| **Complained** | Recipient marked the email as spam |
| **Unsubscribed** | Recipient unsubscribed after receiving |
| **Pending** | Email is still in the sending queue |
| **Delivery Delayed** | The recipient's mail server temporarily deferred delivery; it will be retried |
| **Suppressed** | The address is on our email provider's suppression list, so delivery was blocked |
| **Did Not Send** | Email was skipped (see below) |
### Did Not Send
"Did Not Send" means the person was on your list but was filtered out before sending — the same people counted in [Who wasn't sent to](#how-many-people-you-actually-sent-to).
They're hidden from the Recipients tab by default. To see them, add the **Did Not Send Recipients** filter and choose:
* **Show** — list them alongside everyone else
* **Show Only** — list only the recipients that did not send
* **Hide** — leave them out (the default)
You can also set the **Status** filter to **Did Not Send**. Searching always includes them, so you can find anyone by name or email without changing filters. These records don't count against your email usage.
### Per-Recipient Event Timeline
Click a recipient's **status badge** for a timeline of everything that happened with their copy — every open, and every link they clicked, in order.
It's also the fastest way to troubleshoot deliverability for one person. If someone says they never got an email, the timeline shows whether it was delivered, bounced, or marked as spam, and when.
### Filtering from the cards
Clicking any card at the top of the Details tab — Delivered, Opened, Clicked, Didn't open, Unsubscribed, Bounced, Complaints — jumps you to the Recipients tab filtered to those people.
### Exporting Recipients
Click **Export** on the Recipients tab to download a CSV of all recipients, including name, email address, delivery status, and timestamps. You'll get an email with a download link when it's ready, and the link expires after 7 days. See [Exporting Recipients](/emails/exporting-recipients).
***
## Seeing Clicks on the Email Itself
On the **Content** tab, turn on **Show clicks** to draw each tracked link's click count directly onto the email as it was sent. It's the quickest way to see which button in a long newsletter actually did the work.
* The counts match the Links table, including the bot filter if you have it on.
* If the same URL appears in more than one place, every copy shows the same combined total — we can't tell two identical links apart by position.
* The switch is off by default, and it changes nothing about the stored email.
***
## Send a Follow-up to People Who Didn't Open
Some people miss an email the first time. A **follow-up** is a new draft addressed only to the part of an earlier send that didn't engage with it — most often the people who never opened it.
Start one from a sent email: the **⋯** menu has **Send a follow-up…**, and the same thing sits as a link under the **Didn't open** card.
### Choosing who it goes to
Three audiences are offered:
* **Didn't open** — received the email, no open recorded.
* **Didn't click** — received or opened it, but never clicked a link.
* **Opened but didn't click** — opened it, but never clicked a link.
**One follow-up per audience.** Once a send has a "Didn't open" follow-up, that option is marked **Already created** with a link to open the draft it belongs to; the other two are still yours to use. A second follow-up to the same audience would be built from the same original and re-mail whoever the first one didn't reach. Archiving a follow-up frees its audience again.
An option is unavailable when the tracking it depends on wasn't on for that send. "Didn't open" needs open tracking; "Didn't click" needs click tracking; "Opened but didn't click" needs both. The dialog says which, in place of the description — either **Open tracking was off when this email was sent**, or **We can't confirm open tracking was on for this email**. Both are refusals for the same reason: without recordable opens, "didn't open" would quietly mean *everyone who received it*.
For sends that predate our per-send record, what the send itself reported settles it where it can: an email with opens on its own report must have had open tracking on, and one with clicks must have had click tracking on, so those options stay available. Only a send with nothing recorded either way is unconfirmable. Evidence can add certainty, never remove it — a send we know had tracking off stays off however its numbers look.
### The number is an estimate
The dialog shows **About 412 people · recalculated when you send**, and it means both halves of that.
The audience isn't a list of names copied into a draft. It's a **rule** — "whoever didn't open email #1,208" — that is worked out again at the moment you actually send. Opens keep arriving in the meantime, so someone who reads the original tomorrow is simply no longer in the follow-up. Unsubscribes, bounces, suppressed addresses and duplicates are all filtered again on the way out, exactly as they are on any other send.
### Wait about two days
If the original went out less than **48 hours** ago, the dialog says so and suggests waiting. Opens keep coming in for days, and a follow-up sent the same evening mostly reaches people who hadn't got to it yet.
That's a suggestion, and you can send through it. There is one hard limit underneath it: a follow-up can't be built or sent within **12 hours** of the original. That early, almost nobody has opened anything yet, so "the people who didn't open it" would be very nearly everyone the email went to — including a follow-up you scheduled, which is checked again at the moment it sends.
"Didn't open" is softer than it looks. Apple Mail Privacy Protection and similar services open messages on the recipient's behalf — inflating opens — while some real readers never load the tracking pixel and look unopened. The bot filter helps, but it can't catch everything. Treat the audience as a good guess, not a fact.
### What you get
A **draft**, and nothing more — nothing is sent until you send it. It copies the original's content, subject, from address, footer and announcement settings, and lands in the same folder as the original. Most people change the subject line before sending; that's usually the point of sending again.
In the draft's **To** section the follow-up audience appears as a locked chip naming the original email. It is the draft's **whole** audience: while the chip is there, there is no recipient selector and no CSV tab, because a follow-up can't be mixed with other lists — "the people who didn't open it" plus a list is a second copy of the email delivered to people the label never described, so a send that somehow carries both is refused.
Removing the chip turns the draft back into an ordinary email in every respect: the recipient selector comes back, and the **Follow-up** badge, the **Follow-up to "…"** line and its place in the original's **Follow-ups** panel all go with it, and it counts toward your averages again. You can't put the audience back from there — you'd start a new follow-up from the original.
### Finding them later
* The original's sidebar grows a **Follow-ups** panel listing each one, with its status and how it did.
* The follow-up's sidebar mirrors it with a **Follow-up of** panel: the original's subject (linked), when it went out, how many it reached and what share opened it, and which audience this follow-up targets. The original's numbers are what make the follow-up's own mean anything.
* The follow-up's own page also says **Follow-up to "…"** under its title, linking back.
* In the emails list, a follow-up carries a **Follow-up** badge beside its status.
### Follow-ups and your averages
Follow-ups are left out of the **Compared to your recent emails** baseline, in both directions: they never count toward your average, and a follow-up's own page shows no comparison at all. Its audience is by construction the least engaged slice of an earlier list, so its rates aren't measuring the email.
A follow-up can't itself be followed up. One round of "try again" is the design; a second would be a third message to the people least interested in the first. Archived emails and templates can't be followed up either.
***
## Understanding Your Metrics
### What's a Good Open Rate?
Churches and religious organizations tend to have some of the highest open rates of any industry, often averaging **40–60%**. Church audiences are highly engaged and have actively opted in.
* **40%+** is typical for churches
* **25–40%** may indicate room for improvement
* **Below 25%** may indicate deliverability issues or content that isn't resonating
The **Compared to your recent emails** section is a better guide than any of these numbers, because it's built from your own congregation.
Apple Mail Privacy Protection can inflate open rates by preloading email content even when nobody read it. Keep that in mind, and lean on clicks when the answer matters.
### Improving Your Metrics
* **Write better subject lines** — Keep them short, specific, and relevant. "This Sunday: Guest Speaker + Potluck" performs better than "Weekly Update." Use the `@first-name` merge tag to personalize when it makes sense.
* **Send at the right time** — Test different days and times. Many churches find mid-week mornings work well for newsletters, while time-sensitive announcements should go out as soon as possible.
* **Send consistently** — Pick a schedule and stick to it. People expect and look for emails that arrive on a regular cadence. Inconsistent sending can lead to lower engagement or higher unsubscribes when emails do arrive.
* **Use categories effectively** — Let people subscribe to the types of emails they care about (e.g. Kids Ministry, Students, General). Targeted emails get better engagement than sending everything to everyone.
* **Keep your lists clean** — Review bounced addresses periodically and make sure your Planning Center lists are up to date. Sending to invalid addresses hurts your sender reputation.
* **Make it scannable** — Use headings, short paragraphs, and clear calls to action. People skim emails, so put the most important information first.
* **Keep it relevant** — If more than half of your email doesn't apply to the reader, they'll stop reading your emails altogether. A Kids Ministry parent doesn't need to read about the Men's Retreat, and vice versa.
* **Include a clear call to action** — Every email should have something for the reader to do, whether that's registering for an event, watching a video, or just knowing about a schedule change.
***
If you have questions about interpreting your stats or want help improving performance, reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Email Styles
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/email-styles
Customize the look and feel of your emails with global styles, block defaults, and color tools.
Flowforth's email style system lets you control the visual design of your entire email from one place. Open the **Styles** panel in the email editor sidebar to access all of the options below.
All styles set here act as defaults and can be overridden on any individual block. This includes text formatting, font, size, colors, alignment, rounding, and more.
***
## General Styles
### Layout
Pick how your content sits on the page. Both layouts keep your blocks in the same centered column — the difference is whether a card sits behind them.
* **Seamless** — Your content sits directly on one background color, with no card behind it. Set that color with **Background**.
* **Card** — Your content sits on a card, framed by a second background color. Set the card's color with **Card Color** and the color around it with **Background** (visible on the sides and top/bottom).
Each option shows a small preview of the layout, and a line under the picker describes the one you've chosen.
### Corners
Use the **Corners** slider to set the corner radius of the card (0–100px). This value is also used as the default corner radius for blocks that don't have their own rounding setting, keeping your email visually consistent.
***
## Text Defaults
The **Text** section lets you set default styles for each text element type: **Heading 1**, **Heading 2**, **Heading 3**, and **Paragraph**. For each element, you can configure:
* **Font** — Choose from supported font families
* **Color** — Set the default text color
* **Font Size** — Adjust the size (in pixels)
* **Mobile Size** — An optional font size used **only on small screens** in the sent email. Leave it empty to use the same size everywhere. This is the size your text shrinks (or grows) to on phones — and it's what the editor's [Mobile preview](/emails/creating-an-email#previewing-for-mobile) shows.
* **Bold / Italic / Underline** — Toggle formatting
* **Align** — The default alignment for this style (left, center, right, or justify). It applies to new and existing text of this style, but any explicit alignment you set on a specific paragraph in the [text block](/emails/editor/text-block) toolbar still wins.
You can also set:
* **Accent Text Color** — Used for accent-colored text in your email
* **Link Color** — The color applied to all links
Changes to text defaults apply immediately to all text blocks in your email. When you add new text blocks, they will use these defaults automatically.
***
## Button Defaults
Set default styles for all button blocks in your email:
* **Color** — The button background color (or border color for outline style)
* **Text Color** — The button label color
* **Style** — Choose between **Filled** or **Outline**
* **Padding** — Horizontal and vertical padding
* **Font Size** — The button text size
* **Border Radius** — Rounded corners on buttons
* **Alignment** — Left, center, or right
### Apply to All Buttons
Click **Apply to all buttons** to reset every button in your email (including buttons inside columns and cards) to the current defaults. This overrides any per-button customizations.
### Set as Default (from a block)
You can also set defaults from an individual button block. Select a button, customize it how you'd like, then click **Set as default**. This will:
1. Save that button's style as the new default
2. Update all other buttons that were still using the previous defaults
3. Leave any buttons you had manually customized differently untouched
### Reset to Default
When editing an individual button that has been customized away from the defaults, click **Reset to default** to snap it back to the current default style.
***
## Divider Defaults
Control the default appearance of divider blocks:
* **Color** — The divider line color
* **Thickness** — The line thickness in pixels (0-100). A thickness of 0 turns the divider into a spacer.
* **Style** — Choose between **Solid**, **Dashed**, or **Dotted** line styles
**Apply to all dividers** and **Set as default** / **Reset to default** work the same way as button defaults.
***
## Images and Videos Defaults
Set default styles for image and video blocks:
* **Size** — Image width as a percentage (0–100%)
* **Alignment** — Left, center, or right
* **Border Radius** — Rounded corners on images
* **Border Color** — Optional border color
* **Border Width** — Optional border thickness. Supports per-side widths (top, right, bottom, left).
**Apply to all images** and **Set as default** / **Reset to default** work the same way as button defaults.
Video blocks share the same default style settings as images. Changing image
defaults will also apply to new video blocks.
***
## Cards Defaults
Set the default look of [cards](/emails/editor/cards-block) blocks so every card in your email starts from the same style:
* **Text Color** — The color of a card's title and description
* **Label Color** — The color of the small label above a card's title
* **Button Color** — The card button's background color (or border color for outline style)
* **Button Text Color** — The card button's label color
* **Button Style** — Choose between **Filled** or **Outline**
* **Button Size** — **Fit**, **Full**, or **Large**
* **Button Alignment** — Left or centered
* **Image Ratio** — The aspect ratio of a card's image: **16:9**, **1:1**, or **Original**
* **Content Alignment** — Align the card's content **Left** or **Center**
**Apply to all cards** and **Set as default** / **Reset to default** work the same way as button defaults.
This is different from the **Card** layout under [General Styles](#layout),
which frames your whole email in a background color. Cards Defaults control the
individual cards blocks you add to your content.
***
## Colors in this Email
The **Colors in this Email** section shows all colors currently used across your email. You can use it to swap one color for another across the entire email at once, which is useful when rebranding or adjusting your color palette.
It scans all style properties — backgrounds, text colors, button colors, divider colors, image borders, link colors, accent colors, and footer link colors — and replaces every instance of the old color with the new one.
To replace a color:
1. Open **Colors in this Email** in the Styles panel
2. Click the color you want to replace
3. Choose the new color
4. Click **Replace** to apply the change everywhere
***
## Footer
Control the colors used in your email footer:
* **Footer Background** — The background color of the footer area (only available with the **Seamless** layout)
* **Footer Title** — The color of footer title text
* **Footer Text** — The color of secondary/body text in the footer
* **Footer Links** — The color of links in the footer
To edit the footer content itself (text, logo, social links), see [Default Footer](/emails/default-footer).
***
## How Defaults Work
* **Per-email**: Style defaults are stored with each individual email. Changing defaults on one email does not affect other emails.
* **New blocks inherit defaults**: When you add a new block (button, divider, image, or text), it automatically uses the current defaults.
* **Templates carry styles**: When you save an email as a template, its style defaults are included. Applying a template's style will bring over all of its defaults.
# Creating and Using Email Templates
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/email-templates
Save time by creating reusable email templates in Flowforth. Learn how to create, save, and apply templates.
Flowforth allows you to create reusable email templates so you can save time and keep your designs consistent across campaigns. Templates are also used as the content source for [automation](/automations/builder/send-email) emails.
***
## Template Types
Just like emails, templates come in three types:
* **Standard** — Uses the drag-and-drop editor with blocks, columns, and full styling
* **Simple** — Uses the lightweight rich text editor for personal-feeling messages
* **HTML** — Uses the HTML code editor for full control over your design
When creating a new template, you’ll choose the type that matches the kind of email you want to build.
***
## How to Create a Template
You have multiple ways to create a template:
### 1. From the Templates Page
* Go to **Emails → Templates** from the sidebar
or visit [https://flowforth.co/emails/templates](https://flowforth.co/emails/templates)
* Click **New Template**, choose a type (Standard, Simple, or HTML), give it a name, and you’ll be taken to the editor.
* Any changes you make in the editor are **auto-saved** as the template.
### 2. From the Sidebar
* Click **Create New** in the sidebar and select **Template**
* Choose the template type, give it a name, and start editing
### 3. From the Email Editor (While Composing)
* While editing an email, click the **Templates** button in the left sidebar.
* Click the **Save icon**, give your template a name, and it will be saved.
### 4. From a Sent Email
* Open the sent email.
* Click the **three dots (⋯)** in the top-right corner.
* Click **Save as Template**, give it a name, and save.
### 5. From the Emails Table
* Go to the [Emails page](https://flowforth.co/emails).
* Click the **three dots (⋯)** next to the email you want to save.
* Select **Save as Template**, give it a name, and save.
Saving a **Simple** or **HTML** email as a template carries its content and its preview across, just like a Standard one. A template's preview thumbnail can take a little while to appear — and after you edit a Simple or HTML template, up to a day to refresh — so a template that briefly shows **No preview** is still saved correctly.
***
## How to Apply a Template
There are two ways to apply a saved template:
### 1. When Creating a New Email
* Create a **New Email**.
* In the new email popup, click **My Templates**
* Select the template you want to use, or **double-click** it to apply it immediately — no separate confirm step
### 2. From Within the Email Editor
* Click the **Templates** button in the sidebar
* Search and click the template you want
* Click **Apply**
You’ll be given two options:
* **Apply Full Template** (default): This will replace the current content with the template’s layout and blocks
* **Apply Style Only**: This will keep your content but apply the template’s font, colors, and spacing
***
## Viewing Your Templates
The templates page shows your templates as a list by default. To see them as a grid of preview cards instead, click the **Display** button (the sliders icon) in the search bar and choose **Grid**. The same button holds the sort options. Your choice is remembered on this device.
***
## How to Delete a Template
You can delete a template in two ways:
* **From the template editor**: Open the template, click the **trash icon** next to Template Settings, and confirm.
* **From the templates table**: Click the **three dots (⋯)** next to the template and select **Delete**.
If the template is used in any email automations, you will have to remove it
from those automations first before you can delete the template.
Using templates helps your team stay consistent and speeds up the process of creating new emails.
Need help managing templates? Contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Why Are My Emails Going to the Promotions Tab?
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/emails-going-to-promotions
Understand why Gmail may deliver your emails to the Promotions tab instead of the Primary inbox, and what your recipients can do about it.
If you're sending emails through Flowforth and notice they're landing in Gmail's **Promotions** tab instead of the **Primary** inbox, you're not alone.
The short answer: **Gmail decides where to place every email**, and no email platform—including Flowforth—can override that decision. That said, there are some things your people can do to help.
***
## How Gmail Sorts Emails
Gmail uses its own internal system to organize incoming messages into tabs like **Primary**, **Social**, **Promotions**, and **Updates**. This sorting is based on a mix of factors, including:
* The **type of content** in the email (promotional language, images, links)
* The **sender's history** and domain reputation
* How the **recipient has interacted** with similar emails in the past
Emails sent to a group of people—like a newsletter or church announcement—are more likely to be placed in the Promotions tab simply because Gmail recognizes them as bulk or marketing-style messages.
Not all Gmail users have tabs enabled. Many people use a single inbox, which means this doesn't affect every subscriber.
***
## Is the Promotions Tab a Bad Thing?
Not necessarily. The Promotions tab isn't the spam folder—it's a dedicated space where people go to browse content they've signed up for. Research has shown that Gmail's tab system actually **improved email deliverability** and **reduced spam complaints** across the board. People who check their Promotions tab tend to engage with the content there intentionally.
That said, if your recipients want your emails front and center, there are steps they can take.
***
## What Your Recipients Can Do
Since Gmail's sorting is tied to each individual's inbox, only your recipients can tell Gmail where to deliver your messages. Here are two things you can encourage them to do:
### 1. Add Your Email Address to Their Contacts
When someone adds your sending address (e.g., `hello@yourchurch.com`) to their **Google Contacts**, Gmail is far more likely to deliver your emails to the Primary tab. This is the simplest and most effective step.
You might consider mentioning this in your welcome email or on your email signup page.
### 2. Move Your Email to the Primary Tab
If a recipient drags or moves one of your emails from the **Promotions** tab to the **Primary** tab, Gmail will ask if it should **always** do this for messages from you. Once they confirm, future emails should land in Primary.
***
## What You Can Do as a Sender
While you can't force Gmail to place your emails in a specific tab, good sending habits go a long way:
* **Write naturally.** Avoid overly promotional language, all-caps subject lines, and excessive calls to action.
* **Keep a healthy balance** of text and images. Emails that are mostly images can trigger promotional sorting.
* **Send relevant content.** The more your recipients open and engage with your emails, the more Gmail trusts you as a sender.
* **Use a recognizable sender name and address.** People—and Gmail—respond better to a real name from a real domain.
For more tips on improving deliverability, check out [Why Are My Emails Going to Spam?](/emails/emails-going-to-spam).
***
## The Bottom Line
Landing in the Promotions tab is a normal part of sending email to Gmail users. It doesn't mean anything is wrong with your emails or your setup. Focus on sending great content to engaged people, and encourage your audience to take the simple steps above if they want your messages in their Primary inbox.
***
Have questions about your email deliverability? Reach out to us at [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Why are my emails going to people's spam folders?
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/emails-going-to-spam
Explore common reasons your emails may land in the spam folder, even with Flowforth’s built-in protections.
Even with Flowforth’s built-in email best practices, some emails may still land in spam folders. Here's what to look out for and how you can reduce the risk.
***
## What Flowforth Already Handles for You
We automatically include industry-standard protections in every email:
* **Unsubscribe links** and **email preference management**
* A visible **physical address** (required by anti-spam laws)
* Proper **email headers** including a one-click unsubscribe link
* Required DNS records:
* **SPF**
* **DKIM**
These help establish your domain as a trusted sender.
***
## 1. Missing or Weak DMARC Policy
While **DMARC** is not required to send emails, we **highly recommend** setting it up.
* DMARC works alongside SPF and DKIM to tell email providers how to handle suspicious emails from your domain.
* Without it, your emails may still pass authentication but be **treated as less trustworthy**.
> Ask your domain administrator to set up a **DMARC record** for stronger protection and deliverability. You can find our standard recommended DMARC record at [https://flowforth.co/settings/domains](https://flowforth.co/settings/domains)
***
## 2. Spammy or Aggressive Content
Certain content can raise red flags for spam filters. Avoid:
* All caps in subject lines or body (e.g. “ACT NOW!”)
* Excessive exclamation points (e.g. “Free!!!”)
* Overuse of salesy or promotional language (e.g. “Buy now”, “100% FREE”)
* Embedding too many links or call-to-actions
Write like a human. Keep your tone warm, relevant, and clear.
***
## 3. Poor Text-to-Image Ratio
* Emails with **mostly images and little text** are often flagged as spam.
* Aim for a **balanced mix** of readable text and images.
Never send an email that is one big image or too many back-to-back images
without explanation.
***
## 4. Sender Name and Email Address
Your **sender name** and **email address** matter.
* Avoid using generic or unclear names (e.g. “Admin” or “Email Team”).
* Make sure your address sounds legitimate and recognizable (e.g. `hello@yourchurch.com`, not `info123@domain.net`).
* Flowforth already **prevents sending from no-reply addresses**.
***
## 5. Low Engagement or Past Complaints
* If people consistently **ignore, delete, or mark your emails as spam**, email providers may start flagging your future messages.
* Avoid emailing people who haven’t engaged in a long time.
* Clean your lists regularly and respect unsubscribes.
***
## 6. Sending to Invalid or Old Addresses
* Sending to outdated or incorrect email addresses increases your **bounce rate**, which hurts your sender reputation.
* Make sure your lists are current and accurate.
* Flowforth automatically suppresses **bounced and cleaned** addresses.
***
## Final Tip: Test Before Sending
* Send test emails to a few different email clients (Gmail, Outlook, etc.) to see where they land.
* Avoid adding attachments or excessive formatting in your initial drafts.
***
Need help improving your deliverability or reviewing your DNS settings?\
Reach out to us at [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Exporting Email Recipients
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/exporting-recipients
Download a CSV of all recipients for a sent email, including delivery statuses and engagement data.
After sending an email, you can export a CSV of all recipients along with their delivery status and engagement data. This is useful for following up with specific groups, auditing delivery issues, or keeping records.
***
## How to Export
1. Open a **sent email** from your Emails list
2. Click the **Recipients** tab
3. Click the **Export** button
The export runs in the background. When it's ready, you'll receive an email with a download link. The link expires after **7 days**.
***
## What's Included
The exported CSV contains the following columns:
| Column | Description |
| - | - |
| **First Name** | The recipient's first name |
| **Last Name** | The recipient's last name |
| **Email Address** | The email address the message was sent to |
| **Status** | The delivery status (e.g., Delivered, Opened, Clicked, Bounced, Complained, Did Not Send) |
| **Did Not Send Reason** | If the email was not sent, the reason why (e.g., unsubscribed, no valid email, duplicate address) |
| **Clicked** | Whether the recipient clicked a link in the email (Yes or No) |
| **Unsubscribed** | Whether the recipient unsubscribed after receiving the email (Yes or No) |
| **View in Planning Center** | A direct link to the recipient's profile in Planning Center, if available |
***
## Using Exported Data
A few ways you can use the exported recipient data:
* **Follow up on bounces** by filtering the CSV to bounced recipients and reviewing their email addresses in Planning Center
* **Identify engaged readers** by looking at recipients who clicked links
* **Audit unsubscribes** to understand how many people opted out after a specific email
* **Review "Did Not Send" reasons** to understand why certain people on your list were excluded
***
If you need help with your export, contact [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# Group Stats
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/group-stats
See who joined a Planning Center group from your email, and whether they clicked the link first.
Group Stats is currently an **experiment**. We'd love your feedback — use the
**Share feedback** link at the top of the tab, or email
[support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
When you email people about a group, the most important question is: **did this email actually get anyone to join?** Group Stats answers that by matching the people you emailed to the group memberships and join requests in Planning Center.
***
## When You'll See the Groups Tab
The **Groups** tab appears on the post-send page when the email was sent to a **Planning Center audience** (a list, person, group, or registration — anything but a CSV upload), and either:
* The email content links to one or more **Church Center groups** (a link like `yourchurch.churchcenter.com/groups/small-groups/tuesday-night`), or
* The email was **sent to a Planning Center group**, in which case that group is measured whether or not the content links to it.
If neither is true, the tab is hidden. The easiest way to add a group link is to [import the group into your email](/integrations/planning-center/importing-content) or use a [Church Center link](/integrations/planning-center/linking-to-content).
***
## The Four Stat Cards
At the top of the tab you'll see four numbers. Each one is also a **filter** — click a card to show only those people in the table below.
| Card | What it means |
| - | - |
| **Joined after clicking** | Joined the group **after** the email was sent **and** clicked that group's link in the email. This is the strongest signal that your email drove the join, so it leads. |
| **Joined or requested after send** | Joined the group, or asked to join it, any time after you sent the email. This includes everyone in the first card. |
| **Already in the group** | People you emailed who are members and were already members when the email went out. |
| **Clicked but didn't join** | Clicked a group link in the email but hasn't joined or requested to join. Great for follow-up. |
"Joined after clicking" is matched **per group** — the person clicked the link
for that specific group and joined that same group. Clicking one group's link
and joining a different one doesn't count.
***
## How "Already in the group" Is Worked Out
Planning Center keeps **no snapshot** of who was in a group at the moment your email was sent — only each membership's current join date. So Flowforth computes "already in the group" as:
> everyone you emailed who is a member **today**, minus everyone whose join date falls **after** your send time.
Two consequences worth knowing: someone who joined after the send and then
**left again** is invisible to this tab entirely, and a membership whose join
date is missing in Planning Center is counted as "already in the group"
because there's no way to prove otherwise.
Join requests are treated the same way: a request that was already pending **before** your send isn't counted as "requested after send", since your email didn't prompt it.
***
## The People Table
Each row is one person, on one group. If someone is measured against two groups, they appear twice — once per group.
* **Person** — name and email address
* **Group** — which group the row is about
* **Outcome** — one of *Joined after clicking*, *Joined after send*, *Requested to join*, *Already a member*, or *Clicked, didn't join*
* **Joined** — when they joined, or when they asked to
* **Clicked link** — when they clicked that group's link in the email (if they did)
### Filter by Group
If the email covers more than one group, use the **All groups** dropdown to focus on a single one. The stat cards and table update to that group, and a **per-group breakdown** table above the list shows all four numbers for every group at once.
***
## Exporting
Click **Export** to download a CSV of the currently filtered rows — one line per person and group, including the person, email, group, outcome, join time, request time, and clicked-link time. The file downloads immediately in your browser.
***
## Data You Can Trust
Group data is pulled **live from Planning Center** each time you open the tab, so the numbers reflect the current state — there's a brief "Getting things ready" step while we fetch it.
Flowforth is transparent about what it can and can't match:
* The two click-based cards need **click tracking** turned on for the sending domain. When it's off, those cards read **Not tracked** rather than showing a misleading zero — and every join still counts, it just can't be attributed to a click.
* The **Filter bot activity** switch on the Details tab doesn't apply here. Click counts on this tab are always unfiltered. See [Email Metrics](/emails/email-metrics#filtering-out-bot-activity).
* If Planning Center won't return **join requests** — some connections can't read them — the tab says so, because a silent zero would read as "nobody asked to join". Joins are still counted; only the request half of **Joined or requested after send** is missing.
* Inbox privacy services (like Apple Mail Privacy Protection) don't affect clicks, but they do mean an open is not a reliable sign that someone read the email. See [Open Rates Explained](/emails/open-rates-explained).
* If a group link in the email **doesn't match any group** in Planning Center (for example, it was deleted, made private, or belongs to a different account), we note that too.
* Very large groups can exceed what we'll page through in one report; when that happens we say the totals may be partial.
***
## Connecting Groups
Reading group memberships requires your organization's Planning Center connection to include the **Groups** scope.
* If your connection **doesn't include Groups**, you'll see a prompt to connect it. An **admin or owner** can expand the connection from [Organization Settings](https://flowforth.co/settings/organization).
* If your connection includes Groups but **your Planning Center user doesn't have permission** to view it, you'll see a message to ask a Planning Center administrator for Groups access.
For more on scopes, see [Importing Content from Planning Center](/integrations/planning-center/importing-content), and for group sends themselves see [Sending to Groups and Registrations](/emails/sending-to-groups-and-registrations).
***
Questions or ideas for what would make this more useful? Reach out to [support@flowforth.co](mailto:support@flowforth.co).
# HTML Emails
Source: https://help.flowforth.co/emails/html-emails
Create emails with full HTML control using a built-in code editor with live preview, syntax highlighting, and auto-save.
HTML emails give you full control over your email design by writing or pasting your own HTML. This is great for teams that want pixel-perfect layouts, or for importing designs from tools like Canva, ChatGPT, or Claude.
***
## Creating an HTML Email
1. Go to **Emails** and click **New Email**.
2. In the new email popup, select **HTML** as the email type.
3. Enter a subject and optionally choose a folder.
4. Click **Create** and you'll be taken to the HTML editor.
You can also create **HTML templates** by selecting **HTML Template** as the type. HTML templates work the same as regular templates but use the HTML editor instead of the drag-and-drop builder.
***
## The HTML Editor
The HTML editor provides a split-pane view with your code on the left and a live preview on the right. You can drag the divider to resize the panes.
### Code Editor
The code editor includes:
* **Syntax highlighting** for HTML
* **Undo/redo** via the toolbar buttons or keyboard shortcuts
* **Auto-save** that saves your work automatically as you type
### Live Preview
The preview pane shows how your email will look to recipients. You can switch between three views:
* **Web**: Full-width preview
* **Mobile**: 380px responsive preview to check how your email looks on smaller screens
* **Links**: A list of all links found in your HTML
You can also toggle **Replace merge tags** to see your email with sample data filled in instead of merge tag placeholders.
***
## Merge Tags
Click the **Merge Tags** button in the toolbar to open a list of the tags available on this email, then click one to copy it to your clipboard and paste it into your HTML. Merge tags are placeholders that get replaced with real data when the email is sent. For example, `@first-name` will be replaced with each recipient's first name.
Below the built-in tags, the list also shows the email's custom merge tags grouped under **From your CSV** and **From Planning Center**.
For a full list of available merge tags, see [Merge Tags](/emails/merge-tags).
***
## Assets
Click the **Assets** button in the toolbar to open the asset browser and insert images into your HTML. When you select an asset, its URL will be copied so you can use it in an `
` tag or anywhere else in your HTML.
***
## Unsubscribe Links
All emails sent through Flowforth must include an unsubscribe link. In HTML emails, use the `@unsubscribe` merge tag in a link's `href` attribute:
```html theme={null}
Unsubscribe
```
You can also use `@manage-preferences` to link to a page where recipients can manage their email category preferences:
```html theme={null}
Manage Preferences
```
The pre-send page will warn you if your HTML is missing an unsubscribe link. If you send without one, Flowforth will automatically add a plain-text unsubscribe link at the bottom of the email.
***
## Validation Warnings
The editor will display warnings at the top if your HTML contains tags that are not well-supported across email clients:
* `